CHAPTER I. PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON INDUCTION IN GENERAL.

A SYSTEM OF LOGIC,

RATIOCINATIVE AND INDUCTIVE,

BEING A CONNECTED VIEW OF THE

PRINCIPLES OF EVIDENCE,

AND THE

METHODS OF SCIENTIFIC INVESTIGATION.

by

JOHN STUART MILL.

In Two Volumes.

Vol. I.

Third Edition.

London:

John Parker, West Strand.

M DCCC LI.

CONTENTS

PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION.

PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION.

INTRODUCTION.

BOOK I. OF NAMES AND PROPOSITIONS.

CHAPTER I. OF THE NECESSITY OF COMMENCING WITH AN ANALYSIS OF LANGUAGE.

CHAPTER II. OF NAMES.

CHAPTER III. OF THE THINGS DENOTED BY NAMES.

I. Feelings, or States of Consciousness.

II. Substances.

III. Attributes: and, first, Qualities.

IV. Relations.

V. Quantity.

VI. Attributes Concluded.

VII. General Results.

CHAPTER IV. OF PROPOSITIONS.

CHAPTER V. OF THE IMPORT OF PROPOSITIONS.

CHAPTER VI. OF PROPOSITIONS MERELY VERBAL.

CHAPTER VII. OF THE NATURE OF CLASSIFICATION, AND THE FIVE PREDICABLES.

CHAPTER VIII. OF DEFINITION.

BOOK II. OF REASONING.

CHAPTER I. OF INFERENCE, OR REASONING, IN GENERAL.

CHAPTER II. OF RATIOCINATION, OR SYLLOGISM.

CHAPTER III. OF THE FUNCTIONS, AND LOGICAL VALUE, OF THE SYLLOGISM.

CHAPTER IV. OF TRAINS OF REASONING, AND DEDUCTIVE SCIENCES.

CHAPTER V. OF DEMONSTRATION, AND NECESSARY TRUTHS.

CHAPTER VI. THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED.

BOOK III. OF INDUCTION.

CHAPTER I. PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON INDUCTION IN GENERAL.

CHAPTER II. OF INDUCTIONS IMPROPERLY SO CALLED.

CHAPTER III. OF THE GROUND OF INDUCTION.

CHAPTER IV. OF LAWS OF NATURE.

CHAPTER V. OF THE LAW OF UNIVERSAL CAUSATION.

CHAPTER VI. OF THE COMPOSITION OF CAUSES.

CHAPTER VII. OF OBSERVATION AND EXPERIMENT.

CHAPTER VIII. OF THE FOUR METHODS OF EXPERIMENTAL INQUIRY.

CHAPTER IX. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES OF THE FOUR METHODS.

CHAPTER X. OF PLURALITY OF CAUSES; AND OF THE INTERMIXTURE OF EFFECTS.

CHAPTER XI. OF THE DEDUCTIVE METHOD.

CHAPTER XII. OF THE EXPLANATION OF LAWS OF NATURE.

CHAPTER XIII. MISCELLANEOUS EXAMPLES OF THE EXPLANATION OF LAWS OF

NATURE.

Footnotes

PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION.

This book makes no pretence of giving to the world a new theory of the

intellectual operations. Its claim to attention, if it possess any, is

grounded on the fact that it is an attempt not to supersede, but to embody

and systematize, the best ideas which have been either promulgated on its

subject by speculative writers, or conformed to by accurate thinkers in

their scientific inquiries.

To cement together the detached fragments of a subject, never yet treated

as a whole; to harmonize the true portions of discordant theories, by

supplying the links of thought necessary to connect them, and by

disentangling them from the errors with which they are always more or less

interwoven; must necessarily require a considerable amount of original

speculation. To other originality than this, the present work lays no

claim. In the existing state of the cultivation of the sciences, there

would be a very strong presumption against any one who should imagine that

he had effected a revolution in the theory of the investigation of truth,

or added any fundamentally new process to the practice of it. The

improvement which remains to be effected in the methods of philosophizing

(and the author believes that they have much need of improvement) can only

consist in performing, more systematically and accurately, operations with

which, at least in their elementary form, the human intellect in some one

or other of its employments is already familiar.

In the portion of the work which treats of Ratiocination, the author has

not deemed it necessary to enter into technical details which may be

obtained in so perfect a shape from the existing treatises on what is

termed the Logic of the Schools. In the contempt entertained by many

modern philosophers for the syllogistic art, it will be seen that he by no

means participates; although the scientific theory on which its defence is

usually rested appears to him erroneous: and the view which he has

suggested of the nature and functions of the Syllogism may, perhaps,

afford the means of conciliating the principles of the art with as much as

is well grounded in the doctrines and objections of its assailants.

The same abstinence from details could not be observed in the First Book,

on Names and Propositions; because many useful principles and distinctions

which were contained in the old Logic, have been gradually omitted from

the writings of its later teachers; and it appeared desirable both to

revive these, and to reform and rationalize the philosophical foundation

on which they stood. The earlier chapters of this preliminary Book will

consequently appear, to some readers, needlessly elementary and

scholastic. But those who know in what darkness the nature of our

knowledge, and of the processes by which it is obtained, is often involved

by a confused apprehension of the import of the different classes of Words

and Assertions, will not regard these discussions as either frivolous, or

irrelevant to the topics considered in the later Books.

On the subject of Induction, the task to be performed was that of

generalizing the modes of investigating truth and estimating evidence, by

which so many important and recondite laws of nature have, in the various

sciences, been aggregated to the stock of human knowledge. That this is

not a task free from difficulty may be presumed from the fact, that even

at a very recent period, eminent writers (among whom it is sufficient to

name Archbishop Whately, and the author of a celebrated article on Bacon

in the _Edinburgh Review_) have not scrupled to pronounce it

impossible.(1) The author has endeavoured to combat their theory in the

manner in which Diogenes confuted the sceptical reasonings against the

possibility of motion; remembering that Diogenes’ argument would have been

equally conclusive, though his individual perambulations might not have

extended beyond the circuit of his own tub.

Whatever may be the value of what the author has succeeded in effecting on

this branch of his subject, it is a duty to acknowledge that for much of

it he has been indebted to several important treatises, partly historical

and partly philosophical, on the generalities and processes of physical

science, which have been published within the last few years. To these

treatises, and to their authors, he has endeavoured to do justice in the

body of the work. But as with one of these writers, Dr. Whewell, he has

occasion frequently to express differences of opinion, it is more

particularly incumbent on him in this place to declare, that without the

aid derived from the facts and ideas contained in that gentleman’s

_History of the Inductive Sciences_, the corresponding portion of this

work would probably not have been written.

The concluding Book is an attempt to contribute towards the solution of a

question, which the decay of old opinions, and the agitation that disturbs

European society to its inmost depths, render as important in the present

day to the practical interests of human life, as it must at all times be

to the completeness of our speculative knowledge: viz. Whether moral and

social phenomena are really exceptions to the general certainty and

uniformity of the course of nature; and how far the methods, by which so

many of the laws of the physical world have been numbered among truths

irrevocably acquired and universally assented to, can be made instrumental

to the formation of a similar body of received doctrine in moral and

political science.

PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION.

Several criticisms, of a more or less controversial character, on this

work, have appeared since the publication of the second edition; and Dr.

Whewell has lately published a reply to those parts of it in which some of

his opinions were controverted.

I have carefully reconsidered all the points on which my conclusions have

been assailed. But I have not to announce a change of opinion on any

matter of importance. Such minor oversights as have been detected, either

by myself or by my critics, I have, in general silently, corrected: but it

is not to be inferred that I agree with the objections which have been

made to a passage, in every instance in which I have altered or cancelled

it. I have often done so, merely that it might not remain a

stumbling-block, when the amount of discussion necessary to place the

matter in its true light would have exceeded what was suitable to the

occasion.

To several of the arguments which have been urged against me, I have

thought it useful to reply with some degree of minuteness; not from any

taste for controversy, but because the opportunity was favourable for

placing my own conclusions, and the grounds of them, more clearly and

completely before the reader. Truth, on these subjects, is militant, and

can only establish itself by means of conflict. The most opposite opinions

can make a plausible show of evidence while each has the statement of its

own case; and it is only possible to ascertain which of them is in the

right, after hearing and comparing what each can say against the other,

and what the other can urge in its defence.

Even the criticisms from which I most dissent have been of great service

to me, by showing in what places the exposition most needed to be

improved, or the arguments strengthened. And I should have been well

pleased if the book had undergone a much greater amount of attack; as in

that case I should probably have been enabled to improve it still more

than I believe I have now done.

INTRODUCTION.

§ 1. There is as great diversity among authors in the modes which they

have adopted of defining logic, as in their treatment of the details of

it. This is what might naturally be expected on any subject on which

writers have availed themselves of the same language as a means of

delivering different ideas. Ethics and jurisprudence are liable to the

remark in common with logic. Almost every writer having taken a different

view of some of the particulars which these branches of knowledge are

usually understood to include; each has so framed his definition as to

indicate beforehand his own peculiar tenets, and sometimes to beg the

question in their favour.

This diversity is not so much an evil to be complained of, as an

inevitable and in some degree a proper result of the imperfect state of

those sciences. It is not to be expected that there should be agreement

about the definition of a thing, until there is agreement about the thing

itself. To define a thing, is to select from among the whole of its

properties those which shall be understood to be designated and declared

by its name; and the properties must be well known to us before we can be

competent to determine which of them are fittest to be chosen for this

purpose. Accordingly, in the case of so complex an aggregation of

particulars as are comprehended in anything which can be called a science,

the definition we set out with is seldom that which a more extensive

knowledge of the subject shows to be the most appropriate. Until we know

the particulars themselves, we cannot fix upon the most correct and

compact mode of circumscribing them by a general description. It was not

till after an extensive and accurate acquaintance with the details of

chemical phenomena, that it was found possible to frame a rational

definition of chemistry; and the definition of the science of life and

organization is still a matter of dispute. So long as the sciences are

imperfect, the definitions must partake of their imperfections; and if the

former are progressive, the latter ought to be so too. As much, therefore,

as is to be expected from a definition placed at the commencement of a

subject, is that it should define the scope of our inquiries: and the

definition which I am about to offer of the science of logic, pretends to

nothing more, than to be a statement of the question which I have put to

myself, and which this book is an attempt to resolve. The reader is at

liberty to object to it as a definition of logic; but it is at all events

a correct definition of the subject of these volumes.

§ 2. Logic has often been called the Art of Reasoning. A writer(2) who has

done more than any other living person to restore this study to the rank

from which it had fallen in the estimation of the cultivated class in our

own country, has adopted the above definition with an amendment; he has

defined Logic to be the Science, as well as the Art, of reasoning; meaning

by the former term, the analysis of the mental process which takes place

whenever we reason, and by the latter, the rules, grounded on that

analysis, for conducting the process correctly. There can be no doubt as

to the propriety of the emendation. A right understanding of the mental

process itself, of the conditions it depends on, and the steps of which it

consists, is the only basis on which a system of rules, fitted for the

direction of the process, can possibly be founded. Art necessarily

presupposes knowledge; art, in any but its infant state, presupposes

scientific knowledge: and if every art does not bear the name of the

science on which it rests, it is only because several sciences are often

necessary to form the groundwork of a single art. Such is the complication

of human affairs, that to enable one thing to be _done_, it is often

requisite to _know_ the nature and properties of many things.

Logic, then, comprises the science of reasoning, as well as an art,

founded on that science. But the word Reasoning, again, like most other

scientific terms in popular use, abounds in ambiguities. In one of its

acceptations, it means syllogizing; or the mode of inference which may be

called (with sufficient accuracy for the present purpose) concluding from

generals to particulars. In another of its senses, to reason, is simply to

infer any assertion, from assertions already admitted: and in this sense

induction is as much entitled to be called reasoning as the demonstrations

of geometry.

Writers on logic have generally preferred the former acceptation of the

term; the latter, and more extensive signification is that in which I mean

to use it. I do this by virtue of the right I claim for every author, to

give whatever provisional definition he pleases of his own subject. But

sufficient reasons will, I believe, unfold themselves as we advance, why

this should be not only the provisional but the final definition. It

involves, at all events, no arbitrary change in the meaning of the word;

for, with the general usage of the English language, the wider

signification, I believe, accords better than the more restricted one.

§ 3. But Reasoning, even in the widest sense of which the word is

susceptible, does not seem to comprehend all that is included, either in

the best, or even in the most current, conception of the scope and

province of our science. The employment of the word Logic to denote the

theory of argumentation, is derived from the Aristotelian, or, as they are

commonly termed, the scholastic logicians. Yet even with them, in their

systematic treatises, argumentation was the subject only of the third

part: the two former treated of Terms, and of Propositions; under one or

other of which heads were also included Definition and Division.

Professedly, indeed, these previous topics were introduced only on account

of their connexion with reasoning, and as a preparation for the doctrine

and rules of the syllogism. Yet they were treated with greater minuteness,

and dwelt on at greater length, than was required for that purpose alone.

More recent writers on logic have generally understood the term as it was

employed by the able author of the Port Royal Logic; viz. as equivalent to

the Art of Thinking. Nor is this acceptation confined to books, and

scientific inquirers. Even in ordinary conversation, the ideas connected

with the word Logic, include at least precision of language, and accuracy

of classification: and we perhaps oftener hear persons speak of a logical

arrangement, or of expressions logically defined, than of conclusions

logically deduced from premisses. Again, a man is often called a great

logician, or a man of powerful logic, not for the accuracy of his

deductions, but for the extent of his command over premisses; because the

general propositions required for explaining a difficulty or refuting a

sophism, copiously and promptly occur to him: because, in short, his

knowledge, besides being ample, is well under his command for

argumentative use. Whether, therefore, we conform to the practice of those

who have made the subject their particular study, or to that of popular

writers and common discourse, the province of logic will include several

operations of the intellect not usually considered to fall within the

meaning of the terms Reasoning and Argumentation.

These various operations might be brought within the compass of the

science, and the additional advantage be obtained of a very simple

definition, if, by an extension of the term, sanctioned by high

authorities, we were to define logic as the science which treats of the

operations of the human understanding in the pursuit of truth. For to this

ultimate end, naming, classification, definition, and all other operations

over which logic has ever claimed jurisdiction, are essentially

subsidiary. They may all be regarded as contrivances for enabling a person

to know the truths which are needful to him, and to know them at the

precise moment at which they are needful. Other purposes, indeed, are also

served by these operations; for instance, that of imparting our knowledge

to others. But, viewed with regard to this purpose, they have never been

considered as within the province of the logician. The sole object of

Logic is the guidance of one’s own thoughts; the communication of those

thoughts to others falls under the consideration of Rhetoric, in the large

sense in which that art was conceived by the ancients; or of the still

more extensive art of Education. Logic takes cognizance of our

intellectual operations, only as they conduce to our own knowledge, and to

our command over that knowledge for our own uses. If there were but one

rational being in the universe, that being might be a perfect logician;

and the science and art of logic would be the same for that one person as

for the whole human race.

§ 4. But, if the definition which we formerly examined included too

little, that which is now suggested has the opposite fault of including

too much.

Truths are known to us in two ways: some are known directly, and of

themselves; some through the medium of other truths. The former are the

subject of Intuition, or Consciousness; the latter, of Inference. The

truths known by intuition are the original premisses from which all others

are inferred. Our assent to the conclusion being grounded on the truth of

the premisses, we never could arrive at any knowledge by reasoning, unless

something could be known antecedently to all reasoning.

Examples of truths known to us by immediate consciousness, are our own

bodily sensations and mental feelings. I know directly, and of my own

knowledge, that I was vexed yesterday, or that I am hungry to-day.

Examples of truths which we know only by way of inference, are occurrences

which took place while we were absent, the events recorded in history, or

the theorems of mathematics. The two former we infer from the testimony

adduced, or from the traces of those past occurrences which still exist;

the latter, from the premisses laid down in books of geometry, under the

title of definitions and axioms. Whatever we are capable of knowing must

belong to the one class or to the other; must be in the number of the

primitive data, or of the conclusions which can be drawn from these.

With the original data, or ultimate premisses of our knowledge; with their

number or nature, the mode in which they are obtained, or the tests by

which they may be distinguished; logic, in a direct way at least, has, in

the sense in which I conceive the science, nothing to do. These questions

are partly not a subject of science at all, partly that of a very

different science.

Whatever is known to us by consciousness, is known beyond possibility of

question. What one sees or feels, whether bodily or mentally, one cannot

but be sure that one sees or feels. No science is required for the purpose

of establishing such truths; no rules of art can render our knowledge of

them more certain than it is in itself. There is no logic for this portion

of our knowledge.

But we may fancy that we see or feel what we in reality infer. Newton saw

the truth of many propositions of geometry without reading the

demonstrations, but not, we may be sure, without their flashing through

his mind. A truth, or supposed truth, which is really the result of a very

rapid inference, may seem to be apprehended intuitively. It has long been

agreed by thinkers of the most opposite schools, that this mistake is

actually made in so familiar an instance as that of the eyesight. There is

nothing of which we appear to ourselves to be more directly conscious,

than the distance of an object from us. Yet it has long been ascertained,

that what is perceived by the eye, is at most nothing more than a

variously coloured surface; that when we fancy we see distance, all we

really see is certain variations of apparent size, and degrees of

faintness of colour; and that our estimate of the object’s distance from

us is the result of a comparison (made with so much rapidity that we are

unconscious of making it) between the size and colour of the object as

they appear at the time, and the size and colour of the same or of similar

objects as they appeared when close at hand, or when their degree of

remoteness was known by other evidence. The perception of distance by the

eye, which seems so like intuition, is thus, in reality, an inference

grounded on experience; an inference, too, which we learn to make; and

which we make with more and more correctness as our experience increases;

though in familiar cases it takes place, so rapidly as to appear exactly

on a par with those perceptions of sight which are really intuitive, our

perceptions of colour.(3)

Of the science, therefore, which expounds the operations of the human

understanding in the pursuit of truth, one essential part is the inquiry:

What are the facts which are the objects of intuition or consciousness,

and what are those which we merely infer? But this inquiry has never been

considered a portion of logic. Its place is in another and a perfectly

distinct department of science, to which the name metaphysics more

particularly belongs: that portion of mental philosophy which attempts to

determine what part of the furniture of the mind belongs to it originally,

and what part is constructed out of materials furnished to it from

without. To this science appertain the great and much debated questions of

the existence of matter; the existence of spirit, and of a distinction

between it and matter; the reality of time and space, as things without

the mind, and distinguishable from the objects which are said to exist

_in_ them. For in the present state of the discussion on these topics, it

is almost universally allowed that the existence of matter or of spirit,

of space or of time, is, in its nature, unsusceptible of being proved; and

that if anything is known of them, it must be by immediate intuition. To

the same science belong the inquiries into the nature of Conception,

Perception, Memory, and Belief; all of which are operations of the

understanding in the pursuit of truth; but with which, as phenomena of the

mind, or with the possibility which may or may not exist of analysing any

of them into simpler phenomena, the logician as such has no concern. To

this science must also be referred the following, and all analogous

questions: To what extent our intellectual faculties and our emotions are

innate—to what extent the result of association: Whether God, and duty,

are realities, the existence of which is manifest to us à priori by the

constitution of our rational faculty; or whether our ideas of them are

acquired notions, the origin of which we are able to trace and explain;

and the reality of the objects themselves a question not of consciousness

or intuition, but of evidence and reasoning.

The province of logic must be restricted to that portion of our knowledge

which consists of inferences from truths previously known; whether those

antecedent data be general propositions, or particular observations and

perceptions. Logic is not the science of Belief, but the science of Proof,

or Evidence. In so far as belief professes to be founded on proof, the

office of logic is to supply a test for ascertaining whether or not the

belief is well grounded. With the claims which any proposition has to

belief on the evidence of consciousness, that is, without evidence in the

proper sense of the word, logic has nothing to do.

§ 5. By far the greatest portion of our knowledge, whether of general

truths or of particular facts, being avowedly matter of inference, nearly

the whole, not only of science, but of human conduct, is amenable to the

authority of logic. To draw inferences has been said to be the great

business of life. Every one has daily, hourly, and momentary need of

ascertaining facts which he has not directly observed; not from any

general purpose of adding to his stock of knowledge, but because the facts

themselves are of importance to his interests or to his occupations. The

business of the magistrate, of the military commander, of the navigator,

of the physician, of the agriculturist, is merely to judge of evidence,

and to act accordingly. They all have to ascertain certain facts, in order

that they may afterwards apply certain rules, either devised by

themselves, or prescribed for their guidance by others; and as they do

this well or ill, so they discharge well or ill the duties of their

several callings. It is the only occupation in which the mind never ceases

to be engaged; and is the subject, not of logic, but of knowledge in

general.

Logic, however, is not the same thing with knowledge, though the field of

logic is coextensive with the field of knowledge. Logic is the common

judge and arbiter of all particular investigations. It does not undertake

to find evidence, but to determine whether it has been found. Logic

neither observes, nor invents, nor discovers; but judges. It is no part of

the business of logic to inform the surgeon what appearances are found to

accompany a violent death. This he must learn from his own experience and

observation, or from that of others, his predecessors in his peculiar

pursuit. But logic sits in judgment on the sufficiency of that observation

and experience to justify his rules, and on the sufficiency of his rules

to justify his conduct. It does not give him proofs, but teaches him what

makes them proofs, and how he is to judge of them. It does not teach that

any particular fact proves any other, but points out to what conditions

all facts must conform, in order that they may prove other facts. To

decide whether any given fact fulfils these conditions, or whether facts

can be found which fulfil them in a given case, belongs exclusively to the

particular art or science, or to our knowledge of the particular subject.

It is in this sense that logic is, what Bacon so expressively called it,

_ars artium_; the science of science itself. All science consists of data

and conclusions from those data, of proofs and what they prove: now logic

points out what relations must subsist between data and whatever can be

concluded from them, between proof and everything which it can prove. If

there be any such indispensable relations, and if these can be precisely

determined, every particular branch of science, as well as every

individual in the guidance of his conduct, is bound to conform to those

relations, under the penalty of making false inferences, of drawing

conclusions which are not grounded in the realities of things. Whatever

has at any time been concluded justly, whatever knowledge has been

acquired otherwise than by immediate intuition, depended on the observance

of the laws which it is the province of logic to investigate. If the

conclusions are just, and the knowledge real, those laws, whether known or

not, have been observed.

§ 6. We need not, therefore, seek any farther for a solution of the

question, so often agitated, respecting the utility of logic. If a science

of logic exists, or is capable of existing, it must be useful. If there be

rules to which every mind consciously or unconsciously conforms in every

instance in which it infers rightly, there seems little necessity for

discussing whether a person is more likely to observe those rules, when he

knows the rules, than when he is unacquainted with them.

A science may undoubtedly be brought to a certain, not inconsiderable,

stage of advancement, without the application of any other logic to it

than what all persons, who are said to have a sound understanding, acquire

empirically in the course of their studies. Mankind judged of evidence,

and often correctly, before logic was a science, or they never could have

made it one. And they executed great mechanical works before they

understood the laws of mechanics. But there are limits both to what

mechanicians can do without principles of mechanics, and to what thinkers

can do without principles of logic. A few individuals may, by

extraordinary genius, anticipate the results of science; but the bulk of

mankind require either to understand the theory of what they are doing, or

to have rules laid down for them by those who have understood the theory.

In the progress of science from its easiest to its more difficult

problems, each great step in advance has usually had either as its

precursor, or as its accompaniment and necessary condition, a

corresponding improvement in the notions and principles of logic received

among the most advanced thinkers. And if several of the more difficult

sciences are still in so defective a state; if not only so little is

proved, but disputation has not terminated even about the little which

seemed to be so; the reason perhaps is, that men’s logical notions have

not yet acquired the degree of extension, or of accuracy, requisite for

the estimation of the evidence proper to those particular departments of

knowledge.

§ 7. Logic, then, is the science of the operations of the understanding

which are subservient to the estimation of evidence: both the process

itself of proceeding from known truths to unknown, and all other

intellectual operations in so far as auxiliary to this. It includes,

therefore, the operation of Naming; for language is an instrument of

thought, as well as a means of communicating our thoughts. It includes,

also, Definition, and Classification. For, the use of these operations

(putting all other minds than one’s own out of consideration) is to serve

not only for keeping our evidences and the conclusions from them permanent

and readily accessible in the memory, but for so marshalling the facts

which we may at any time be engaged in investigating, as to enable us to

perceive more clearly what evidence there is, and to judge with fewer

chances of error whether it be sufficient. These, therefore, are

operations specially instrumental to the estimation of evidence, and as

such are within the province of Logic. There are other more elementary

processes, concerned in all thinking, such as Conception, Memory, and the

like; but of these it is not necessary that Logic should take any peculiar

cognizance, since they have no special connexion with the problem of

Evidence, further than that, like all other problems addressed to the

understanding, it presupposes them.

Our object, then, will be to attempt a correct analysis of the

intellectual process called Reasoning or Inference, and of such other

mental operations as are intended to facilitate this: as well as, on the

foundation of this analysis, and _pari __ passu_ with it, to bring

together or frame a set of rules or canons for testing the sufficiency of

any given evidence to prove any given proposition.

With respect to the first part of this undertaking, I do not attempt to

decompose the mental operations in question into their ultimate elements.

It is enough if the analysis as far as it goes is correct, and if it goes

far enough for the practical purposes of logic considered as an art. The

separation of a complicated phenomenon into its component parts, is not

like a connected and interdependent chain of proof. If one link of an

argument breaks, the whole drops to the ground; but one step towards an

analysis holds good and has an independent value, though we should never

be able to make a second. The results of analytical chemistry are not the

less valuable, though it should be discovered that all which we now call

simple substances are really compounds. All other things are at any rate

compounded of those elements: whether the elements themselves admit of

decomposition, is an important inquiry, but does not affect the certainty

of the science up to that point.

I shall, accordingly, attempt to analyse the process of inference, and the

processes subordinate to inference, so far only as may be requisite for

ascertaining the difference between a correct and an incorrect performance

of those processes. The reason for thus limiting our design, is evident.

It has been said by objectors to logic, that we do not learn to use our

muscles by studying their anatomy. The fact is not quite fairly stated;

for if the action of any of our muscles were vitiated by local weakness,

or other physical defect, a knowledge of their anatomy might be very

necessary for effecting a cure. But we should be justly liable to the

criticism involved in this objection, were we, in a treatise on logic, to

carry the analysis of the reasoning process beyond the point at which any

inaccuracy which may have crept into it must become visible. In learning

bodily exercises (to carry on the same illustration) we do, and must,

analyse the bodily motions so far as is necessary for distinguishing those

which ought to be performed from those which ought not. To a similar

extent, and no further, it is necessary that the logician should analyse

the mental processes with which Logic is concerned. Any ulterior and

minuter analysis must be left to metaphysics; which in this, as in other

parts of our mental nature, decides what are ultimate facts, and what are

resolvable into other facts. And I believe it will be found that the

conclusions arrived at in this work have no necessary connexion with any

particular views respecting the ulterior analysis. Logic is common ground

on which the partisans of Hartley and of Reid, of Locke and of Kant, may

meet and join hands. Particular and detached opinions of all these

thinkers will no doubt occasionally be controverted, since all of them

were logicians as well as metaphysicians; but the field on which their

principal battles have been fought, lies beyond the boundaries of our

science.

It cannot, indeed, be pretended that logical principles can be altogether

irrelevant to those more abstruse discussions; nor is it possible but that

the view we are led to take of the problem which logic proposes, must have

a tendency favourable to the adoption of some one opinion on these

controverted subjects rather than another. For metaphysics, in

endeavouring to solve its own peculiar problem, must employ means, the

validity of which falls under the cognizance of logic. It proceeds, no

doubt, as far as possible, merely by a closer and more attentive

interrogation of our consciousness, or more properly speaking, of our

memory; and so far is not amenable to logic. But wherever this method is

insufficient to attain the end of its inquiries, it must proceed, like

other sciences, by means of evidence. Now, the moment this science begins

to draw inferences from evidence, logic becomes the sovereign judge

whether its inferences are well-grounded, or what other inferences would

be so.

This, however, constitutes no nearer or other relation between logic and

metaphysics than that which exists between logic and all the other

sciences. And I can conscientiously affirm, that no one proposition laid

down in this work has been adopted for the sake of establishing, or with

any reference to its fitness for being employed in establishing,

preconceived opinions in any department of knowledge or of inquiry on

which the speculative world is still undecided.

BOOK I. OF NAMES AND PROPOSITIONS.

“La scolastique, qui produisit dans la logique, comme dans la morale, et

dans une partie de la métaphysique, une subtilité, une précision d’idées,

dont l’habitude inconnue aux anciens, a contribué plus qu’on ne croit au

progrès de la bonne philosophie.”—CONDORCET, _Vie de Turgot_.

CHAPTER I. OF THE NECESSITY OF COMMENCING WITH AN ANALYSIS OF LANGUAGE.

§ 1. It is so much the established practice of writers on logic to

commence their treatises by a few general observations (in most cases, it

is true, rather meagre) on Terms and their varieties, that it will,

perhaps, scarcely be required from me, in merely following the common

usage, to be as particular in assigning my reasons, as it is usually

expected that those should be who deviate from it.

The practice, indeed, is recommended by considerations far too obvious to

require a formal justification. Logic is a portion of the Art of Thinking:

Language is evidently, and by the admission of all philosophers, one of

the principal instruments or helps of thought; and any imperfection in the

instrument, or in the mode of employing it, is confessedly liable, still

more than in almost any other art, to confuse and impede the process, and

destroy all ground of confidence in the result. For a mind not previously

versed in the meaning and right use of the various kinds of words, to

attempt the study of methods of philosophizing, would be as if some one

should attempt to make himself an astronomical observer, having never

learned to adjust the focal distance of his optical instruments so as to

see distinctly.

Since Reasoning, or Inference, the principal subject of logic, is an

operation which usually takes place by means of words, and in complicated

cases can take place in no other way; those who have not a thorough

insight into the signification and purposes of words, will be under

chances, amounting almost to certainty, of reasoning or inferring

incorrectly. And logicians have generally felt that unless, in the very

first stage, they removed this fertile source of error; unless they taught

their pupil to put away the glasses which distort the object, and to use

those which are adapted to his purpose in such a manner as to assist, not

perplex his vision; he would not be in a condition to practise the

remaining part of their discipline with any prospect of advantage.

Therefore it is that an inquiry into language, so far as is needful to

guard against the errors to which it gives rise, has at all times been

deemed a necessary preliminary to the study of logic.

But there is another reason, of a still more fundamental nature, why the

import of words should be the earliest subject of the logician’s

consideration: because without it he cannot examine into the import of

Propositions. Now this is a subject which stands on the very threshold of

the science of logic.

The object of logic, as defined in the Introductory Chapter, is to

ascertain how we come by that portion of our knowledge (much the greatest

portion) which is not intuitive: and by what criterion we can, in matters

not self-evident, distinguish between things proved and things not proved,

between what is worthy and what is unworthy of belief. Of the various

questions which present themselves to our inquiring faculties, some

receive an answer from direct consciousness, others, if resolved at all,

can only be resolved by means of evidence. Logic is concerned with these

last. But before inquiring into the mode of resolving questions, it is

necessary to inquire, what are those which offer themselves? what

questions are conceivable? what inquiries are there, to which mankind have

either obtained, or been able to imagine it possible that they should

obtain, an answer? This point is best ascertained by a survey and analysis

of Propositions.

§ 2. The answer to every question which it is possible to frame, is

contained in a Proposition, or Assertion. Whatever can be an object of

belief, or even of disbelief, must, when put into words, assume the form

of a proposition. All truth and all error lie in propositions. What, by a

convenient misapplication of an abstract term, we call a Truth, means

simply a True Proposition; and errors are false propositions. To know the

import of all possible propositions, would be to know all questions which

can be raised, all matters which are susceptible of being either believed

or disbelieved. How many kinds of inquiries can be propounded; how many

kinds of judgments can be made; and how many kinds of propositions it is

possible to frame with a meaning; are but different forms of one and the

same question. Since, then, the objects of all Belief and of all Inquiry

express themselves in propositions; a sufficient scrutiny of Propositions

and of their varieties will apprize us what questions mankind have

actually asked of themselves, and what, in the nature of answers to those

questions, they have actually thought they had grounds to believe.

Now the first glance at a proposition shows that it is formed by putting

together two names. A proposition, according to the common simple

definition, which is sufficient for our purpose, is, _discourse_, _in

which something is affirmed or denied of something_. Thus, in the

proposition, Gold is yellow, the quality _yellow_ is affirmed of the

substance _gold_. In the proposition, Franklin was not born in England,

the fact expressed by the words _born in England_ is denied of the man

Franklin.

Every proposition consists of three parts: the Subject, the Predicate, and

the Copula. The predicate is the name denoting that which is affirmed or

denied. The subject is the name denoting the person or thing which

something is affirmed or denied of. The copula is the sign denoting that

there is an affirmation or denial; and thereby enabling the hearer or

reader to distinguish a proposition from any other kind of discourse.

Thus, in the proposition, The earth is round, the Predicate is the word

_round_, which denotes the quality affirmed, or (as the phrase is)

predicated: _the earth_, words denoting the object which that quality is

affirmed of, compose the Subject; the word _is_, which serves as the

connecting mark between the subject and predicate, to show that one of

them is affirmed of the other, is called the Copula.

Dismissing, for the present, the copula, of which more will be said

hereafter, every proposition, then, consists of at least two names; brings

together two names, in a particular manner. This is already a first step

towards what we are in quest of. It appears from this, that for an act of

belief, _one_ object is not sufficient; the simplest act of belief

supposes, and has something to do with, _two_ objects: two names, to say

the least; and (since the names must be names of something) two _nameable

things_. A large class of thinkers would cut the matter short by saying,

two _ideas_. They would say, that the subject and predicate are both of

them names of ideas; the idea of gold, for instance, and the idea of

yellow; and that what takes place (or a part of what takes place) in the

act of belief, consists in bringing (as it is often expressed) one of

these ideas under the other. But this we are not yet in a condition to

say: whether such be the correct mode of describing the phenomenon, is an

after consideration. The result with which for the present we must be

contented, is, that in every act of belief _two_ objects are in some

manner taken cognizance of; that there can be no belief claimed, or

question propounded, which does not embrace two distinct (either material

or intellectual) subjects of thought; each of them capable or not of being

conceived by itself, but incapable of being believed by itself.

I may say, for instance, “the sun.” The word has a meaning, and suggests

that meaning to the mind of any one who is listening to me. But suppose I

ask him, Whether it is true: whether he believes it? He can give no

answer. There is as yet nothing to believe, or to disbelieve. Now,

however, let me make, of all possible assertions respecting the sun, the

one which involves the least of reference to any object besides itself;

let me say, “the sun exists.” Here, at once, is something which a person

can say he believes. But here, instead of only one, we find two distinct

objects of conception: the sun is one object; existence is another. Let it

not be said, that this second conception, existence, is involved in the

first; for the sun may be conceived as no longer existing. “The sun” does

not convey all the meaning that is conveyed by “the sun exists:” “my

father” does not include all the meaning of “my father exists,” for he may

be dead; “a round square” does not include the meaning of “a round square

exists,” for it does not and cannot exist. When I say, “the sun,” “my

father,” or a “round square,” I call upon the hearer for no belief or

disbelief, nor can either the one or the other be afforded me; but if I

say, “the sun exists,” “my father exists,” or “a round square exists,” I

call for belief; and should, in the first of the three instances, meet

with it; in the second, with belief or disbelief, as the case might be; in

the third, with disbelief.

§ 3. This first step in the analysis of the object of belief, which,

though so obvious, will be found to be not unimportant, is the only one

which we shall find it practicable to make without a preliminary survey of

language. If we attempt to proceed further in the same path, that is, to

analyse any further the import of Propositions; we find forced upon us, as

a subject of previous consideration, the import of Names. For every

proposition consists of two names; and every proposition affirms or denies

one of these names, of the other. Now what we do, what passes in our mind,

when we affirm or deny two names of one another, must depend on what they

are names of; since it is with reference to that, and not to the mere

names themselves, that we make the affirmation or denial. Here, therefore,

we find a new reason why the signification of names, and the relation

generally between names and the things signified by them, must occupy the

preliminary stage of the inquiry we are engaged in.

It may be objected, that the meaning of names can guide us at most only to

the opinions, possibly the foolish and groundless opinions, which mankind

have formed concerning things, and that as the object of philosophy is

truth, not opinion, the philosopher should dismiss words and look into

things themselves, to ascertain what questions can be asked and answered

in regard to them. This advice (which no one has it in his power to

follow) is in reality an exhortation to discard the whole fruits of the

labours of his predecessors, and conduct himself as if he were the first

person who had ever turned an inquiring eye upon nature. What does any

one’s personal knowledge of Things amount to, after subtracting all which

he has acquired by means of the words of other people? Even after he has

learned as much as people usually do learn from others, will the notions

of things contained in his individual mind afford as sufficient a basis

for a _catalogue raisonné_ as the notions which are in the minds of all

mankind?

In any enumeration and classification of Things, which does not set out

from their names, no varieties of things will of course be comprehended

but those recognised by the particular inquirer; and it will still remain

to be established, by a subsequent examination of names, that the

enumeration has omitted nothing which ought to have been included. But if

we begin with names, and use them as our clue to the things, we bring at

once before us all the distinctions which have been recognised, not by a

single inquirer, but by all inquirers taken together. It doubtless may,

and I believe it will, be found, that mankind have multiplied the

varieties unnecessarily, and have imagined distinctions among things where

there were only distinctions in the manner of naming them. But we are not

entitled to assume this in the commencement. We must begin by recognising

the distinctions made by ordinary language. If some of these appear, on a

close examination, not to be fundamental, the enumeration of the different

kinds of realities may be abridged accordingly. But to impose upon the

facts in the first instance the yoke of a theory, while the grounds of the

theory are reserved for discussion in a subsequent stage, is not a course

which a logician can reasonably adopt.

CHAPTER II. OF NAMES.

§ 1. “A name,” says Hobbes,(4) “is a word taken at pleasure to serve for a

mark, which may raise in our mind a thought like to some thought we had

before, and which being pronounced to others, may be to them a sign of

what thought the speaker had(5) before in his mind.” This simple

definition of a name, as a word (or set of words) serving the double

purpose of a mark to recall to ourselves the likeness of a former thought,

and a sign to make it known to others, appears unexceptionable. Names,

indeed, do much more than this; but whatever else they do, grows out of,

and is the result of this: as will appear in its proper place.

Are names more properly said to be the names of things, or of our ideas of

things? The first is the expression in common use; the last is that of

some metaphysicians, who conceived that in adopting it they were

introducing a highly important distinction. The eminent thinker, just

quoted, seems to countenance the latter opinion. “But seeing,” he

continues, “names ordered in speech (as is defined) are signs of our

conceptions, it is manifest they are not signs of the things themselves;

for that the sound of this word _stone_ should be the sign of a stone,

cannot be understood in any sense but this, that he that hears it collects

that he that pronounces it thinks of a stone.”

If it be merely meant that the conception alone, and not the thing itself,

is recalled by the name, or imparted to the hearer, this of course cannot

be denied. Nevertheless, there seems good reason for adhering to the

common usage, and calling the word _sun_ the name of the sun, and not the

name of our idea of the sun. For names are not intended only to make the

hearer conceive what we conceive, but also to inform him what we believe.

Now, when I use a name for the purpose of expressing a belief, it is a

belief concerning the thing itself, not concerning my idea of it. When I

say, “the sun is the cause of day,” I do not mean that my idea of the sun

causes or excites in me the idea of day; or in other words, that thinking

of the sun makes me think of day. I mean, that a certain physical fact,

which is called the sun’s presence (and which, in the ultimate analysis,

resolves itself into sensations, not ideas) causes another physical fact,

which is called day. It seems proper to consider a word as the _name_ of

that which we intend to be understood by it when we use it; of that which

any fact that we assert of it is to be understood of; that, in short,

concerning which, when we employ the word, we intend to give information.

Names, therefore, shall always be spoken of in this work as the names of

things themselves, and not merely of our ideas of things.

But the question now arises, of what things? and to answer this it is

necessary to take into consideration the different kinds of names.

§ 2. It is usual, before examining the various classes into which names

are commonly divided, to begin by distinguishing from names of every

description, those words which are not names, but only parts of names.

Among such are reckoned particles, as _of_, _to_, _truly_, _often_; the

inflected cases of nouns substantive, as _me_, _him_, _John’s_;(6) and

even adjectives, as _large_, _heavy_. These words do not express things of

which anything can be affirmed or denied. We cannot say, Heavy fell, or A

heavy fell; Truly, or A truly, was asserted; Of, or An of, was in the

room. Unless, indeed, we are speaking of the mere words themselves, as

when we say, Truly is an English word, or, Heavy is an adjective. In that

case they are complete names, viz. names of those particular sounds, or of

those particular collections of written characters. This employment of a

word to denote the mere letters and syllables of which it is composed, was

termed by the schoolmen the _suppositio materialis_ of the word. In any

other sense we cannot introduce one of these words into the subject of a

proposition, unless in combination with other words; as, A heavy _body_

fell, A truly _important fact_ was asserted, A _member_ of _parliament_

was in the room.

An adjective, however, is capable of standing by itself as the predicate

of a proposition; as when we say, Snow is white; and occasionally even as

the subject, for we may say, White is an agreeable colour. The adjective

is often said to be so used by a grammatical ellipsis: Snow is white,

instead of Snow is a white object; White is an agreeable colour, instead

of, A white colour, or, The colour white, is agreeable. The Greeks and

Romans were allowed, by the rules of their language, to employ this

ellipsis universally in the subject as well as in the predicate of a

proposition. In English this cannot, generally speaking, be done. We may

say, The earth is round; but we cannot say, Round is easily moved; we must

say, A round object. This distinction, however, is rather grammatical than

logical. Since there is no difference of meaning between _round_, and _a

round object_, it is only custom which prescribes that on any given

occasion one shall be used, and not the other. We shall therefore, without

scruple, speak of adjectives as names, whether in their own right, or as

representative of the more circuitous forms of expression above

exemplified. The other classes of subsidiary words have no title whatever

to be considered as names. An adverb, or an accusative case, cannot under

any circumstances (except when their mere letters and syllables are spoken

of) figure as one of the terms of a proposition.

Words which are not capable of being used as names, but only as parts of

names, were called by some of the schoolmen Syncategorematic terms: from

σὺν, with, and κατηγορέω, to predicate, because it was only _with_ some

other word that they could be predicated. A word which could be used

either as the subject or predicate of a proposition without being

accompanied by any other word, was termed by the same authorities a

Categorematic term. A combination of one or more Categorematic, and one or

more Syncategorematic words, as, A heavy body, or A court of justice, they

sometimes called a _mixed_ term; but this seems a needless multiplication

of technical expressions. A mixed term is, in the only useful sense of the

word, Categorematic. It belongs to the class of what have been called

many-worded names.

For, as one word is frequently not a name, but only part of a name, so a

number of words often compose one single name, and no more. These words,

“the place which the wisdom or policy of antiquity had destined for the

residence of the Abyssinian princes,” form in the estimation of the

logician only one name; one Categorematic term. A mode of determining

whether any set of words makes only one name, or more than one, is by

predicating something of it, and observing whether, by this predication,

we make only one assertion or several. Thus, when we say, John Nokes, who

was the mayor of the town, died yesterday,—by this predication we make but

one assertion; whence it appears that “John Nokes, who was the mayor of

the town,” is no more than one name. It is true that in this proposition,

besides the assertion that John Nokes died yesterday, there is included

another assertion, namely, that John Nokes was mayor of the town. But this

last assertion was already made: we did not make it by adding the

predicate, “died yesterday.” Suppose, however, that the words had been,

John Nokes _and_ the mayor of the town, they would have formed two names

instead of one. For when we say, John Nokes and the mayor of the town died

yesterday, we make two assertions; one, that John Nokes died yesterday;

the other, that the mayor of the town died yesterday.

It being needless to illustrate at any greater length the subject of

many-worded names, we proceed to the distinctions which have been

established among names, not according to the words they are composed of,

but according to their signification.

§ 3. All names are names of something, real or imaginary; but all things

have not names appropriated to them individually. For some individual

objects we require, and consequently have, separate distinguishing names;

there is a name for every person, and for every remarkable place. Other

objects, of which we have not occasion to speak so frequently, we do not

designate by a name of their own; but when the necessity arises for naming

them, we do so by putting together several words, each of which, by

itself, might be and is used for an indefinite number of other objects; as

when I say, _this stone_: “this” and “stone” being, each of them, names

that may be used of many other objects besides the particular one meant,

although the only object of which they can both be used at the given

moment, consistently with their signification, may be the one of which I

wish to speak.

Were this the sole purpose for which names, that are common to more things

than one, could be employed; if they only served, by mutually limiting

each other, to afford a designation for such individual objects as have no

names of their own; they could only be ranked among contrivances for

economizing the use of language. But it is evident that this is not their

sole function. It is by their means that we are enabled to assert

_general_ propositions; to affirm or deny any predicate of an indefinite

number of things at once. The distinction, therefore, between _general_

names, and _individual_ or _singular_ names, is fundamental; and may be

considered as the first grand division of names.

A general name is familiarly defined, a name which is capable of being

truly affirmed, in the same sense, of each of an indefinite number of

things. An individual or singular name is a name which is only capable of

being truly affirmed, in the same sense, of one thing.

Thus, _man_ is capable of being truly affirmed of John, Peter, George,

Mary, and other persons without assignable limit: and it is affirmed of

all of them in the same sense; for the word man expresses certain

qualities, and when we predicate it of those persons, we assert that they

all possess those qualities. But _John_ is only capable of being truly

affirmed of one single person, at least in the same sense. For although

there are many persons who bear that name, it is not conferred upon them

to indicate any qualities, or anything which belongs to them in common;

and cannot be said to be affirmed of them in any _sense_ at all,

consequently not in the same sense. “The present queen of England” is also

an individual name. For, that there never can be more than one person at a

time of whom it can be truly affirmed, is implied in the meaning of the

words.

It is not unusual, by way of explaining what is meant by a general name,

to say that it is the name of a _class_. But this, though a convenient

mode of expression for some purposes, is objectionable as a definition,

since it explains the clearer of two things by the more obscure. It would

be more logical to reverse the proposition, and turn it into a definition

of the word _class_: “A class is the indefinite multitude of individuals

denoted by a general name.”

It is necessary to distinguish _general_ from _collective_ names. A

general name is one which can be predicated of _each_ individual of a

multitude; a collective name cannot be predicated of each separately, but

only of all taken together. “The 76th regiment of foot,” which is a

collective name, is not a general but an individual name; for although it

can be predicated of a multitude of individual soldiers taken jointly, it

cannot be predicated of them severally. We may say, Jones is a soldier,

and Thompson is a soldier, and Smith is a soldier, but we cannot say,

Jones is the 76th regiment, and Thompson is the 76th regiment, and Smith

is the 76th regiment. We can only say, Jones, and Thompson, and Smith, and

Brown, and so forth, (enumerating all the soldiers,) are the 76th

regiment.

“The 76th regiment” is a collective name, but not a general one: “a

regiment” is both a collective and a general name. General with respect to

all individual regiments, of each of which separately it can be affirmed;

collective with respect to the individual soldiers, of whom any regiment

is composed.

§ 4. The second general division of names is into _concrete_ and

_abstract_. A concrete name is a name which stands for a thing; an

abstract name is a name which stands for an attribute of a thing. Thus,

_John_, _the sea_, _this table_, are names of things. _White_, also, is a

name of a thing, or rather of things. Whiteness, again, is the name of a

quality or attribute of those things. Man is a name of many things;

humanity is a name of an attribute of those things. _Old_ is a name of

things; _old age_ is a name of one of their attributes.

I have used the words concrete and abstract in the sense annexed to them

by the schoolmen, who, notwithstanding the imperfections of their

philosophy, were unrivalled in the construction of technical language, and

whose definitions, in logic at least, though they never went more than a

little way into the subject, have seldom, I think, been altered but to be

spoiled. A practice, however, has grown up in more modern times, which, if

not introduced by Locke, has gained currency chiefly from his example, of

applying the expression “abstract name” to all names which are the result

of abstraction or generalization, and consequently to all general names,

instead of confining it to the names of attributes. The metaphysicians of

the Condillac school,—whose admiration of Locke, passing over the

profoundest speculations of that truly original genius, usually fastens

with peculiar eagerness upon his weakest points,—have gone on imitating

him in this abuse of language, until there is now some difficulty in

restoring the word to its original signification. A more wanton alteration

in the meaning of a word is rarely to be met with; for the expression

_general name_, the exact equivalent of which exists in all languages I am

acquainted with, was already available for the purpose to which _abstract_

has been misappropriated, while the misappropriation leaves that important

class of words, the names of attributes, without any compact distinctive

appellation. The old acceptation, however, has not gone so completely out

of use, as to deprive those who still adhere to it of all chance of being

understood. By _abstract_, then, I shall always mean the opposite of

_concrete_: by an abstract name, the name of an attribute; by a concrete

name, the name of an object.

Do abstract names belong to the class of general, or to that of singular

names? Some of them are certainly general. I mean those which are names

not of one single and definite attribute, but of a class of attributes.

Such is the word _colour_, which is a name common to whiteness, redness,

&c. Such is even the word whiteness, in respect of the different shades of

whiteness to which it is applied in common; the word magnitude, in respect

of the various degrees of magnitude and the various dimensions of space;

the word weight, in respect of the various degrees of weight. Such also is

the word _attribute_ itself, the common name of all particular attributes.

But when only one attribute, neither variable in degree nor in kind, is

designated by the name; as visibleness; tangibleness; equality;

squareness; milkwhiteness; then the name can hardly be considered general;

for though it denotes an attribute of many different objects, the

attribute itself is always conceived as one, not many. The question is,

however, of no moment, and perhaps the best way of deciding it would be to

consider these names as neither general nor individual, but to place them

in a class apart.

It may be objected to our definition of an abstract name, that not only

the names which we have called abstract, but adjectives, which we have

placed in the concrete class, are names of attributes; that _white_, for

example, is as much the name of the colour, as _whiteness_ is. But (as

before remarked) a word ought to be considered as the name of that which

we intend to be understood by it when we put it to its principal use, that

is, when we employ it in predication. When we say snow is white, milk is

white, linen is white, we do not mean it to be understood that snow, or

linen, or milk, is a colour. We mean that they are things having the

colour. The reverse is the case with the word whiteness; what we affirm to

_be_ whiteness is not snow but the colour of snow. Whiteness, therefore,

is the name of the colour exclusively: white is a name of all things

whatever having the colour; a name, not of the quality whiteness, but of

every white object. It is true, this name was given to all those various

objects on account of the quality; and we may therefore say, without

impropriety, that the quality forms part of its signification; but a name

can only be said to stand for, or to be a name of, the things of which it

can be predicated. We shall presently see that all names which can be said

to have any signification, all names by applying which to an individual we

give any information respecting that individual, may be said to _imply_ an

attribute of some sort; but they are not names of the attribute; it has

its own proper abstract name.

§ 5. This leads to the consideration of a third great division of names,

into _connotative_ and _non-connotative_, the latter sometimes, but

improperly, called _absolute_. This is one of the most important

distinctions which we shall have occasion to point out, and one of those

which go deepest into the nature of language.

A non-connotative term is one which signifies a subject only, or an

attribute only. A connotative term is one which denotes a subject, and

implies an attribute. By a subject is here meant anything which possesses

attributes. Thus John, or London, or England, are names which signify a

subject only. Whiteness, length, virtue, signify an attribute only. None

of these names, therefore, are connotative. But _white_, _long_,

_virtuous_, are connotative. The word white, denotes all white things, as

snow, paper, the foam of the sea, &c., and implies, or as it was termed by

the schoolmen, _connotes_,(7) the attribute _whiteness_. The word white is

not predicated of the attribute, but of the subjects, snow, &c.; but when

we predicate it of them, we imply, or connote, that the attribute

whiteness belongs to them. The same may be said of the other words above

cited. Virtuous, for example, is the name of a class, which includes

Socrates, Howard, the man of Ross, and an undefined number of other

individuals, past, present, and to come. These individuals, collectively

and severally, can alone be said with propriety to be denoted by the word:

of them alone can it properly be said to be a name. But it is a name

applied to all of them in consequence of an attribute which they are

supposed to possess in common, the attribute which has received the name

of virtue. It is applied to all beings that are considered to possess this

attribute; and to none which are not so considered.

All concrete general names are connotative. The word _man_, for example,

denotes Peter, Jane, John, and an indefinite number of other individuals,

of whom, taken as a class, it is the name. But it is applied to them,

because they possess, and to signify that they possess, certain

attributes. These seem to be, corporeity, animal life, rationality, and a

certain external form, which for distinction we call the human. Every

existing thing, which possessed all these attributes, would be called a

man; and anything which possessed none of them, or only one, or two, or

even three of them without the fourth, would not be so called. For

example, if in the interior of Africa there were to be discovered a race

of animals possessing reason equal to that of human beings, but with the

form of an elephant, they would not be called men. Swift’s Houyhnhms were

not so called. Or if such newly-discovered beings possessed the form of

man without any vestige of reason, it is probable that some other name

than that of man would be found for them. How it happens that there can be

any doubt about the matter, will appear hereafter. The word _man_,

therefore, signifies all these attributes, and all subjects which possess

these attributes. But it can be predicated only of the subjects. What we

call men, are the subjects, the individual Stiles and Nokes; not the

qualities by which their humanity is constituted. The name, therefore, is

said to signify the subjects _directly_, the attributes _indirectly_; it

_denotes_ the subjects, and implies, or involves, or indicates, or as we

shall say henceforth, _connotes_, the attributes. It is a connotative

name.

Connotative names have hence been also called _denominative_, because the

subject which they denote is denominated by, or receives a name from, the

attribute which they connote. Snow, and other objects, receive the name

white, because they possess the attribute which is called whiteness;

James, Mary, and others receive the name man, because they possess the

attributes which are considered to constitute humanity. The attribute, or

attributes, may therefore be said to denominate those objects, or to give

them a common name.(8)

It has been seen that all concrete general names are connotative. Even

abstract names, though the names only of attributes, may in some instances

be justly considered as connotative; for attributes themselves may have

attributes ascribed to them; and a word which denotes attributes may

connote an attribute of those attributes. It is thus, for example, with

such a word as _fault_; equivalent to _bad_ or _hurtful quality_. This

word is a name common to many attributes, and connotes hurtfulness, an

attribute of those various attributes. When, for example, we say that

slowness, in a horse, is a fault, we do not mean that the slow movement,

the actual change of place of the slow horse, is a thing to be avoided,

but that the property or peculiarity of the horse, from which it derives

that name, the quality of being a slow mover, is an undesirable

peculiarity.

In regard to those concrete names which are not general but individual, a

distinction must be made.

Proper names are not connotative: they denote the individuals who are

called by them; but they do not indicate or imply any attributes as

belonging to those individuals. When we name a child by the name Paul, or

a dog by the name Cæsar, these names are simply marks used to enable those

individuals to be made subjects of discourse. It may be said, indeed, that

we must have had some reason for giving them those names rather than any

others: and this is true; but the name, once given, becomes independent of

the reason. A man may have been named John, because that was the name of

his father; a town may have been named Dartmouth, because it is situated

at the mouth of the Dart. But is no part of the signification of the word

John, that the father of the person so called bore the same name; nor even

of the word Dartmouth, to be situated at the mouth of the Dart. If sand

should choke up the mouth of the river, or an earthquake change its

course, and remove it to a distance from the town, the name of the town

would not necessarily be changed. That fact, therefore, can form no part

of the signification of the word; for otherwise, when the fact confessedly

ceased to be true, no one would any longer think of applying the name.

Proper names are attached to the objects themselves, and are not dependent

on the continuance of any attribute of the object.

But there is another kind of names, which although they are individual

names, that is, predicable only of one object, are really connotative.

For, although we may give to an individual a name utterly unmeaning, which

we call a proper name,—a word which answers the purpose of showing what

thing it is we are talking about, but not of telling anything about it;

yet a name peculiar to an individual is not necessarily of this

description. It may be significant of some attribute, or some union of

attributes, which being possessed by no object but one, determines the

name exclusively to that individual. “The sun” is a name of this

description; “God,” when used by a monotheist, is another. These, however,

are scarcely examples of what we are now attempting to illustrate, being,

in strictness of language, general, and not individual names: for, however

they may be _in fact_ predicable only of one object, there is nothing in

the meaning of the words themselves which implies this: and, accordingly,

when we are imagining and not affirming, we may speak of many suns; and

the majority of mankind have believed, and still believe, that there are

many gods. But it is easy to produce words which are real instances of

connotative individual names. It may be part of the meaning of the

connotative name itself, that there exists but one individual possessing

the attribute which it connotes; as, for instance, “the _only_ son of John

Stiles;” “the _first_ emperor of Rome.” Or the attribute connoted may be a

connexion with some determinate event, and the connexion may be of such a

kind as only one individual could have; or may at least be such as only

one individual actually had; and this may be implied in the form of the

expression. “The father of Socrates,” is an example of the one kind (since

Socrates could not have had two fathers); “the author of the Iliad,” “the

murderer of Henri Quatre,” of the second. For, although it is conceivable

that more persons than one might have participated in the authorship of

the Iliad, or in the murder of Henri Quatre, the employment of the article

_the_ implies that, in fact, this was not the case. What is here done by

the word _the_, is done in other cases by the context: thus, “Cæsar’s

army” is an individual name, if it appears from the context that the army

meant is that which Cæsar commanded in a particular battle. The still more

general expressions, “the Roman army,” or “the Christian army,” may be

individualized in a similar manner. Another case of frequent occurrence

has already been noticed; it is the following. The name, being a

many-worded one, may consist, in the first place, of a _general_ name,

capable therefore in itself of being affirmed of more things than one, but

which is, in the second place, so limited by other words joined with it,

that the entire expression can only be predicated of one object,

consistently with the meaning of the general term. This is exemplified in

such an instance as the following: “the present prime minister of

England.” Prime Minister of England is a general name; the attributes

which it connotes may be possessed by an indefinite number of persons: in

succession however, not simultaneously; since the meaning of the word

itself imports (among other things) that there can be only one such person

at a time. This being the case, and the application of the name being

afterwards limited by the word _present_, to such individuals as possess

the attributes at one indivisible point of time, it becomes applicable

only to one individual. And as this appears from the meaning of the name,

without any extrinsic proof, it is strictly an individual name.

From the preceding observations it will easily be collected, that whenever

the names given to objects convey any information, that is, whenever they

have properly any meaning, the meaning resides not in what they _denote_,

but in what they _connote_. The only names of objects which connote

nothing are _proper_ names; and these have, strictly speaking, no

signification.

If, like the robber in the Arabian Nights, we make a mark with chalk on a

house to enable us to know it again, the mark has a purpose, but it has

not properly any meaning. The chalk does not declare anything about the

house; it does not mean, This is such a person’s house, or This is a house

which contains booty. The object of making the mark is merely distinction.

I say to myself, All these houses are so nearly alike, that if I lose

sight of them I shall not again be able to distinguish that which I am now

looking at, from any of the others; I must therefore contrive to make the

appearance of this one house unlike that of the others, that I may

hereafter know, when I see the mark—not indeed any attribute of the

house—but simply that it is the same house which I am now looking at.

Morgiana chalked all the other houses in a similar manner, and defeated

the scheme: how? simply by obliterating the difference of appearance

between that house and the others. The chalk was still there, but it no

longer served the purpose of a distinctive mark.

When we impose a proper name, we perform an operation in some degree

analogous to what the robber intended in chalking the house. We put a

mark, not indeed upon the object itself, but, so to speak, upon the idea

of the object. A proper name is but an unmeaning mark which we connect in

our minds with the idea of the object, in order that whenever the mark

meets our eyes or occurs to our thoughts, we may think of that individual

object. Not being attached to the thing itself, it does not, like the

chalk, enable us to distinguish the object when we see it; but it enables

us to distinguish it when it is spoken of, either in the records of our

own experience, or in the discourse of others; to know that what we find

asserted in any proposition of which it is the subject, is asserted of the

individual thing with which we were previously acquainted.

When we predicate of anything its proper name; when we say, pointing to a

man, this is Brown or Smith, or pointing to a city, that it is York, we do

not, merely by so doing, convey to the hearer any information about them,

except that those are their names. By enabling him to identify the

individuals, we may connect them with information previously possessed by

him; by saying, This is York, we may tell him that it contains the

Minster. But this is in virtue of what he has previously heard concerning

York; not by anything implied in the name. It is otherwise when objects

are spoken of by connotative names. When we say, The town is built of

marble, we give the hearer what may be entirely new information, and this

merely by the signification of the many-worded connotative name, “built of

marble.” Such names are not signs of the mere objects, invented because we

have occasion to think and speak of those objects individually; but signs

which accompany an attribute: a kind of livery in which the attribute

clothes all objects which are recognized as possessing it. They are not

mere marks, but more, that is to say, significant marks; and the

connotation is what constitutes their significance.

As a proper name is said to be the name of the one individual which it is

predicated of, so (as well from the importance of adhering to analogy, as

for the other reasons formerly assigned) a connotative name ought to be

considered a name of all the various individuals which it is predicable

of, or in other words _denotes_, and not of what it connotes. But by

learning what things it is a name of, we do not learn the meaning of the

name: for to the same thing we may, with equal propriety, apply many

names, not equivalent in meaning. Thus, I call a certain man by the name

Sophroniscus: I call him by another name, The father of Socrates. Both

these are names of the same individual, but their meaning is altogether

different; they are applied to that individual for two different purposes;

the one, merely to distinguish him from other persons who are spoken of;

the other to indicate a fact relating to him, the fact that Socrates was

his son. I further apply to him these other expressions: a man, a Greek,

an Athenian, a sculptor, an old man, an honest man, a brave man. All these

are names of Sophroniscus, not indeed of him alone, but of him and each of

an indefinite number of other human beings. Each of these names is applied

to Sophroniscus for a different reason, and by each whoever understands

its meaning is apprised of a distinct fact or number of facts concerning

him; but those who knew nothing about the names except that they were

applicable to Sophroniscus, would be altogether ignorant of their meaning.

It is even conceivable that I might know every single individual of whom a

given name could be with truth affirmed, and yet could not be said to know

the meaning of the name. A child knows who are its brothers and sisters,

long before it has any definite conception of the nature of the facts

which are involved in the signification of those words.

In some cases it is not easy to decide precisely how much a particular

word does or does not connote; that is, we do not exactly know (the case

not having arisen) what degree of difference in the object would occasion

a difference in the name. Thus, it is clear that the word _man_, besides

animal life and rationality, connotes also a certain external form; but it

would be impossible to say precisely what form; that is, to decide how

great a deviation from the form ordinarily found in the beings whom we are

accustomed to call men, would suffice in a newly-discovered race to make

us refuse them the name of man. Rationality, also, being a quality which

admits of degrees, it has never been settled what is the lowest degree of

that quality which would entitle any creature to be considered a human

being. In all such cases, the meaning of the general name is so far

unsettled, and vague; mankind have not come to any positive agreement

about the matter. When we come to treat of classification, we shall have

occasion to show under what conditions this vagueness may exist without

practical inconvenience; and cases will appear, in which the ends of

language are better promoted by it than by complete precision; in order

that, in natural history for instance, individuals or species of no very

marked character may be ranged with those more strongly characterized

individuals or species to which, in all their properties taken together,

they bear the nearest resemblance.

But this partial uncertainty in the connotation of names can only be free

from mischief when guarded by strict precautions. One of the chief

sources, indeed, of lax habits of thought, is the custom of using

connotative terms without a distinctly ascertained connotation, and with

no more precise notion of their meaning than can be loosely collected from

observing what objects they are used to denote. It is in this manner that

we all acquire, and inevitably so, our first knowledge of our vernacular

language. A child learns the meaning of the words _man_, or _white_, by

hearing them applied to a variety of individual objects, and finding out,

by a process of generalization and analysis of which he is but imperfectly

conscious, what those different objects have in common. In the case of

these two words the process is so easy as to require no assistance from

culture; the objects called human beings, and the objects called white,

differing from all others by qualities of a peculiarly definite and

obvious character. But in many other cases, objects bear a general

resemblance to one another, which leads to their being familiarly classed

together under a common name, while, without more analytic habits than the

generality of mankind possess, it is not immediately apparent what are the

particular attributes, upon the possession of which in common by them all,

their general resemblance depends. When this is the case, people use the

name without any recognized connotation, that is, without any precise

meaning; they talk, and consequently think, vaguely, and remain contented

to attach only the same degree of significance to their own words, which a

child three years old attaches to the words brother and sister. The child

at least is seldom puzzled by the starting up of new individuals, on whom

he is ignorant whether or not to confer the title; because there is

usually an authority close at hand competent to solve all doubts. But a

similar resource does not exist in the generality of cases; and new

objects are continually presenting themselves to men, women, and children,

which they are called upon to class _proprio motu_. They, accordingly, do

this on no other principle than that of superficial similarity, giving to

each new object the name of that familiar object, the idea of which it

most readily recalls, or which, on a cursory inspection, it seems to them

most to resemble: as an unknown substance found in the ground will be

called, according to its texture, earth, sand, or a stone. In this manner,

names creep on from subject to subject, until all traces of a common

meaning sometimes disappear, and the word comes to denote a number of

things not only independently of any common attribute, but which have

actually no attribute in common; or none but what is shared by other

things to which the name is capriciously refused.(9) Even scientific

writers have aided in this perversion of general language from its

purpose; sometimes because, like the vulgar, they knew no better; and

sometimes in deference to that aversion to admit new words, which induces

mankind, on all subjects not considered technical, to attempt to make the

original small stock of names serve with but little augmentation to

express a constantly increasing number of objects and distinctions, and,

consequently, to express them in a manner progressively more and more

imperfect.

To what degree this loose mode of classing and denominating objects has

rendered the vocabulary of mental and moral philosophy unfit for the

purposes of accurate thinking, is best known to whoever has most reflected

on the present condition of those branches of knowledge. Since, however,

the introduction of a new technical language as the vehicle of

speculations on subjects belonging to the domain of daily discussion, is

extremely difficult to effect, and would not be free from inconvenience

even if effected, the problem for the philosopher, and one of the most

difficult which he has to resolve, is, in retaining the existing

phraseology, how best to alleviate its imperfections. This can only be

accomplished by giving to every general concrete name which there is

frequent occasion to predicate, a definite and fixed connotation; in order

that it may be known what attributes, when we call an object by that name,

we really mean to predicate of the object. And the question of most nicety

is, how to give this fixed connotation to a name, with the least possible

change in the objects which the name is habitually employed to denote;

with the least possible disarrangement, either by adding or subtraction,

of the group of objects which, in however imperfect a manner, it serves to

circumscribe and hold together; and with the least vitiation of the truth

of any propositions which are commonly received as true.

This desirable purpose, of giving a fixed connotation where it is wanting,

is the end aimed at whenever any one attempts to give a definition of a

general name already in use; every definition of a connotative name being

an attempt either merely to declare, or to declare and analyse, the

connotation of the name. And the fact, that no questions which have arisen

in the moral sciences have been subjects of keener controversy than the

definitions of almost all the leading expressions, is a proof how great an

extent the evil to which we have adverted has attained.

Names with indeterminate connotation are not to be confounded with names

which have more than one connotation, that is to say, ambiguous words. A

word may have several meanings, but all of them fixed and recognised ones;

as the word _post_, for example, or the word _box_, the various senses of

which it would be endless to enumerate. And the paucity of existing names,

in comparison with the demand for them, may often render it advisable and

even necessary to retain a name in this multiplicity of acceptations,

distinguishing these so clearly as to prevent their being confounded with

one another. Such a word may be considered as two or more names,

accidentally written and spoken alike.(10)

§ 6. The fourth principal division of names, is into _positive_ and

_negative_. Positive, as _man_, _tree_, _good_; negative, as _not-many_,

_not-tree_, _not-good_. To every positive concrete name, a corresponding

negative one might be framed. After giving a name to any one thing, or to

any plurality of things, we might create a second name which should be a

name of all things whatever except that particular thing or things. These

negative names are employed whenever we have occasion to speak

collectively of all things other than some thing or class of things. When

the positive name is connotative, the corresponding negative name is

connotative likewise; but in a peculiar way, connoting not the presence

but the absence of an attribute. Thus, _not-white_ denotes all things

whatever except white things; and connotes the attribute of not possessing

whiteness. For the non-possession of any given attribute is also an

attribute, and may receive a name as such; and thus negative concrete

names may obtain negative abstract names to correspond to them.

Names which are positive in form are often negative in reality, and others

are really positive though their form is negative. The word

_inconvenient_, for example, does not express the mere absence of

convenience; it expresses a positive attribute, that of being the cause of

discomfort or annoyance. So the word _unpleasant_, notwithstanding its

negative form, does not connote the mere absence of pleasantness, but a

less degree of what is signified by the word _painful_, which, it is

hardly necessary to say, is positive. _Idle_, on the other hand, is a word

which, though positive in form, expresses nothing but what would be

signified either by the phrase _not working_, or by the phrase _not

disposed to work_; and _sober_, either by _not drunk_ or by _not drunken_.

There is a class of names called _privative_. A privative name is

equivalent in its signification to a positive and a negative name taken

together; being the name of something which has once had a particular

attribute, or for some other reason might have been expected to have it,

but which has it not. Such is the word _blind_, which is not equivalent to

_not seeing_, or to _not capable of seeing_, for it would not, except by a

poetical or rhetorical figure, be applied to stocks and stones. A thing is

not usually said to be blind, unless the class to which it is most

familiarly referred, or to which it is referred on the particular

occasion, be chiefly composed of things which can see, as in the case of a

blind man, or a blind horse; or unless it is supposed for any reason that

it ought to see; as in saying of a man, that he rushed blindly into an

abyss, or of philosophers or the clergy that the greater part of them are

blind guides. The names called privative, therefore, connote two things:

the absence of certain attributes, and the presence of others, from which

the presence also of the former might naturally have been expected.

§ 7. The fifth leading division of names is into _relative_ and

_absolute_, or let us rather say, _relative_ and _non-relative_; for the

word absolute is put upon much too hard duty in metaphysics, not to be

willingly spared when its services can be dispensed with. It resembles the

word _civil_ in the language of jurisprudence, which stands for the

opposite of criminal, the opposite of ecclesiastical, the opposite of

military, the opposite of political, in short, the opposite of any

positive word which wants a negative.

Relative names are such as father, son; ruler, subject; like; equal;

unlike; unequal; longer, shorter; cause, effect. Their characteristic

property is, that they are always given in pairs. Every relative name

which is predicated of an object, supposes another object (or objects), of

which we may predicate either that same name or another relative name

which is said to be the _correlative_ of the former. Thus, when we call

any person a son, we suppose other persons who must be called parents.

When we call any event a cause, we suppose another event which is an

effect. When we say of any distance that it is longer, we suppose another

distance which is shorter. When we say of any object that it is like, we

mean that it is like some other object, which is also said to be like the

first. In this last case, both objects receive the same name; the relative

term is its own correlative.

It is evident that these words, when concrete, are, like other concrete

general names, connotative; they denote a subject, and connote an

attribute: and each of them has or might have a corresponding abstract

name, to denote the attribute connoted by the concrete. Thus the concrete

_like_ has its abstract _likeness_; the concretes, father and son, have,

or might have, the abstracts, paternity, and filiety, or filiation. The

concrete name connotes an attribute, and the abstract name which answers

to it denotes that attribute. But of what nature is the attribute? Wherein

consists the peculiarity in the connotation of a relative name?

The attribute signified by a relative name, say some, is a relation; and

this they give, if not as a sufficient explanation, at least as the only

one attainable. If they are asked, What then is a relation? they do not

profess to be able to tell. It is generally regarded as something

peculiarly recondite and mysterious. I cannot, however, perceive in what

respect it is more so than any other attribute; indeed, it appears to me

to be so in a somewhat less degree. I conceive, rather, that it is by

examining into the signification of relative names, or in other words,

into the nature of the attribute which they connote, that a clear insight

may best be obtained into the nature of all attributes; of all that is

meant by an attribute.

It is obvious, in fact, that if we take any two correlative names,

_father_ and _son_, for instance, although the objects _de_noted by the

names are different, they both, in a certain sense, connote the same

thing. They cannot, indeed, be said to connote the same _attribute_; to be

a father, is not the same thing as to be a son. But when we call one man a

father, another his son, what we mean to affirm is a set of facts, which

are exactly the same in both cases. To predicate of A that he is the

father of B, and of B that he is the son of A, is to assert one and the

same fact in different words. The two propositions are exactly equivalent:

neither of them asserts more or asserts less than the other. The paternity

of A and the filiety of B are not two facts, but two modes of expressing

the same fact. That fact, when analysed, consists of a series of physical

events or phenomena, in which both A and B are parties concerned, and from

which they both derive names. What those names really connote, is this

series of events: that is the meaning, and the whole meaning, which either

of them is intended to convey. The series of events may be said to

_constitute_ the relation; the schoolmen called it the foundation of the

relation, _fundamentum relationis_.

In this manner any fact, or series of facts, in which two different

objects are implicated, and which is therefore predicable of both of them,

may be either considered as constituting an attribute of the one, or an

attribute of the other. According as we consider it in the former, or in

the latter aspect, it is connoted by the one or the other of the two

correlative names. _Father_ connotes the fact, regarded as constituting an

attribute of A: _son_ connotes the same fact, as constituting an attribute

of B. It may evidently be regarded with equal propriety in either light.

And all that appears necessary to account for the existence of relative

names, is, that whenever there is a fact in which two individuals are

concerned, an attribute grounded on that fact may be ascribed to either of

these individuals.

A name, therefore, is said to be relative, when, over and above the object

which it denotes, it implies in its signification the existence of another

object, also deriving a denomination from the same fact which is the

ground of the first name. Or (to express the same meaning in other words)

a name is relative, when, being the name of one thing, its signification

cannot be explained but by mentioning another. Or we may state it

thus—when the name cannot be employed in discourse, so as to have a

meaning, unless the name of some other thing than what it is itself the

name of, be either expressed or understood. These definitions are all, at

bottom, equivalent, being modes of variously expressing this one

distinctive circumstance—that every other attribute of an object might,

without any contradiction, be conceived still to exist if all objects

besides that one were annihilated;(11) but those of its attributes which

are expressed by relative names, would on that supposition be swept away.

§ 8. Names have been further distinguished into _univocal_ and

_æquivocal_: these, however, are not two kinds of names, but two different

modes of employing names. A name is univocal, or applied univocally, with

respect to all things of which it can be predicated _in the same sense_;

but it is æquivocal, or applied æquivocally, as respects those things of

which it is predicated in different senses. It is scarcely necessary to

give instances of a fact so familiar as the double meaning of a word. In

reality, as has been already observed, an æquivocal or ambiguous word is

not one name, but two names, accidentally coinciding in sound. _File_

standing for an iron instrument, and _file_ standing for a line of

soldiers, have no more title to be considered one word, because written

alike, than _grease_ and _Greece_ have, because they are pronounced alike.

They are one sound, appropriated to form two different words.

An intermediate case is that of a name used _analogically_ or

metaphorically; that is, a name which is predicated of two things, not

univocally, or exactly in the same signification, but in significations

somewhat similar, and which being derived one from the other, one of them

may be considered the primary, and the other a secondary signification. As

when we speak of a brilliant light, and a brilliant achievement. The word

is not applied in the same sense to the light and to the achievement; but

having been applied to the light in its original sense, that of brightness

to the eye, it is transferred to the achievement in a derivative

signification, supposed to be somewhat like the primitive one. The word,

however, is just as properly two names instead of one, in this case, as in

that of the most perfect ambiguity. And one of the commonest forms of

fallacious reasoning arising from ambiguity, is that of arguing from a

metaphorical expression as if it were literal; that is, as if a word, when

applied metaphorically, were the same name as when taken in its original

sense: which will be seen more particularly in its place.

CHAPTER III. OF THE THINGS DENOTED BY NAMES.

§ 1. Looking back now to the commencement of our inquiry, let us attempt

to measure how far it has advanced. Logic, we found, is the Theory of

Proof. But proof supposes something provable, which must be a Proposition

or Assertion; since nothing but a Proposition can be an object of belief,

or therefore of proof. A Proposition is, discourse which affirms or denies

something of some other thing. This is one step: there must, it seems, be

two things concerned in every act of belief. But what are these Things?

They can be no other than those signified by the two names, which being

joined together by a copula constitute the Proposition. If, therefore, we

knew what all Names signify, we should know everything which is capable

either of being made a subject of affirmation or denial, or of being

itself affirmed or denied of a subject. We have accordingly, in the

preceding chapter, reviewed the various kinds of Names, in order to

ascertain what is signified by each of them. And we have now carried this

survey far enough to be able to take an account of its results, and to

exhibit an enumeration of all the kinds of Things which are capable of

being made predicates, or of having anything predicated of them: after

which to determine the import of Predication, that is, of Propositions,

can be no arduous task.

The necessity of an enumeration of Existences, as the basis of Logic, did

not escape the attention of the schoolmen, and of their master, Aristotle,

the most comprehensive, if not the most sagacious, of the ancient

philosophers. The Categories, or Predicaments—the former a Greek word, the

latter its literal translation in the Latin language—were intended by him

and his followers as an enumeration of all things capable of being named;

an enumeration by the _summa genera_, _i.e._ the most extensive classes

into which things could be distributed; which, therefore, were so many

highest Predicates, one or other of which was supposed capable of being

affirmed with truth of every nameable thing whatsoever. The following are

the classes into which, according to this school of philosophy, Things in

general might be reduced:—

Οὐσία, Substantia.

Ποσὸν, Quantitas.

Ποιόν, Qualitas.

Πρός τι, Relatio.

Ποιεῖν, Actio.

Πάσχειν, Passio.

Ποῦ, Ubi.

Πότε, Quando.

Κεῖσθαι, Situs.

Εχειν, Habitus.

The imperfections of this classification are too obvious to require, and

its merits are not sufficient to reward, a minute examination. It is a

mere catalogue of the distinctions rudely marked out by the language of

familiar life, with little or no attempt to penetrate, by philosophic

analysis, to the _rationale_ even of those common distinctions. Such an

analysis, however superficially conducted, would have shown the

enumeration to be both redundant and defective. Some objects are omitted,

and others repeated several times under different heads. It is like a

division of animals into men, quadrupeds, horses, asses, and ponies. That,

for instance, could not be a very comprehensive view of the nature of

Relation which could exclude action, passivity, and local situation from

that category. The same observation applies to the categories Quando (or

position in time), and Ubi (or position in space); while the distinction

between the latter and Situs is merely verbal. The incongruity of erecting

into a _summum genus_ the class which forms the tenth category is

manifest. On the other hand, the enumeration takes no notice of anything

besides substances and attributes. In what category are we to place

sensations, or any other feelings, and states of mind; as hope, joy, fear;

sound, smell, taste; pain, pleasure; thought, judgment, conception, and

the like? Probably all these would have been placed by the Aristotelian

school in the categories of _actio_ and _passio_; and the relation of such

of them as are active, to their objects, and of such of them as are

passive, to their causes, would rightly be so placed; but the things

themselves, the feelings or states of mind, wrongly. Feelings, or states

of consciousness, are assuredly to be counted among realities, but they

cannot be reckoned either among substances or attributes.

§ 2. Before recommencing, under better auspices, the attempt made with

such imperfect success by the great founder of the science of logic, we

must take notice of an unfortunate ambiguity in all the concrete names

which correspond to the most general of all abstract terms, the word

Existence. When we have occasion for a name which shall be capable of

denoting whatever exists, as contradistinguished from non-entity or

Nothing, there is hardly a word applicable to the purpose which is not

also, and even more familiarly, taken in a sense in which it denotes only

substances. But substances are not all that exist; attributes, if such

things are to be spoken of, must be said to exist; feelings also exist.

Yet when we speak of an _object_, or of a _thing_, we are almost always

supposed to mean a substance. There seems a kind of contradiction in using

such an expression as that one _thing_ is merely an attribute of another

thing. And the announcement of a Classification of Things would, I

believe, prepare most readers for an enumeration like those in natural

history, beginning with the great divisions of animal, vegetable, and

mineral, and subdividing them into classes and orders. If, rejecting the

word Thing, we endeavour to find another of a more general import, or at

least more exclusively confined to that general import, a word denoting

all that exists, and connoting only simple existence; no word might be

presumed fitter for such a purpose than _being_: originally the present

participle of a verb which in one of its meanings is exactly equivalent to

the verb _exist_; and therefore suitable, even by its grammatical

formation, to be the concrete of the abstract _existence_. But this word,

strange as the fact may appear, is still more completely spoiled for the

purpose which it seemed expressly made for, than the word Thing. _Being_

is, by custom, exactly synonymous with substance; except that it is free

from a slight taint of a second ambiguity; being applied impartially to

matter and to mind, while substance, though originally and in strictness

applicable to both, is apt to suggest in preference the idea of matter.

Attributes are never called Beings; nor are Feelings. A Being is that

which excites feelings, and which possesses attributes. The soul is called

a Being; God and angels are called Beings; but if we were to say,

extension, colour, wisdom, virtue are beings, we should perhaps be

suspected of thinking with some of the ancients, that the cardinal virtues

are animals; or, at the least, of holding with the Platonic school the

doctrine of self-existent Ideas, or with the followers of Epicurus that of

Sensible Forms, which detach themselves in every direction from bodies,

and by coming in contact with our organs, cause our perceptions. We should

be supposed, in short, to believe that Attributes are Substances.

In consequence of this perversion of the word Being, philosophers looking

about for something to supply its place, laid their hands upon the word

Entity, a piece of barbarous Latin, invented by the schoolmen to be used

as an abstract name, in which class its grammatical form would seem to

place it; but being seized by logicians in distress to stop a leak in

their terminology, it has ever since been used as a concrete name. The

kindred word _essence_, born at the same time and of the same parents,

scarcely underwent a more complete transformation when, from being the

abstract of the verb _to be_, it came to denote something sufficiently

concrete to be enclosed in a glass bottle. The word Entity, since it

settled down into a concrete name, has retained its universality of

signification somewhat less impaired than any of the names before

mentioned. Yet the same gradual decay to which, after a certain age, all

the language of psychology seems liable, has been at work even here. If

you call virtue an _entity_, you are indeed somewhat less strongly

suspected of believing it to be a substance than if you called it a

_being_; but you are by no means free from the suspicion. Every word which

was originally intended to connote mere existence, seems, after a time, to

enlarge its connotation to _separate_ existence, or existence freed from

the condition of belonging to a substance; which condition being precisely

what constitutes an attribute, attributes are gradually shut out; and

along with them feelings, which in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred have

no other name than that of the attribute which is grounded on them.

Strange that when the greatest embarrassment felt by all who have any

considerable number of thoughts to express, is to find a sufficient

variety of precise words fitted to express them, there should be no

practice to which even scientific thinkers are more addicted than that of

taking valuable words to express ideas which are sufficiently expressed by

other words already appropriated to them.

When it is impossible to obtain good tools, the next best thing is to

understand thoroughly the defects of those we have. I have therefore

warned the reader of the ambiguity of the very names which, for want of

better, I am necessitated to employ. It must now be the writer’s endeavour

so to employ them as in no case to leave the meaning doubtful or obscure.

No one of the above terms being altogether unambiguous, I shall not

confine myself to any one, but shall employ on each occasion the word

which seems least likely in the particular case to lead to

misunderstanding; nor do I pretend to use either these or any other words

with a rigorous adherence to one single sense. To do so would often leave

us without a word to express what is signified by a known word in some one

or other of its senses: unless authors had an unlimited licence to coin

new words, together with (what it would be more difficult to assume)

unlimited power of making their readers adopt them. Nor would it be wise

in a writer, on a subject involving so much of abstraction, to deny

himself the advantage derived from even an improper use of a term, when,

by means of it, some familiar association is called up which brings the

meaning home to the mind, as it were by a flash.

The difficulty both to the writer and reader, of the attempt which must be

made to use vague words so as to convey a precise meaning, is not wholly a

matter of regret. It is not unfitting that logical treatises should afford

an example of that, to facilitate which is among the most important uses

of logic. Philosophical language will for a long time, and popular

language still longer, retain so much of vagueness and ambiguity, that

logic would be of little value if it did not, among its other advantages,

exercise the understanding in doing its work neatly and correctly with

these imperfect tools.

After this preamble it is time to proceed to our enumeration. We shall

commence with Feelings, the simplest class of nameable things; the term

Feeling being of course understood in its most enlarged sense.

I. Feelings, or States of Consciousness.

§ 3. A Feeling and a State of Consciousness are, in the language of

philosophy, equivalent expressions: everything is a feeling of which the

mind is conscious; everything which it _feels_, or, in other words, which

forms a part of its own sentient existence. In popular language Feeling is

not always synonymous with State of Consciousness; being often taken more

peculiarly for those states which are conceived as belonging to the

sensitive, or to the emotional, phasis of our nature, and sometimes, with

a still narrower restriction, to the emotional alone: as distinguished

from what are conceived as belonging to the percipient or to the

intellectual phasis. But this is an admitted departure from correctness of

language; just as, by a popular perversion the exact converse of this, the

word Mind is withdrawn from its rightful generality of signification, and

restricted to the intellect. The still greater perversion by which Feeling

is sometimes confined not only to bodily sensations, but to the sensations

of a single sense, that of touch, needs not be more particularly adverted

to.

Feeling, in the proper sense of the term, is a genus, of which Sensation,

Emotion, and Thought, are subordinate species. Under the word Thought is

here to be included whatever we are internally conscious of when we are

said to think; from the consciousness we have when we think of a red

colour without having it before our eyes, to the most recondite thoughts

of a philosopher or poet. Be it remembered, however, that by a thought is

to be understood what passes in the mind itself, and not any object

external to the mind, which the person is commonly said to be thinking of.

He may be thinking of the sun, or of God, but the sun and God are not

thoughts; his mental image, however, of the sun, and his idea of God, are

thoughts; states of his mind, not of the objects themselves: and so also

is his belief of the existence of the sun, or of God; or his disbelief, if

the case be so. Even imaginary objects, (which are said to exist only in

our ideas,) are to be distinguished from our ideas of them. I may think of

a hobgoblin, as I may think of the loaf which was eaten yesterday, or of

the flower which will bloom to-morrow. But the hobgoblin which never

existed is not the same thing with my idea of a hobgoblin, any more than

the loaf which once existed is the same thing with my idea of a loaf, or

the flower which does not yet exist, but which will exist, is the same

with my idea of a flower. They are all, not thoughts, but objects of

thought; though at the present time all the objects are alike

non-existent.

In like manner, a Sensation is to be carefully distinguished from the

object which causes the sensation; our sensation of white from a white

object; nor is it less to be distinguished from the attribute whiteness,

which we ascribe to the object in consequence of its exciting the

sensation. Unfortunately for clearness and due discrimination in

considering these subjects, our sensations seldom receive separate names.

We have a name for the objects which produce in us a certain sensation;

the word _white_. We have a name for the quality in those objects, to

which we ascribe the sensation; the name _whiteness_. But when we speak of

the sensation itself, (as we have not occasion to do this often except in

our scientific speculations,) language, which adapts itself for the most

part only to the common uses of life, has provided us with no

single-worded or immediate designation; we must employ a circumlocution,

and say, The sensation of white, or The sensation of whiteness; we must

denominate the sensation either from the object, or from the attribute, by

which it is excited. Yet the sensation, though it never _does_, might very

well be _conceived_ to exist, without anything whatever to excite it. We

can conceive it as arising spontaneously in the mind. But if it so arose,

we should have no name to denote it which would not be a misnomer. In the

case of our sensations of hearing we are better provided; we have the word

Sound, and a whole vocabulary of words to denote the various kinds of

sounds. For as we are often conscious of these sensations in the absence

of any _perceptible_ object, we can more easily conceive having them in

the absence of any object whatever. We need only shut our eyes and listen

to music, to have a conception of an universe with nothing in it except

sounds, and ourselves hearing them: and what is easily conceived

separately, easily obtains a separate name. But in general our names of

sensations denote indiscriminately the sensation and the attribute. Thus,

_colour_ stands for the sensations of white, red, &c., but also for the

quality in the coloured object. We talk of the colours of things as among

their _properties_.

§ 4. In the case of sensations, another distinction has also to be kept in

view, which is often confounded, and never without mischievous

consequences. This is, the distinction between the sensation itself, and

the state of the bodily organs which precedes the sensation, and which

constitutes the physical agency by which it is produced. One of the

sources of confusion on this subject is the division commonly made of

feelings into Bodily and Mental. Philosophically speaking, there is no

foundation at all for this distinction: even sensations are states of the

sentient mind, not states of the body, as distinguished from it. What I am

conscious of when I see the colour blue, is a feeling of blue colour,

which is one thing; the picture on my retina, or the phenomenon of

hitherto mysterious nature which takes place in my optic nerve or in my

brain, is another thing, of which I am not at all conscious, and which

scientific investigation alone could have apprised me of. These are states

of my body; but the sensation of blue, which is the consequence of these

states of body, is not a state of body: that which perceives and is

conscious is called Mind. When sensations are called bodily feelings, it

is only as being the class of feelings which are immediately occasioned by

bodily states; whereas the other kinds of feelings, thoughts, for

instance, or emotions, are immediately excited not by anything acting upon

the bodily organs, but by sensations, or by previous thoughts. This,

however, is a distinction not in our feelings, but in the agency which

produces our feelings: all of them when actually produced are states of

mind.

Besides the affection of our bodily organs from without, and the sensation

thereby produced in our minds, many writers admit a third link in the

chain of phenomena, which they call a Perception, and which consists in

the recognition of an external object as the exciting cause of the

sensation. This perception, they say, is an _act_ of the mind, proceeding

from its own spontaneous activity; while in sensation the mind is passive,

being merely acted upon by the outward object. And according to some

metaphysicians it is by an act of the mind, similar to perception, except

in not being preceded by any sensation, that the existence of God, the

soul, and other hyperphysical objects is recognised.

These acts of what is termed perception, whatever be the conclusion

ultimately come to respecting their nature, must, I conceive, take their

place among the varieties of feelings or states of mind. In so classing

them, I have not the smallest intention of declaring or insinuating any

theory as to the law of mind in which these mental processes may be

supposed to originate, or the conditions under which they may be

legitimate or the reverse. Far less do I mean (as Dr. Whewell seems to

suppose must be meant in an analogous case(12)) to indicate that as they

are “_merely_ states of mind,” it is superfluous to inquire into their

distinguishing peculiarities. I abstain from the inquiry as irrelevant to

the science of logic. In these so-called perceptions, or direct

recognitions by the mind, of objects, whether physical or spiritual, which

are external to itself, I can see only cases of belief; but of belief

which claims to be intuitive, or independent of external evidence. When a

stone lies before me, I am conscious of certain sensations which I receive

from it; but when I say that these sensations come to me from an external

object which I _perceive_, the meaning of these words is, that receiving

the sensations, I intuitively _believe_ that an external cause of those

sensations exists. The laws of intuitive belief, and the conditions under

which it is legitimate, are a subject which, as we have already so often

remarked, belongs not to logic, but to the science of the ultimate laws of

the human mind.

To the same region of speculation belongs all that can be said respecting

the distinction which the German metaphysicians and their French and

English followers so elaborately draw between the _acts_ of the mind and

its merely passive _states_; between what it receives from, and what it

gives to, the crude materials of its experience. I am aware that with

reference to the view which those writers take of the primary elements of

thought and knowledge, this distinction is fundamental. But for the

present purpose, which is to examine, not the original groundwork of our

knowledge, but how we come by that portion of it which is not original;

the difference between active and passive states of mind is of secondary

importance. For us, they all are states of mind, they all are feelings; by

which, let it be said once more, I mean to imply nothing of passivity, but

simply that they are psychological facts, facts which take place in the

mind, and are to be carefully distinguished from the external or physical

facts with which they may be connected, either as effects or as causes.

§ 5. Among active states of mind, there is however one species which

merits particular attention, because it forms a principal part of the

connotation of some important classes of names. I mean _volitions_, or

acts of the will. When we speak of sentient beings by relative names, a

large portion of the connotation of the name usually consists of the

_actions_ of those beings; actions past, present, and possible or probable

future. Take, for instance, the words Sovereign and Subject. What meaning

do these words convey, but that of innumerable actions, done or to be done

by the sovereign and the subjects, to or in regard to one another

reciprocally? So with the words physician and patient, leader and

follower, tutor and pupil. In many cases the words also connote actions

which would be done under certain contingencies by persons other than

those denoted: as the words mortgagor and mortgagee, obligor and obligee,

and many other words expressive of legal relation, which connote what a

court of justice would do to enforce the legal obligation if not

fulfilled. There are also words which connote actions previously done by

persons other than those denoted either by the name itself or by its

correlative; as the word brother. From these instances, it may be seen how

large a portion of the connotation of names consists of actions. Now what

is an action? Not one thing, but a series of two things: the state of mind

called a volition, followed by an effect. The volition or intention to

produce the effect, is one thing; the effect produced in consequence of

the intention, is another thing; the two together constitute the action. I

form the purpose of instantly moving my arm; that is a state of my mind:

my arm (not being tied or paralytic) moves in obedience to my purpose;

that is a physical fact, consequent on a state of mind. The intention,

followed by the fact, or, (if we prefer the expression,) the fact when

preceded and caused by the intention, is called the action of moving my

arm.

§ 6. Of the first leading division of nameable things, viz. Feelings or

States of Consciousness, we began by recognising three sub-divisions;

Sensations, Thoughts, and Emotions. The first two of these we have

illustrated at considerable length; the third, Emotions, not being

perplexed by similar ambiguities, does not require similar

exemplification. And, finally, we have found it necessary to add to these

three a fourth species, commonly known by the name Volitions. Without

seeking to prejudge the metaphysical question whether any mental state or

phenomenon can be found which is not included in one or other of these

four species, it appears to me that the amount of illustration bestowed

upon these may, so far as we are concerned, suffice for the whole genus.

We shall, therefore, proceed to the two remaining classes of nameable

things; all things which are external to the mind being considered as

belonging either to the class of Substances or to that of Attributes.

II. Substances.

Logicians have endeavoured to define Substance and Attribute; but their

definitions are not so much attempts to draw a distinction between the

things themselves, as instructions what difference it is customary to make

in the grammatical structure of the sentence, according as we are speaking

of substances or of attributes. Such definitions are rather lessons of

English, or of Greek, Latin, or German, than of mental philosophy. An

attribute, say the school logicians, must be the attribute _of_ something:

colour, for example, must be the colour _of_ something; goodness must be

the goodness _of_ something: and if this something should cease to exist,

or should cease to be connected with the attribute, the existence of the

attribute would be at an end. A substance, on the contrary, is

self-existent; in speaking about it, we need not put _of_ after its name.

A stone is not the stone _of_ anything; the moon is not the moon _of_

anything, but simply the moon. Unless, indeed, the name which we choose to

give to the substance be a relative name; if so, it must be followed

either by _of_ or by some other particle, implying, as that preposition

does, a reference to something else: but then the other characteristic

peculiarity of an attribute would fail; the _something_ might be

destroyed, and the substance might still subsist. Thus, a father must be

the father _of_ something, and so far resembles an attribute, in being

referred to something besides himself: if there were no child, there would

be no father: but this, when we look into the matter, only means that we

should not call him father. The man called father might still exist though

there were no child, as he existed before there was a child: and there

would be no contradiction in supposing him to exist, although the whole

universe except himself were destroyed. But destroy all white substances,

and where would be the attribute whiteness? Whiteness, without any white

thing, is a contradiction in terms.

This is the nearest approach to a solution of the difficulty, that will be

found in the common treatises on logic. It will scarcely be thought to be

a satisfactory one. If an attribute is distinguished from a substance by

being the attribute _of_ something, it seems highly necessary to

understand what is meant by _of_: a particle which needs explanation too

much itself to be placed in front of the explanation of anything else. And

as for the self-existence of substances, it is very true that a substance

may be conceived to exist without any other substance, but so also may an

attribute without any other attribute: and we can no more imagine a

substance without attributes than we can imagine attributes without a

substance.

Metaphysicians, however, have probed the question deeper, and given an

account of Substance considerably more satisfactory than this. Substances

are usually distinguished as Bodies or Minds. Of each of these,

philosophers have at length provided us with a definition which seems

unexceptionable.

§ 7. A Body, according to the received doctrine of modern metaphysicians,

may be defined the external cause to which we ascribe our sensations. When

I see and touch a piece of gold, I am conscious of a sensation of yellow

colour, and sensations of hardness and weight; and by varying the mode of

handling, I may add to these sensations many others completely distinct

from them. The sensations are all of which I am directly conscious; but I

consider them as produced by something not only existing independently of

my will, but external to my bodily organs and to my mind. This external

something I call a body.

It may be asked, how come we to ascribe our sensations to any external

cause? And is there sufficient ground for so ascribing them? It is known,

that there are metaphysicians who have raised a controversy on the point;

maintaining that we are not warranted in referring our sensations to a

cause, such as we understand by the word Body, or to any cause whatever,

unless, indeed, a First Cause. Though we have no concern here with this

controversy, nor with the metaphysical niceties on which it turns, one of

the best ways of showing what is meant by Substance is, to consider what

position it is necessary to take up, in order to maintain its existence

against opponents.

It is certain, then, that a part of our notion of a body consists of the

notion of a number of sensations of our own, or of other sentient beings,

habitually occurring simultaneously. My conception of the table at which I

am writing is compounded of its visible form and size, which are complex

sensations of sight; its tangible form and size, which are complex

sensations of our organs of touch and of our muscles; its weight, which is

also a sensation of touch and of the muscles; its colour, which is a

sensation of sight; its hardness, which is a sensation of the muscles; its

composition, which is another word for all the varieties of sensation

which we receive under various circumstances from the wood of which it is

made; and so forth. All or most of these various sensations frequently

are, and, as we learn by experience, always might be, experienced

simultaneously, or in many different orders of succession, at our own

choice: and hence the thought of any one of them makes us think of the

others, and the whole becomes mentally amalgamated into one mixed state of

consciousness, which, in the language of the school of Locke and Hartley,

is termed a Complex Idea.

Now, there are philosophers who have argued as follows. If we take an

orange, and conceive it to be divested of its natural colour without

acquiring any new one; to lose its softness without becoming hard, its

roundness without becoming square or pentagonal, or of any other regular

or irregular figure whatever; to be deprived of size, of weight, of taste,

of smell; to lose all its mechanical and all its chemical properties, and

acquire no new ones; to become, in short, invisible, intangible,

imperceptible not only by all our senses, but by the senses of all other

sentient beings, real or possible; nothing, say these thinkers, would

remain. For of what nature, they ask, could be the residuum? and by what

token could it manifest its presence? To the unreflecting its existence

seems to rest on the evidence of the senses. But to the senses nothing is

apparent except the sensations. We know, indeed, that these sensations are

bound together by some law; they do not come together at random, but

according to a systematic order, which is part of the order established in

the universe. When we experience one of these sensations, we usually

experience the others also, or know that we have it in our power to

experience them. But a fixed law of connexion, making the sensations occur

together, does not, say these philosophers, necessarily require what is

called a substratum to support them. The conception of a substratum is but

one of many possible forms in which that connexion presents itself to our

imagination; a mode of, as it were, realizing the idea. If there be such a

substratum, suppose it this instant miraculously annihilated, and let the

sensations continue to occur in the same order, and how would the

substratum be missed? By what signs should we be able to discover that its

existence had terminated? should we not have as much reason to believe

that it still existed as we now have? and if we should not then be

warranted in believing it, how can we be so now? A body, therefore,

according to these metaphysicians, is not anything intrinsically different

from the sensations which the body is said to produce in us; it is, in

short, a set of sensations joined together according to a fixed law.

The controversies to which these speculations have given rise, and the

doctrines which have been developed in the attempt to find a conclusive

answer to them, have been fruitful of important consequences to the

Science of Mind. The sensations (it was answered) which we are conscious

of, and which we receive not at random, but joined together in a certain

uniform manner, imply not only a law or laws of connexion, but a cause

external to our mind, which cause, by its own laws, determines the laws

according to which the sensations are connected and experienced. The

schoolmen used to call this external cause by the name we have already

employed, a _substratum_; and its attributes (as they expressed

themselves) _inhered_, literally _stuck_, in it. To this substratum the

name Matter is usually given in philosophical discussions. It was soon,

however, acknowledged by all who reflected on the subject, that the

existence of matter could not be proved by extrinsic evidence. The answer,

therefore, now usually made to Berkeley and his followers, is, that the

belief is intuitive; that mankind, in all ages, have felt themselves

compelled, by a necessity of their nature, to refer their sensations to an

external cause: that even those who deny it in theory, yield to the

necessity in practice, and both in speech, thought, and feeling, do,

equally with the vulgar, acknowledge their sensations to be the effects of

something external to them: this knowledge, therefore, it is affirmed, is

as evidently intuitive as our knowledge of our sensations themselves is

intuitive. And here the question merges in the fundamental problem of

metaphysics properly so called; to which science we leave it.

But although the extreme doctrine of the Idealist metaphysicians, that

objects are nothing but our sensations and the laws which connect them,

has not been generally adopted by subsequent thinkers; the point of most

real importance is one on which those metaphysicians are now very

generally considered to have made out their case: viz., that _all we know_

of objects is the sensations which they give us, and the order of the

occurrence of those sensations. Kant himself, on this point, is as

explicit as Berkeley or Locke. However firmly convinced that there exists

an universe of “Things in themselves,” totally distinct from the universe

of phenomena, or of things as they appear to our senses; and even when

bringing into use a technical expression (_Noumenon_) to denote what the

thing is in itself, as contrasted with the _representation_ of it in our

minds; he allows that this representation (the matter of which, he says,

consists of our sensations, though the form is given by the laws of the

mind itself) is all we know of the object: and that the real nature of the

Thing is, and by the constitution of our faculties ever must remain, at

least in the present state of existence, an impenetrable mystery to

us.(13) There is not the slightest reason for believing that what we call

the sensible qualities of the object are a type of anything inherent in

itself, or bear any affinity to its own nature. A cause does not, as such,

resemble its effects; an east wind is not like the feeling of cold, nor

heat like the steam of boiling water: why then should matter resemble our

sensations? why should the inmost nature of fire or water resemble the

impressions made by these objects upon our senses?(14) And if not on the

principle of resemblance, on what other principle can the manner in which

objects affect us through our senses afford us any insight into the

inherent nature of those objects? It may therefore safely be laid down as

a truth both obvious in itself, and admitted by all whom it is at present

necessary to take into consideration, that, of the outward world, we know

and can know absolutely nothing, except the sensations which we experience

from it. Those, however, who still look upon Ontology as a possible

science, and think, not only that bodies have an essential constitution of

their own, lying deeper than our perceptions, but that this essence or

nature is accessible to human investigation, cannot expect to find their

refutation here. The question depends on the nature and laws of Intuitive

Knowledge, and is not within the province of logic.

§ 8. Body having now been defined the external cause, and (according to

the more reasonable opinion) the _hidden_ external cause, to which we

refer our sensations; it remains to frame a definition of Mind. Nor, after

the preceding observations, will this be difficult. For, as our conception

of a body is that of an unknown exciting cause of sensations, so our

conception of a mind is that of an unknown recipient, or percipient, of

them; and not of them alone, but of all our other feelings. As body is the

mysterious something which excites the mind to feel, so mind is the

mysterious something which feels, and thinks. It is unnecessary to give in

the case of mind, as we gave in the case of matter, a particular statement

of the sceptical system by which its existence as a Thing in itself,

distinct from the series of what are denominated its states, is called in

question. But it is necessary to remark, that on the inmost nature of the

thinking principle, as well as on the inmost nature of matter, we are, and

with our faculties must always remain, entirely in the dark. All which we

are aware of, even in our own minds, is (in the words of Mr. Mill) a

certain “thread of consciousness;” a series of feelings, that is, of

sensations, thoughts, emotions, and volitions, more or less numerous and

complicated. There is a something I call Myself, or, by another form of

expression, my mind, which I consider as distinct from these sensations,

thoughts, &c.; a something which I conceive to be not the thoughts, but

the being that has the thoughts, and which I can conceive as existing for

ever in a state of quiescence, without any thoughts at all. But what this

being is, although it is myself, I have no knowledge, other than the

series of its states of consciousness. As bodies manifest themselves to me

only through the sensations of which I regard them as the causes, so the

thinking principle, or mind, in my own nature, makes itself known to me

only by the feelings of which it is conscious. I know nothing about

myself, save my capacities of feeling or being conscious (including, of

course, thinking and willing): and were I to learn anything new concerning

my own nature, I cannot with my present faculties conceive this new

information to be anything else, than that I have some additional

capacities, as yet unknown to me, of feeling, thinking, or willing.

Thus, then, as body is the unsentient cause to which we are naturally

prompted to refer a certain portion of our feelings, so mind may be

described as the sentient _subject_ (in the German sense of the term) of

all feelings; that which has or feels them. But of the nature of either

body or mind, further than the feelings which the former excites, and

which the latter experiences, we do not, according to the best existing

doctrine, know anything; and if anything, logic has nothing to do with it,

or with the manner in which the knowledge is acquired. With this result we

may conclude this portion of our subject, and pass to the third and only

remaining class or division of Nameable Things.

III. Attributes: and, first, Qualities.

§ 9. From what has already been said of Substance, what is to be said of

Attribute is easily deducible. For if we know not, and cannot know,

anything of bodies but the sensations which they excite in us or others,

those sensations must be all that we can, at bottom, mean by their

attributes; and the distinction which we verbally make between the

properties of things and the sensations we receive from them, must

originate in the convenience of discourse rather than in the nature of

what is denoted by the terms.

Attributes are usually distributed under the three heads of Quality,

Quantity, and Relation. We shall come to the two latter presently: in the

first place we shall confine ourselves to the former.

Let us take, then, as our example, one of what are termed the sensible

qualities of objects, and let that example be whiteness. When we ascribe

whiteness to any substance, as, for instance, snow; when we say that snow

has the quality whiteness, what do we really assert? Simply, that when

snow is present to our organs, we have a particular sensation, which we

are accustomed to call the sensation of white. But how do I know that snow

is present? Obviously by the sensations which I derive from it, and not

otherwise. I infer that the object is present, because it gives me a

certain assemblage or series of sensations. And when I ascribe to it the

attribute whiteness, my meaning is only, that, of the sensations composing

this group or series, that which I call the sensation of white colour is

one.

This is one view which may be taken of the subject. But there is also

another, and a different view. It may be said, that it is true we _know_

nothing of sensible objects, except the sensations they excite in us; that

the fact of our receiving from snow the particular sensation which is

called a sensation of white, is the _ground_ on which we ascribe to that

substance the quality whiteness; the sole proof of its possessing that

quality. But because one thing may be the sole evidence of the existence

of another thing, it does not follow that the two are one and the same.

The attribute whiteness (it may be said) is not the fact of our receiving

the sensation, but something in the object itself; a _power_ inherent in

it; something _in virtue_ of which the object produces the sensation. And

when we affirm that snow possesses the attribute whiteness, we do not

merely assert that the presence of snow produces in us that sensation, but

that it does so through, and by reason of, that power or quality.

For the purposes of logic it is not of material importance which of these

opinions we adopt. The full discussion of the subject belongs to the other

department of scientific inquiry, so often alluded to under the name of

metaphysics; but it may be said here, that for the doctrine of the

existence of a peculiar species of entities called qualities, I can see no

foundation except in a tendency of the human mind which is the cause of

many delusions. I mean, the disposition, wherever we meet with two names

which are not precisely synonymous, to suppose that they must be the names

of two different things; whereas in reality they may be names of the same

thing viewed in two different lights, which is as much as to say under

different suppositions as to surrounding circumstances. Because _quality_

and _sensation_ cannot be put indiscriminately one for the other, it is

supposed that they cannot both signify the same thing, namely, the

impression or feeling with which we are affected through our senses by the

presence of an object; although there is at least no absurdity in

supposing that this identical impression or feeling may be called a

sensation when considered merely in itself, and a quality when regarded as

emanating from any one of the numerous objects, the presence of which to

our organs excites in our minds that among various other sensations or

feelings. And if this be admissible as a supposition, it rests with those

who contend for an entity _per se_ called a quality, to show that their

opinion is preferable, or is anything in fact but a lingering remnant of

the scholastic doctrine of occult causes; the very absurdity which Molière

so happily ridiculed when he made one of his pedantic physicians account

for the fact that “l’opium endormit,” by the maxim “parcequ’il a une vertu

soporifique.”

It is evident that when the physician stated that opium had “une vertu

soporifique,” he did not account for, but merely asserted over again, the

fact that it _endormit_. In like manner, when we say that snow is white

because it has the quality of whiteness, we are only re-asserting in more

technical language the fact that it excites in us the sensation of white.

If it be said that the sensation must have some cause, I answer, its cause

is the presence of the assemblage of phenomena which is termed the object.

When we have asserted that as often as the object is present, and our

organs in their normal state, the sensation takes place, we have stated

all that we know about the matter. There is no need, after assigning a

certain and intelligible cause, to suppose an occult cause besides, for

the purpose of enabling the real cause to produce its effect. If I am

asked, why does the presence of the object cause this sensation in me, I

cannot tell: I can only say that such is my nature, and the nature of the

object; that the fact forms a part of the constitution of things. And to

this we must at last come, even after interpolating the imaginary entity.

Whatever number of links the chain of causes and effects may consist of,

how any one link produces the one which is next to it remains equally

inexplicable to us. It is as easy to comprehend that the object should

produce the sensation directly and at once, as that it should produce the

same sensation by the aid of something else called the _power_ of

producing it.

But as the difficulties which may be felt in adopting this view of the

subject cannot be removed without discussions transcending the bounds of

our science, I content myself with a passing indication, and shall, for

the purposes of logic, adopt a language compatible with either view of the

nature of qualities. I shall say,—what at least admits of no dispute,—that

the quality of whiteness ascribed to the object snow, is _grounded_ on its

exciting in us the sensation of white; and adopting the language already

used by the school logicians in the case of the kind of attributes called

Relations, I shall term the sensation of white the _foundation_ of the

quality whiteness. For logical purposes the sensation is the only

essential part of what is meant by the word; the only part which we ever

can be concerned in proving. When that is proved, the quality is proved;

if an object excites a sensation it has, of course, the power of exciting

it.

IV. Relations.

§ 10. The _qualities_ of a body, we have said, are the attributes grounded

on the sensations which the presence of that particular body to our organs

excites in our minds. But when we ascribe to any object the kind of

attribute called a Relation, the foundation of the attribute must be

something in which other objects are concerned besides itself and the

percipient.

As there may with propriety be said to be a relation between any two

things to which two correlative names are or may be given; we may expect

to discover what constitutes a relation in general, if we enumerate the

principal cases in which mankind have imposed correlative names, and

observe what these cases have in common.

What, then, is the character which is possessed in common by states of

circumstances so heterogeneous and discordant as these: one thing _like_

another; one thing _unlike_ another; one thing _near_ another; one thing

_far from_ another; one thing _before_, _after_, _along with_ another; one

thing _greater_, _equal_, _less_, than another; one thing the _cause_ of

another, the _effect_ of another; one person the _master_, _servant_,

_child_, _parent_, _debtor_, _creditor_, _sovereign_, _subject_,

_attorney_, _client_, of another, and so on?

Omitting, for the present, the case of Resemblance, (a relation which

requires to be considered separately,) there seems to be one thing common

to all these cases, and only one; that in each of them there exists or

occurs, or has existed or occurred, or may be expected to exist or occur,

some _fact_ or phenomenon, into which the two things which are said to be

related to each other, both enter as parties concerned. This fact, or

phenomenon, is what the Aristotelian logicians called the _fundamentum

relationis_. Thus in the relation of greater and less between two

magnitudes, the _fundamentum relationis_ is the fact that one of the two

magnitudes could, under certain conditions, be included in, without

entirely filling, the space occupied by the other magnitude. In the

relation of master and servant, the _fundamentum relationis_ is the fact

that the one has undertaken, or is compelled, to perform certain services

for the benefit, and at the bidding of the other. Examples might be

indefinitely multiplied; but it is already obvious that whenever two

things are said to be related, there is some fact, or series of facts,

into which they both enter; and that whenever any two things are involved

in some one fact, or series of facts, we may ascribe to those two things a

mutual relation grounded on the fact. Even if they have nothing in common

but what is common to all things, that they are members of the universe,

we call that a relation, and denominate them fellow-creatures,

fellow-beings, or fellow-denizens of the universe. But in proportion as

the fact into which the two objects enter as parts is of a more special

and peculiar, or of a more complicated nature, so also is the relation

grounded upon it. And there are as many conceivable relations as there are

conceivable kinds of fact in which two things can be jointly concerned.

In the same manner, therefore, as a quality is an attribute grounded on

the fact that a certain sensation or sensations are produced in us by the

object, so an attribute grounded on some fact into which the object enters

jointly with another object, is a relation between it and that other

object. But the fact in the latter case consists of the very same kind of

elements as the fact in the former: namely, states of consciousness. In

the case, for example, of any legal relation, as debtor and creditor,

principal and agent, guardian and ward, the _fundamentum relationis_

consists entirely of thoughts, feelings, and volitions (actual or

contingent), either of the persons themselves or of other persons

concerned in the same series of transactions; as, for instance, the

intentions which would be formed by a judge in case a complaint were made

to his tribunal of the infringement of any of the legal obligations

imposed by the relation; and the acts which the judge would perform in

consequence; acts being (as we have already seen) another word for

intentions followed by an effect, and that effect being but another word

for sensations, or some other feelings, occasioned either to oneself or to

somebody else. There is no part of what the names expressive of the

relation imply, that is not resolvable into states of consciousness;

outward objects being, no doubt, supposed throughout as the causes by

which some of those states of consciousness are excited, and minds as the

subjects by which all of them are experienced, but neither the external

objects nor the minds making their existence known otherwise than by the

states of consciousness.

Cases of relation are not always so complicated as those to which we last

alluded. The simplest of all cases of relation are those expressed by the

words antecedent and consequent, and by the word simultaneous. If we say,

for instance, that dawn preceded sunrise, the fact in which the two

things, dawn and sunrise, were jointly concerned, consisted only of the

two things themselves; no third thing entered into the fact or phenomenon

at all; unless, indeed, we choose to call the succession of the two

objects a third thing; but their succession is not something added to the

things themselves; it is something involved in them. Dawn and sunrise

announce themselves to our consciousness by two successive sensations; our

consciousness of the succession of these sensations is not a third

sensation or feeling added to them; we have not first the two feelings,

and then a feeling of their succession. To have two feelings at all,

implies having them either successively, or else simultaneously.

Sensations, or other feelings, being given, succession and

simultaneousness are the two conditions, to the alternative of which they

are subjected by the nature of our faculties; and no one has been able, or

needs expect, to analyse the matter any farther.

§ 11. In a somewhat similar position are two other sorts of relation,

Likeness and Unlikeness. I have two sensations; we will suppose them to be

simple ones; two sensations of white, or one sensation of white and

another of black. I call the first two sensations _like_; the last two

_unlike_. What is the fact or phenomenon constituting the _fundamentum_ of

this relation? The two sensations first, and then what we call a feeling

of resemblance, or of want of resemblance. Let us confine ourselves to the

former case. Resemblance is evidently a feeling; a state of the

consciousness of the observer. Whether the feeling of the resemblance of

the two colours be a third state of consciousness, which I have _after_

having the two sensations of colour, or whether (like the feeling of their

succession) it is involved in the sensations themselves, may be a matter

of discussion. But in either case, these feelings of resemblance, and of

its opposite, dissimilarity, are parts of our nature; and parts so far

from being capable of analysis, that they are presupposed in every attempt

to analyse any of our other feelings. Likeness and unlikeness, therefore,

as well as antecedence, sequence, and simultaneousness, must stand apart

among relations, as things _sui generis_. They are attributes grounded on

facts, that is, on states of consciousness, but on states which are

peculiar, unresolvable, and inexplicable.

But, although likeness or unlikeness cannot be resolved into anything

else, complex cases of likeness or unlikeness can be resolved into simpler

ones. When we say of two things which consist of parts, that they are like

one another, the likeness of the wholes does admit of analysis; it is

compounded of likenesses between the various parts respectively. Of how

vast a variety of resemblances of parts must that resemblance be composed,

which induces us to say that a portrait, or a landscape, is like its

original. If one person mimics another with any success, of how many

simple likenesses must the general or complex likeness be compounded:

likeness in a succession of bodily postures; likeness in voice, or in the

accents and intonations of the voice; likeness in the choice of words, and

in the thoughts or sentiments expressed, whether by word, countenance, or

gesture.

All likeness and unlikeness of which we have any cognizance, resolve

themselves into likeness and unlikeness between states of our own, or some

other, mind. When we say that one body is like another, (since we know

nothing of bodies but the sensations which they excite,) we mean really

that there is a resemblance between the sensations excited by the two

bodies, or between some portion at least of these sensations. If we say

that two attributes are like one another, (since we know nothing of

attributes except the sensations or states of feeling on which they are

grounded,) we mean really that those sensations, or states of feeling,

resemble each other. We may also say that two relations are alike. The

fact of resemblance between relations is sometimes called _analogy_,

forming one of the numerous meanings of that word. The relation in which

Priam stood to Hector, namely, that of father and son, resembles the

relation in which Philip stood to Alexander; resembles it so closely that

they are called the same relation. The relation in which Cromwell stood to

England resembles the relation in which Napoleon stood to France, though

not so closely as to be called the same relation. The meaning in both

these instances must be, that a resemblance existed between the facts

which constituted the _fundamentum relationis_.

This resemblance may exist in all conceivable gradations, from perfect

undistinguishableness to something extremely slight. When we say, that a

thought suggested to the mind of a person of genius is like a seed cast

into the ground, because the former produces a multitude of other

thoughts, and the latter a multitude of other seeds, this is saying that

between the relation of an inventive mind to a thought contained in it,

and the relation of a fertile soil to a seed contained in it, there exists

a resemblance: the real resemblance being in the two _fundamenta

relationis_, in each of which there occurs a germ, producing by its

development a multitude of other things similar to itself. And as,

whenever two objects are jointly concerned in a phenomenon, this

constitutes a relation between those objects, so, if we suppose a second

pair of objects concerned in a second phenomenon, the slightest

resemblance between the two phenomena is sufficient to admit of its being

said that the two relations resemble; provided, of course, the points of

resemblance are found in those portions of the two phenomena respectively

which are connoted by the relative names.

While speaking of resemblance, it is necessary to take notice of an

ambiguity of language, against which scarcely any one is sufficiently on

his guard. Resemblance, when it exists in the highest degree of all,

amounting to undistinguishableness, is often called identity, and the two

similar things are said to be the same. I say often, not always; for we do

not say that two visible objects, two persons for instance, are the same,

because they are so much alike that one might be mistaken for the other:

but we constantly use this mode of expression when speaking of feelings;

as when I say that the sight of any object gives me the _same_ sensation

or emotion to-day that it did yesterday, or the _same_ which it gives to

some other person. This is evidently an incorrect application of the word

_same_; for the feeling which I had yesterday is gone, never to return;

what I have to-day is another feeling, exactly like the former perhaps,

but distinct from it; and it is evident that two different persons cannot

be experiencing the same feeling, in the sense in which we say that they

are both sitting at the same table. By a similar ambiguity we say, that

two persons are ill of the _same_ disease; that two persons hold the

_same_ office; not in the sense in which we say that they are engaged in

the same adventure, or sailing in the same ship, but in the sense that

they fill offices exactly similar, though, perhaps, in distant places.

Great confusion of ideas is often produced, and many fallacies engendered,

in otherwise enlightened understandings, by not being sufficiently alive

to the fact (in itself not always to be avoided,) that they use the same

name to express ideas so different as those of identity and

undistinguishable resemblance. Among modern writers, Archbishop Whately

stands almost alone in having drawn attention to this distinction, and to

the ambiguity connected with it.

Several relations, generally called by other names, are really cases of

resemblance. As, for example, equality; which is but another word for the

exact resemblance commonly called identity, considered as subsisting

between things in respect of their _quantity_. And this example forms a

suitable transition to the third and last of the three heads, under which,

as already remarked, Attributes are commonly arranged.

V. Quantity.

§ 12. Let us imagine two things, between which there is no difference

(that is, no dissimilarity), except in quantity alone: for instance, a

gallon of water, and more than a gallon of water. A gallon of water, like

any other external object, makes its presence known to us by a set of

sensations which it excites. Ten gallons of water are also an external

object, making its presence known to us in a similar manner; and as we do

not mistake ten gallons of water for a gallon of water, it is plain that

the set of sensations is more or less different in the two cases. In like

manner, a gallon of water, and a gallon of wine, are two external objects,

making their presence known by two sets of sensations, which sensations

are different from each other. In the first case, however, we say that the

difference is in quantity; in the last there is a difference in quality,

while the quantity of the water and of the wine is the same. What is the

real distinction between the two cases? It is not the province of Logic to

analyse it; nor to decide whether it is susceptible of analysis or not.

For us the following considerations are sufficient. It is evident that the

sensations I receive from the gallon of water, and those I receive from

the gallon of wine, are not the same, that is, not precisely alike;

neither are they altogether unlike: they are partly similar, partly

dissimilar; and that in which they resemble is precisely that in which

alone the gallon of water and the ten gallons do not resemble. That in

which the gallon of water and the gallon of wine are like each other, and

in which the gallon and the ten gallons of water are unlike each other, is

called their quantity. This likeness and unlikeness I do not pretend to

explain, no more than any other kind of likeness or unlikeness. But my

object is to show, that when we say of two things that they differ in

quantity, just as when we say that they differ in quality, the assertion

is always grounded on a difference in the sensations which they excite.

Nobody, I presume, will say, that to see, or to lift, or to drink, ten

gallons of water, does not include in itself a different set of sensations

from those of seeing, lifting, or drinking one gallon; or that to see or

handle a foot rule, and to see or handle a yard-measure made exactly like

it, are the same sensations. I do not undertake to say what the difference

in the sensations is. Everybody knows, and nobody can tell; no more than

any one could tell what white is, to a person who had never had the

sensation. But the difference, so far as cognizable by our faculties, lies

in the sensations. Whatever difference we say there is in the things

themselves, is, in this as in all other cases, grounded, and grounded

exclusively, on a difference in the sensations excited by them.

VI. Attributes Concluded.

§ 13. Thus, then, all the attributes of bodies which are classed under

Quality or Quantity, are grounded on the sensations which we receive from

those bodies, and may be defined, the powers which the bodies have of

exciting those sensations. And the same general explanation has been found

to apply to most of the attributes usually classed under the head of

Relation. They, too, are grounded on some fact or phenomenon into which

the related objects enter as parts; that fact or phenomenon having no

meaning and no existence to us, except the series of sensations or other

states of consciousness by which it makes itself known: and the relation

being simply the power or capacity which the object possesses, of taking

part along with the correlated object in the production of that series of

sensations or states of consciousness. We have been obliged, indeed, to

recognise a somewhat different character in certain peculiar relations,

those of succession and simultaneity, of likeness and unlikeness. These,

not being grounded on any fact or phenomenon distinct from the related

objects themselves, do not admit of the same kind of analysis. But these

relations, though not, like other relations, grounded on states of

consciousness, are themselves states of consciousness: resemblance is

nothing but our feeling of resemblance; succession is nothing but our

feeling of succession. Or, if this be disputed, (and we cannot, without

transgressing the bounds of our science, discuss it here,) at least our

knowledge of these relations, and even our possibility of knowledge, is

confined to those which subsist between sensations, or other states of

consciousness; for, though we ascribe resemblance, or succession, or

simultaneity, to objects and to attributes, it is always in virtue of

resemblance or succession or simultaneity in the sensations or states of

consciousness which those objects excite, and on which those attributes

are grounded.

§ 14. In the preceding investigation we have, for the sake of simplicity,

considered bodies only, and omitted minds. But what we have said, is

applicable, _mutatis mutandis_, to the latter. The attributes of minds, as

well as those of bodies, are grounded on states of feeling or

consciousness. But in the case of a mind, we have to consider its own

states, as well as those which it produces in other minds. Every attribute

of a mind consists either in being itself affected in a certain way, or

affecting other minds in a certain way. Considered in itself, we can

predicate nothing of it but the series of its own feelings. When we say of

any mind, that it is devout, or superstitious, or meditative, or cheerful,

we mean that the ideas, emotions, or volitions implied in those words,

form a frequently recurring part of the series of feelings, or states of

consciousness, which fill up the sentient existence of that mind.

In addition, however, to those attributes of a mind which are grounded on

its own states of feeling, attributes may also be ascribed to it, in the

same manner as to a body, grounded on the feelings which it excites in

other minds. A mind does not, indeed, like a body, excite sensations, but

it may excite thoughts or emotions. The most important example of

attributes ascribed on this ground, is the employment of terms expressive

of approbation or blame. When, for example, we say of any character, or

(in other words) of any mind, that it is admirable, we mean that the

contemplation of it excites the sentiment of admiration; and indeed

somewhat more, for the word implies that we not only feel admiration, but

approve that sentiment in ourselves. In some cases, under the semblance of

a single attribute, two are really predicated: one of them, a state of the

mind itself; the other, a state with which other minds are affected by

thinking of it. As when we say of any one that he is generous. The word

generosity expresses a certain state of mind, but being a term of praise,

it also expresses that this state of mind excites in us another mental

state, called approbation. The assertion made, therefore, is twofold, and

of the following purport: Certain feelings form habitually a part of this

person’s sentient existence; and the idea of those feelings of his,

excites the sentiment of approbation in ourselves or others.

As we thus ascribe attributes to minds on the ground of ideas and

emotions, so may we to bodies on similar grounds, and not solely on the

ground of sensations: as in speaking of the beauty of a statue; since this

attribute is grounded on the peculiar feeling of pleasure which the statue

produces in our minds; which is not a sensation, but an emotion.

VII. General Results.

§ 15. Our survey of the varieties of Things which have been, or which are

capable of being, named—which have been, or are capable of being, either

predicated of other Things, or made themselves the subject of

predications—is now concluded.

Our enumeration commenced with Feelings. These we scrupulously

distinguished from the objects which excite them, and from the organs by

which they are, or may be supposed to be, conveyed. Feelings are of four

sorts: Sensations, Thoughts, Emotions, and Volitions. What are called

perceptions are merely a particular case of Belief, and belief is a kind

of thought. Actions are merely volitions followed by an effect. If there

be any other kind of mental state not included under these subdivisions,

we did not think it necessary or proper in this place to discuss its

existence, or the rank which ought to be assigned to it.

After Feelings we proceeded to Substances. These are either Bodies or

Minds. Without entering into the grounds of the metaphysical doubts which

have been raised concerning the existence of Matter and Mind as objective

realities, we stated as sufficient for us the conclusion in which the best

thinkers are now very generally agreed, that all we can know of Matter is

the sensations which it gives us, and the order of occurrence of those

sensations; and that while the substance Body is the unknown cause of our

sensations, the substance Mind is the unknown recipient.

The only remaining class of Nameable Things is Attributes; and these are

of three kinds, Quality, Relation, and Quantity. Qualities, like

substances, are known to us no otherwise than by the sensations or other

states of consciousness which they excite: and while, in compliance with

common usage, we have continued to speak of them as a distinct class of

Things, we showed that in predicating them no one means to predicate

anything but those sensations or states of consciousness, on which they

may be said to be grounded, and by which alone they can be defined or

described. Relations, except the simple cases of likeness and unlikeness,

succession and simultaneity, are similarly grounded on some fact or

phenomenon, that is, on some series of sensations or states of

consciousness, more or less complicated. The third species of attribute,

Quantity, is also manifestly grounded on something in our sensations or

states of feeling, since there is an indubitable difference in the

sensations excited by a larger and a smaller bulk, or by a greater or a

less degree of intensity, in any object of sense or of consciousness. All

attributes, therefore, are to us nothing but either our sensations and

other states of feeling, or something inextricably involved therein; and

to this even the peculiar and simple relations just adverted to are not

exceptions. Those peculiar relations, however, are so important, and, even

if they might in strictness be classed among states of consciousness, are

so fundamentally distinct from any other of those states, that it would be

a vain subtlety to confound them under that common head, and it is

necessary that they should be classed apart.

As the result, therefore, of our analysis, we obtain the following as an

enumeration and classification of all Nameable Things:—

1st. Feelings, or States of Consciousness.

2nd. The Minds which experience those feelings.

3rd. The Bodies, or external objects, which excite certain of those

feelings, together with the powers or properties whereby they excite them;

these being included rather in compliance with common opinion, and because

their existence is taken for granted in the common language from which I

cannot prudently deviate, than because the recognition of such powers or

properties as real existences appears to me warranted by a sound

philosophy.

4th, and last. The Successions and Co-existences, the Likenesses and

Unlikenesses, between feelings or states of consciousness. Those

relations, when considered as subsisting between other things, exist in

reality only between the states of consciousness which those things, if

bodies, excite, if minds, either excite or experience.

This, until a better can be suggested, may serve as a substitute for the

abortive Classification of Existences, termed the Categories of Aristotle.

The practical application of it will appear when we commence the inquiry

into the Import of Propositions; in other words, when we inquire what it

is which the mind actually believes, when it gives what is called its

assent to a proposition.

These four classes comprising, if the classification be correct, all

Nameable Things, these or some of them must of course compose the

signification of all names; and of these, or some of them, is made up

whatever we call a fact.

For distinction’s sake, every fact which is solely composed of feelings or

states of consciousness considered as such, is often called a

Psychological or Subjective fact; while every fact which is composed,

either wholly or in part, of something different from these, that is, of

substances and attributes, is called an Objective fact. We may say, then,

that every objective fact is grounded on a corresponding subjective one;

and has no meaning to us, (apart from the subjective fact which

corresponds to it,) except as a name for the unknown and inscrutable

process by which that subjective or psychological fact is brought to pass.

CHAPTER IV. OF PROPOSITIONS.

§ 1. In treating of Propositions, as already in treating of Names, some

considerations of a comparatively elementary nature respecting their form

and varieties must be premised, before entering upon that analysis of the

import conveyed by them, which is the real subject and purpose of this

preliminary book.

A proposition, we have before said, is a portion of discourse in which a

predicate is affirmed or denied of a subject. A predicate and a subject

are all that is necessarily required to make up a proposition: but as we

cannot conclude from merely seeing two names put together, that they are a

predicate and a subject, that is, that one of them is intended to be

affirmed or denied of the other, it is necessary that there should be some

mode or form of indicating that such is the intention; some sign to

distinguish a predication from any other kind of discourse. This is

sometimes done by a slight alteration of one of the words, called an

_inflection_; as when we say, Fire burns; the change of the second word

from _burn_ to _burns_ showing that we mean to affirm the predicate burn

of the subject fire. But this function is more commonly fulfilled by the

word _is_, when an affirmation is intended, _is not_, when a negation; or

by some other part of the verb _to be_. The word which thus serves the

purpose of a sign of predication is called, as we formerly observed, the

_copula_. It is important that there should be no indistinctness in our

conception of the nature and office of the copula; for confused notions

respecting it are among the causes which have spread mysticism over the

field of logic, and perverted its speculations into logomachies.

It is apt to be supposed that the copula is something more than a mere

sign of predication; that it also signifies _existence_. In the

proposition, Socrates is just, it may seem to be implied not only that the

quality _just_ can be affirmed of Socrates, but moreover that Socrates

_is_, that is to say, exists. This, however, only shows that there is an

ambiguity in the word _is_; a word which not only performs the function of

the copula in affirmations, but has also a meaning of its own, in virtue

of which it may itself be made the predicate of a proposition. That the

employment of it as a copula does not necessarily include the affirmation

of existence, appears from such a proposition as this, A centaur is a

fiction of the poets; where it cannot possibly be implied that a centaur

exists, since the proposition itself expressly asserts that the thing has

no real existence.

Many volumes might be filled with the frivolous speculations concerning

the nature of Being, (το ὄν, οὐσία, Ens, Entitas, Essentia, and the like,)

which have arisen from overlooking this double meaning of the words _to

be_; from supposing that when it signifies _to exist_, and when it

signifies to _be_ some specified thing, as to _be_ a man, to _be_

Socrates, to _be_ seen or spoken of, to _be_ a phantom, even to _be_ a

non-entity, it must still, at bottom, answer to the same idea; and that a

meaning must be found for it which shall suit all these cases. The fog

which rose from this narrow spot diffused itself at an early period over

the whole surface of metaphysics. Yet it becomes us not to triumph over

the great intellects of Plato and Aristotle because we are now able to

preserve ourselves from many errors into which they, perhaps inevitably,

fell. The fire-teazer of a modern steam-engine produces by his exertions

far greater effects than Milo of Crotona could, but he is not therefore a

stronger man. The Greeks seldom knew any language but their own. This

rendered it far more difficult for them than it is for us, to acquire a

readiness in detecting ambiguities. One of the advantages of having

accurately studied a plurality of languages, especially of those languages

which eminent thinkers have used as the vehicle of their thoughts, is the

practical lesson we learn respecting the ambiguities of words, by finding

that the same word in one language corresponds, on different occasions, to

different words in another. When not thus exercised, even the strongest

understandings find it difficult to believe that things which have a

common name, have not in some respect or other a common nature; and often

expend much labour not only unprofitably but mischievously, (as was

frequently done by the two philosophers just mentioned,) on vain attempts

to discover in what this common nature consists. But, the habit once

formed, intellects much inferior are capable of detecting even ambiguities

which are common to many languages: and it is surprising that the one now

under consideration, though it exists in the modern languages as well as

in the ancient, should have been overlooked by almost all authors. The

quantity of futile speculation which had been caused by a misapprehension

of the nature of the copula, was hinted at by Hobbes; but Mr. Mill(15)

was, I believe, the first who distinctly characterized the ambiguity, and

pointed out how many errors in the received systems of philosophy it has

had to answer for. It has indeed misled the moderns scarcely less than the

ancients, though their mistakes, because our understandings are not yet so

completely emancipated from their influence, do not appear equally

irrational.

We shall now briefly review the principal distinctions which exist among

propositions, and the technical terms most commonly in use to express

those distinctions.

§ 2. A proposition being a portion of discourse in which something is

affirmed or denied of something, the first division of propositions is

into affirmative and negative. An affirmative proposition is that in which

the predicate is _affirmed_ of the subject; as, Cæsar is dead. A negative

proposition is that in which the predicate is _denied_ of the subject; as,

Cæsar is not dead. The copula, in this last species of proposition,

consists of the words _is not_, which are the sign of negation; _is_ being

the sign of affirmation.

Some logicians, among whom may be mentioned Hobbes, state this distinction

differently; they recognise only one form of copula, _is_, and attach the

negative sign to the predicate. “Cæsar is dead,” and “Cæsar is not dead,”

according to these writers, are propositions agreeing not in the subject

and predicate, but in the subject only. They do not consider “dead,” but

“not dead,” to be the predicate of the second proposition, and they

accordingly define a negative proposition to be one in which the predicate

is a negative name. The point, though not of much practical moment,

deserves notice as an example (not unfrequent in logic) where by means of

an apparent simplification, but which is merely verbal, matters are made

more complex than before. The notion of these writers was, that they could

get rid of the distinction between affirming and denying, by treating

every case of denying as the affirming of a negative name. But what is

meant by a negative name? A name expressive of the _absence_ of an

attribute. So that when we affirm a negative name, what we are really

predicating is absence and not presence; we are asserting not that

anything _is_, but that something is _not_; to express which operation no

word seems so proper as the word denying. The fundamental distinction is

between a fact and the non-existence of that fact; between seeing

something and not seeing it, between Cæsar’s being dead and his not being

dead; and if this were a merely verbal distinction, the generalization

which brings both within the same form of assertion would be a real

simplification: the distinction, however, being real, and in the facts, it

is the generalization confounding the distinction that is merely verbal;

and tends to obscure the subject, by treating the difference between two

kinds of truth as if it were only a difference between two kinds of words.

To put things together, and to put them or keep them asunder, will remain

different operations, whatever tricks we may play with language.

A remark of a similar nature may be applied to most of those distinctions

among propositions which are said to have reference to their _modality_;

as, difference of tense or time; the sun _did_ rise, the sun _is_ rising,

the sun _will_ rise. These differences, like that between affirmation and

negation, might be glossed over by considering the incident of time as a

mere modification of the predicate: thus, The sun is _an object having

risen_, The sun is _an object now rising_, The sun is _an object to rise

hereafter_. But the simplification would be merely verbal. Past, present,

and future, do not constitute so many different kinds of rising; they are

the designations belonging to the event asserted, to the _sun’s_ rising

to-day. They affect, not the predicate, but the applicability of the

predicate to the particular subject. That which we affirm to be past,

present, or future, is not what the subject signifies, nor what the

predicate signifies, but specifically and expressly what the predication

signifies; what is expressed only by the proposition as such, and not by

either or both of the terms. Therefore the circumstance of time is

properly considered as attaching to the copula, which is the sign of

predication, and not to the predicate. If the same cannot be said of such

modifications as these, Cæsar _may_ be dead; Cæsar is _perhaps_ dead; it

is _possible_ that Cæsar is dead; it is only because these fall altogether

under another head, being properly assertions not of anything relating to

the fact itself, but of the state of our own mind in regard to it; namely,

our absence of disbelief of it. Thus “Cæsar may be dead” means “I am not

sure that Cæsar is alive.”

§ 3. The next division of propositions is into Simple and Complex. A

simple proposition is that in which one predicate is affirmed or denied of

one subject. A complex proposition is that in which there is more than one

predicate, or more than one subject, or both.

At first sight this division has the air of an absurdity; a solemn

distinction of things into one and more than one; as if we were to divide

horses into single horses and teams of horses. And it is true that what is

called a complex proposition is often not a proposition at all, but

several propositions, held together by a conjunction. Such, for example,

is this: Cæsar is dead, and Brutus is alive: or even this, Cæsar is dead,

_but_ Brutus is alive. There are here two distinct assertions; and we

might as well call a street a complex house, as these two propositions a

complex proposition. It is true that the syncategorematic words _and_ and

_but_ have a meaning; but that meaning is so far from making the two

propositions one, that it adds a third proposition to them. All particles

are abbreviations, and generally abbreviations of propositions; a kind of

short-hand, whereby that which, to be expressed fully, would have required

a proposition or a series of propositions, is suggested to the mind at

once. Thus the words, Cæsar is dead and Brutus is alive, are equivalent to

these: Cæsar is dead; Brutus is alive; it is desired that the two

preceding propositions should be thought of together. If the words were,

Cæsar is dead _but_ Brutus is alive, the sense would be equivalent to the

same three propositions together with a fourth; “between the two preceding

propositions there exists a contrast:” viz., either between the two facts

themselves, or between the feelings with which it is desired that they

should be regarded.

In the instances cited, the two propositions are kept visibly distinct,

each subject having its separate predicate, and each predicate its

separate subject. For brevity, however, and to avoid repetition, the

propositions are often blended together: as in this, “Peter and James

preached at Jerusalem and in Galilee,” which contains four propositions:

Peter preached at Jerusalem, Peter preached in Galilee, James preached at

Jerusalem, James preached in Galilee.

We have seen that when the two or more propositions comprised in what is

called a complex proposition, are stated absolutely, and not under any

condition or proviso, it is not a proposition at all, but a plurality of

propositions; since what it expresses is not a single assertion, but

several assertions, which, if true when joined, are true also when

separated. But there is a kind of proposition which, though it contains a

plurality of subjects and of predicates, and may be said in one sense of

the word to consist of several propositions, contains but one assertion;

and its truth does not at all imply that of the simple propositions which

compose it. An example of this is, when the simple propositions are

connected by the particle _or_; as, Either A is B _or_ C is D; or by the

particle _if_; as, A is B _if_ C is D. In the former case, the proposition

is called _disjunctive_, in the latter _conditional_: the name

_hypothetical_ was originally common to both. As has been well remarked by

Archbishop Whately and others, the disjunctive form is resolvable into the

conditional; every disjunctive proposition being equivalent to two or more

conditional ones. “Either A is B or C is D,” means, “if A is not B, C is

D; and if C is not D, A is B.” All hypothetical propositions, therefore,

though disjunctive in form, are conditional in meaning; and the words

hypothetical and conditional may be, as indeed they generally are, used

synonymously. Propositions in which the assertion is not dependent on a

condition, are said, in the language of logicians, to be _categorical_.

An hypothetical proposition is not, like the pretended complex

propositions which we previously considered, a mere aggregation of simple

propositions. The simple propositions which form part of the words in

which it is couched, form no part of the assertion which it conveys. When

we say, If the Koran comes from God, Mahomet is the prophet of God, we do

not intend to affirm either that the Koran does come from God, or that

Mahomet is really his prophet. Neither of these simple propositions may be

true, and yet the truth of the hypothetical proposition may be

indisputable. What is asserted is not the truth of either of the

propositions, but the inferribility of the one from the other. What, then,

is the subject, and what the predicate, of the hypothetical proposition?

“The Koran” is not the subject of it, nor is “Mahomet:” for nothing is

affirmed or denied either of the Koran or of Mahomet. The real subject of

the predication is the entire proposition, “Mahomet is the prophet of

God;” and the affirmation is, that this is a legitimate inference from the

proposition, “The Koran comes from God.” The subject and predicate,

therefore, of an hypothetical proposition are names of propositions. The

subject is some one proposition. The predicate is a general relative name

applicable to propositions; of this form—“an inference from so and so.” A

fresh instance is here afforded of the remark, that all particles are

abbreviations; since “_If_ A is B, C is D,” is found to be an abbreviation

of the following: “The proposition C is D, is a legitimate inference from

the proposition A is B.”

The distinction, therefore, between hypothetical and categorical

propositions, is not so great as it at first appears. In the conditional,

as well as in the categorical form, one predicate is affirmed of one

subject, and no more: but a conditional proposition is a proposition

concerning a proposition; the subject of the assertion is itself an

assertion. Nor is this a property peculiar to hypothetical propositions.

There are other classes of assertions concerning propositions. Like other

things, a proposition has attributes which may be predicated of it. The

attribute predicated of it in an hypothetical proposition, is that of

being an inference from a certain other proposition. But this is only one

of many attributes that might be predicated. We may say, That the whole is

greater than its part, is an axiom in mathematics: That the Holy Ghost

proceeds from the Father alone, is a tenet of the Greek Church: The

doctrine of the divine right of kings was renounced by Parliament at the

Revolution: The infallibility of the Pope has no countenance from

Scripture. In all these cases the subject of the predication is an entire

proposition. That which these different predicates are affirmed of, is

_the proposition_, “the whole is greater than its part;” _the

proposition_, “the Holy Ghost proceeds from the Father alone;” _the

proposition_, “kings have a divine right;” _the proposition_, “the Pope is

infallible.”

Seeing, then, that there is much less difference between hypothetical

propositions and any others, than one might be led to imagine from their

form, we should be at a loss to account for the conspicuous position which

they have been selected to fill in treatises on Logic, if we did not

remember that what they predicate of a proposition, namely, its being an

inference from something else, is precisely that one of its attributes

with which most of all a logician is concerned.

§ 4. The next of the common divisions of Propositions is into Universal,

Particular, Indefinite, and Singular: a distinction founded on the degree

of generality in which the name, which is the subject of the proposition,

is to be understood. The following are examples:

_All men_ are mortal— Universal.

_Some men_ are mortal— Particular.

_Man_ is mortal— Indefinite.

_Julius Cæsar_ is mortal— Singular.

The proposition is Singular, when the subject is an individual name. The

individual name needs not be a proper name. “The Founder of Christianity

was crucified,” is as much a singular proposition as “Christ was

crucified.”

When the name which is the subject of the proposition is a general name,

we may intend to affirm or deny the predicate, either of _all_ the things

that the subject denotes, or only of some. When the predicate is affirmed

or denied of all and each of the things denoted by the subject, the

proposition is universal; when of some non-assignable portion of them

only, it is particular. Thus, All men are mortal; Every man is mortal; are

universal propositions. No man is immortal, is also an universal

proposition, since the predicate, immortal, is denied of each and every

individual denoted by the term man; the negative proposition being exactly

equivalent to the following, Every man is not-immortal. But “some men are

wise,” “some men are not wise,” are particular propositions; the predicate

_wise_ being in the one case affirmed and in the other denied not of each

and every individual denoted by the term man, but only of each and every

one of some portion of those individuals, without specifying what portion;

for if this were specified, the proposition would be changed either into a

singular proposition, or into an universal proposition with a different

subject; as, for instance, “all _properly instructed_ men are wise.” There

are other forms of particular propositions: as, “_Most_ men are

imperfectly educated:” it being immaterial how large a portion of the

subject the predicate is asserted of, as long as it is left uncertain how

that portion is to be distinguished from the rest.

When the form of the expression does not clearly show whether the general

name which is the subject of the proposition is meant to stand for all the

individuals denoted by it, or only for some of them, the proposition is

commonly called Indefinite; but this, as Archbishop Whately observes, is a

solecism, of the same nature as that committed by some grammarians when in

their list of genders they enumerate the _doubtful_ gender. The speaker

must mean to assert the proposition either as an universal or as a

particular proposition, though he has failed to declare which: and it

often happens that though the words do not show which of the two he

intends, the context, or the custom of speech, supplies the deficiency.

Thus, when it is affirmed that “Man is mortal,” nobody doubts that the

assertion is intended of all human beings, and the word indicative of

universality is commonly omitted, only because the meaning is evident

without it. In the proposition, “Wine is good,” it is understood with

equal readiness, though for somewhat different reasons, that the assertion

is not intended to be universal, but particular.

When a general name stands for each and every individual which it is a

name of, or in other words, which it denotes, it is said by logicians to

be _distributed_, or taken distributively. Thus, in the proposition, All

men are mortal, the subject, Man, is distributed, because mortality is

affirmed of each and every man. The predicate, Mortal, is not distributed,

because the only mortals who are spoken of in the proposition are those

who happen to be men; while the word may, for aught that appears, (and in

fact does,) comprehend within it an indefinite number of objects besides

men. In the proposition, Some men are mortal, both the predicate and the

subject are undistributed. In the following, No men have wings, both the

predicate and the subject are distributed. Not only is the attribute of

having wings denied of the entire class Man, but that class is severed and

cast out from the whole of the class Winged, and not merely from some part

of that class.

This phraseology, which is of great service in stating and demonstrating

the rules of the syllogism, enables us to express very concisely the

definitions of an universal and a particular proposition. An universal

proposition is that of which the subject is distributed; a particular

proposition is that of which the subject is undistributed.

There are many more distinctions among propositions than those we have

here stated, some of them of considerable importance. But, for explaining

and illustrating these, more suitable opportunities will occur in the

sequel.

CHAPTER V. OF THE IMPORT OF PROPOSITIONS.

§ 1. An inquiry into the nature of propositions must have one of two

objects: to analyse the state of mind called Belief, or to analyse what is

believed. All language recognises a difference between a doctrine or

opinion, and the act of entertaining the opinion; between assent, and what

is assented to.

Logic, according to the conception here formed of it, has no concern with

the nature of the act of judging or believing; the consideration of that

act, as a phenomenon of the mind, belongs to another science.

Philosophers, however, from Descartes downwards, and especially from the

era of Leibnitz and Locke, have by no means observed this distinction; and

would have treated with great disrespect any attempt to analyse the import

of Propositions, unless founded on an analysis of the act of Judgment. A

proposition, they would have said, is but the expression in words of a

Judgment. The thing expressed, not the mere verbal expression, is the

important matter. When the mind assents to a proposition, it judges. Let

us find out what the mind does when it judges, and we shall know what

propositions mean, and not otherwise.

Conformably to these views, almost all the writers on Logic in the last

two centuries, whether English, German, or French, have made their theory

of Propositions, from one end to the other, a theory of Judgments. They

considered a Proposition, or a Judgment, for they used the two words

indiscriminately, to consist in affirming or denying one _idea_ of

another. To judge, was to put two ideas together, or to bring one idea

under another, or to compare two ideas, or to perceive the agreement or

disagreement between two ideas: and the whole doctrine of Propositions,

together with the theory of Reasoning, (always necessarily founded on the

theory of Propositions,) was stated as if Ideas, or Conceptions, or

whatever other term the writer preferred as a name for mental

representations generally, constituted essentially the subject matter and

substance of those operations.

It is, of course, true, that in any case of judgment, as for instance when

we judge that gold is yellow, a process takes place in our minds, of which

some one or other of these theories is a partially correct account. We

must have the idea of gold and the idea of yellow, and these two ideas

must be brought together in our mind. But in the first place, it is

evident that this is only a part of what takes place; for we may put two

ideas together without any act of belief; as when we merely imagine

something, such as a golden mountain; or when we actually disbelieve: for

in order even to disbelieve that Mahomet was an apostle of God, we must

put the idea of Mahomet and that of an apostle of God together. To

determine what it is that happens in the case of assent or dissent besides

putting two ideas together, is one of the most intricate of metaphysical

problems. But whatever the solution may be, we may venture to assert that

it can have nothing whatever to do with the import of propositions; for

this reason, that propositions (except where the mind itself is the

subject treated of) are not assertions respecting our ideas of things, but

assertions respecting the things themselves. In order to believe that gold

is yellow, I must, indeed, have the idea of gold, and the idea of yellow,

and something having reference to those ideas must take place in my mind;

but my belief has not reference to the ideas, it has reference to the

things. What I believe is a fact relating to the outward thing, gold, and

to the impression made by that outward thing upon the human organs; not a

fact relating to my conception of gold, which would be a fact in my mental

history, not a fact of external nature. It is true, that in order to

believe this fact in external nature, another fact must take place in my

mind, a process must be performed upon my ideas; but so it must in

everything else that I do. I cannot dig the ground unless I have the idea

of the ground, and of a spade, and of all the other things I am operating

upon, and unless I put those ideas together.(16) But it would be a very

ridiculous description of digging the ground to say that it is putting one

idea into another. Digging is an operation which is performed upon the

things themselves, although it cannot be performed unless I have in my

mind the ideas of them. And so, in like manner, believing is an act which

has for its subject the facts themselves, although a previous mental

conception of the facts is an indispensable condition. When I say that

fire causes heat, do I mean that my idea of fire causes my idea of heat?

No: I mean that the natural phenomenon, fire, causes the natural

phenomenon, heat. When I mean to assert anything respecting the ideas, I

give them their proper name, I call them ideas: as when I say, that a

child’s idea of a battle is unlike the reality, or that the ideas

entertained of the Deity have a great effect on the characters of mankind.

The notion that what is of primary importance to the logician in a

proposition, is the relation between the two _ideas_ corresponding to the

subject and predicate, (instead of the relation between the two

_phenomena_ which they respectively express,) seems to me one of the most

fatal errors ever introduced into the philosophy of Logic; and the

principal cause why the theory of the science has made such inconsiderable

progress during the last two centuries. The treatises on Logic, and on the

branches of Mental Philosophy connected with Logic, which have been

produced since the intrusion of this cardinal error, though sometimes

written by men of extraordinary abilities and attainments, almost always

tacitly imply a theory that the investigation of truth consists in

contemplating and handling our ideas, or conceptions of things, instead of

the things themselves: a doctrine tantamount to the assertion, that the

only mode of acquiring knowledge of nature is to study it at second hand,

as represented in our own minds. Meanwhile, inquiries into every kind of

natural phenomena were incessantly establishing great and fruitful truths

on the most important subjects, by processes upon which these views of the

nature of Judgment and Reasoning threw no light, and in which they

afforded no assistance whatever. No wonder that those who knew by

practical experience how truths are come at, should deem a science futile,

which consisted chiefly of such speculations. What has been done for the

advancement of Logic since these doctrines came into vogue, has been done

not by professed logicians, but by discoverers in the other sciences; in

whose methods of investigation many principles of logic, not previously

thought of, have successively come forth into light, but who have

generally committed the error of supposing that nothing whatever was known

of the art of philosophizing by the old logicians, because their modern

interpreters have written to so little purpose respecting it.

We have to inquire, then, on the present occasion, not into Judgment, but

judgments; not into the act of believing, but into the thing believed.

What is the immediate object of belief in a Proposition? What is the

matter of fact signified by it? What is it to which, when I assert the

proposition, I give my assent, and call upon others to give theirs? What

is that which is expressed by the form of discourse called a Proposition,

and the conformity of which to fact constitutes the truth of the

proposition?

§ 2. One of the clearest and most consecutive thinkers whom this country

or the world has produced, I mean Hobbes, has given the following answer

to this question. In every proposition (says he) what is signified is, the

belief of the speaker that the predicate is a name of the same thing of

which the subject is a name; and if it really is so, the proposition is

true. Thus the proposition, All men are living beings (he would say) is

true, because _living being_ is a name of everything of which _man_ is a

name. All men are six feet high, is not true, because _six feet high_ is

not a name of everything (though it is of some things) of which _man_ is a

name.

What is stated in this theory as the definition of a true proposition,

must be allowed to be a property which all true propositions possess. The

subject and predicate being both of them names of things, if they were

names of quite different things the one name could not, consistently with

its signification, be predicated of the other. If it be true that some men

are copper-coloured, it must be true—and the proposition does really

assert—that among the individuals denoted by the name man, there are some

who are also among those denoted by the name copper-coloured. If it be

true that all oxen ruminate, it must be true that all the individuals

denoted by the name ox are also among those denoted by the name

ruminating; and whoever asserts that all oxen ruminate, undoubtedly does

assert that this relation subsists between the two names.

The assertion, therefore, which, according to Hobbes, is the only one made

in any proposition, really is made in every proposition: and his analysis

has consequently one of the requisites for being the true one. We may go a

step farther; it is the only analysis that is rigorously true of all

propositions without exception. What he gives as the meaning of

propositions, is part of the meaning of all propositions, and the whole

meaning of some. This, however, only shows what an extremely minute

fragment of meaning it is quite possible to include within the logical

formula of a proposition. It does not show that no proposition means more.

To warrant us in putting together two words with a copula between them, it

is really enough that the thing or things denoted by one of the names

should be capable, without violation of usage, of being called by the

other name also. If, then, this be all the meaning necessarily implied in

the form of discourse called a Proposition, why do I object to it as the

scientific definition of what a proposition means? Because, though the

mere collocation which makes the proposition a proposition, conveys no

more than this scanty amount of meaning, that same collocation combined

with other circumstances, that _form_ combined with other _matter_, does

convey more, and much more.

The only propositions of which Hobbes’ principle is a sufficient account,

are that limited and unimportant class in which both the predicate and the

subject are proper names. For, as has already been remarked, proper names

have strictly no meaning; they are mere marks for individual objects: and

when a proper name is predicated of another proper name, all the

signification conveyed is, that both the names are marks for the same

object. But this is precisely what Hobbes produces as a theory of

predication in general. His doctrine is a full explanation of such

predications as these: Hyde was Clarendon, or, Tully is Cicero. It

exhausts the meaning of those propositions. But it is a sadly inadequate

theory of any others. That it should ever have been thought of as such,

can be accounted for only by the fact, that Hobbes, in common with the

other Nominalists, bestowed little or no attention upon the _connotation_

of words; and sought for their meaning exclusively in what they _denote_:

as if all names had been (what none but proper names really are) marks put

upon individuals; and as if there were no difference between a proper and

a general name, except that the first denotes only one individual, and the

last a greater number.

It has been seen, however, that the meaning of all names, except proper

names and that portion of the class of abstract names which are not

connotative, resides in the connotation. When, therefore, we are analysing

the meaning of any proposition in which the predicate and the subject, or

either of them, are connotative names, it is to the connotation of those

terms that we must exclusively look, and not to what they _denote_, or in

the language of Hobbes, (language so far correct,) are names of.

In asserting that the truth of a proposition depends on the conformity of

import between its terms, as, for instance, that the proposition, Socrates

is wise, is a true proposition, because Socrates and wise are names

applicable to, or, as he expresses it, names of, the same person; it is

very remarkable that so powerful a thinker should not have asked himself

the question, But how came they to be names of the same person? Surely not

because such was the intention of those who invented the words. When

mankind fixed the meaning of the word wise, they were not thinking of

Socrates, nor, when his parents gave him the name Socrates, were they

thinking of wisdom. The names _happen_ to fit the same person because of a

certain _fact_, which fact was not known, nor in being, when the names

were invented. If we want to know what the fact is, we shall find the clue

to it in the _connotation_ of the names.

A bird, or a stone, a man, or a wise man, means simply, an object having

such and such attributes. The real meaning of the word man, is those

attributes, and not John, Jane, and the remainder of the individuals. The

word _mortal_, in like manner connotes a certain attribute or attributes;

and when we say, All men are mortal, the meaning of the proposition is,

that all beings which possess the one set of attributes, possess also the

other. If, in our experience, the attributes connoted by _man_ are always

accompanied by the attribute connoted by _mortal_, it will follow as a

consequence, that the class _man_ will be wholly included in the class

_mortal_, and that _mortal_ will be a name of all things of which _man_ is

a name: but why? Those objects are brought under the name, by possessing

the attributes connoted by it: but their possession of the attributes is

the real condition on which the truth of the proposition depends; not

their being called by the name. Connotative names do not precede, but

follow, the attributes which they connote. If one attribute happens to be

always found in conjunction with another attribute, the concrete names

which answer to those attributes will of course be predicable of the same

subjects, and may be said, in Hobbes’ language, (in the propriety of which

on this occasion I fully concur,) to be two names for the same things. But

the possibility of a concurrent application of the two names, is a mere

consequence of the conjunction between the two attributes, and was, in

most cases, never thought of when the names were invented and their

signification fixed. That the diamond is combustible, was a proposition

certainly not dreamt of when the words Diamond and Combustible first

received their meaning; and could not have been discovered by the most

ingenious and refined analysis of the signification of those words. It was

found out by a very different process, namely, by exerting the senses, and

learning from them, that the attribute of combustibility existed in all

those diamonds upon which the experiment was tried; the number and

character of the experiments being such, that what was true of those

individuals might be concluded to be true of all substances “called by the

name,” that is, of all substances possessing the attributes which the name

connotes. The assertion, therefore, when analysed, is, that wherever we

find certain attributes, there will be found a certain other attribute:

which is not a question of the signification of names, but of laws of

nature; the order existing among phenomena.

§ 3. Although Hobbes’ theory of Predication has not, in the terms in which

he stated it, met with a very favourable reception from subsequent

thinkers, a theory virtually identical with it, and not by any means so

perspicuously expressed, may almost be said to have taken the rank of an

established opinion. The most generally received notion of Predication

decidedly is that it consists in referring something to a _class_, _i.e._,

either placing an individual under a class, or placing one class under

another class. Thus, the proposition, Man is mortal, asserts, according to

this view of it, that the class man is included in the class mortal.

“Plato is a philosopher,” asserts that the individual Plato is one of

those who compose the class philosopher. If the proposition is negative,

then instead of placing something in a class, it is said to exclude

something from a class. Thus, if the following be the proposition, The

elephant is not carnivorous; what is asserted (according to this theory)

is, that the elephant is excluded from the class carnivorous, or is not

numbered among the things comprising that class. There is no real

difference, except in language, between this theory of Predication and the

theory of Hobbes. For a class _is_ absolutely nothing but an indefinite

number of individuals denoted by a general name. The name given to them in

common, is what makes them a class. To refer anything to a class,

therefore, is to look upon it as one of the things which are to be called

by that common name. To exclude it from a class, is to say that the common

name is not applicable to it.

How widely these views of predication have prevailed, is evident from

this, that they are the basis of the celebrated _dictum de omni et nullo_.

When the syllogism is resolved, by all who treat of it, into an inference

that what is true of a class is true of all things whatever that belong to

the class; and when this is laid down by almost all professed logicians as

the ultimate principle to which all reasoning owes its validity; it is

clear that in the general estimation of logicians, the propositions of

which reasonings are composed can be the expression of nothing but the

process of dividing things into classes, and referring everything to its

proper class.

This theory appears to me a signal example of a logical error very often

committed in logic, that of ὕστερον προτέρον, or explaining a thing by

something which presupposes it. When I say that snow is white, I may and

ought to be thinking of snow as a class, because I am asserting a

proposition as true of all snow: but I am certainly not thinking of white

objects as a class; I am thinking of no white object whatever except snow,

but only of that, and of the sensation of white which it gives me. When,

indeed, I have judged, or assented to the propositions, that snow is

white, and that several other things also are white, I gradually begin to

think of white objects as a class, including snow and those other things.

But this is a conception which followed, not preceded, those judgments,

and therefore cannot be given as an explanation of them. Instead of

explaining the effect by the cause, this doctrine explains the cause by

the effect, and is, I conceive, founded on a latent misconception of the

nature of classification.

There is a sort of language very generally prevalent in these discussions,

which seems to suppose that classification is an arrangement and grouping

of definite and known individuals: that when names were imposed, mankind

took into consideration all the individual objects in the universe, made

them up into parcels or lists, and gave to the objects of each list a

common name, repeating this operation _toties quoties_ until they had

invented all the general names of which language consists; which having

been once done, if a question subsequently arises whether a certain

general name can be truly predicated of a certain particular object, we

have only (as it were) to read the roll of the objects upon which that

name was conferred, and see whether the object about which the question

arises, is to be found among them. The framers of language (it would seem

to be supposed) have predetermined all the objects that are to compose

each class, and we have only to refer to the record of an antecedent

decision.

So absurd a doctrine will be owned by nobody when thus nakedly stated; but

if the commonly received explanations of classification and naming do not

imply this theory, it requires to be shown how they admit of being

reconciled with any other.

General names are not marks put upon definite objects; classes are not

made by drawing a line round a given number of assignable individuals. The

objects which compose any given class are perpetually fluctuating. We may

frame a class without knowing the individuals, or even any of the

individuals, of which it will be composed; we may do so while believing

that no such individuals exist. If by the _meaning_ of a general name are

to be understood the things which it is the name of, no general name,

except by accident, has a fixed meaning at all, or ever long retains the

same meaning. The only mode in which any general name has a definite

meaning, is by being a name of an indefinite variety of things; namely, of

all things, known or unknown, past, present, or future, which possess

certain definite attributes. When, by studying not the meaning of words,

but the phenomena of nature, we discover that these attributes are

possessed by some object not previously known to possess them, (as when

chemists found that the diamond was combustible,) we include this new

object in the class; but it did not already belong to the class. We place

the individual in the class because the proposition is true; the

proposition is not true because the object is placed in the class.

It will appear hereafter in treating of reasoning, how much the theory of

that intellectual process has been vitiated by the influence of these

erroneous notions, and by the habit which they exemplify of assimilating

all the operations of the human understanding which have truth for their

object, to processes of mere classification and naming. Unfortunately, the

minds which have been entangled in this net are precisely those which have

escaped the other cardinal error commented upon in the beginning of the

present chapter. Since the revolution which dislodged Aristotle from the

schools, logicians may almost be divided into those who have looked upon

reasoning as essentially an affair of Ideas, and those who have looked

upon it as essentially an affair of Names.

Although, however, Hobbes’ theory of Predication, according to the

well-known remark of Leibnitz, and the avowal of Hobbes himself,(17)

renders truth and falsity completely arbitrary, with no standard but the

will of men, it must not be concluded that either Hobbes, or any of the

other thinkers who have in the main agreed with him, did in fact consider

the distinction between truth and error as less real, or attached less

importance to it, than other people. To suppose that they did so would

argue total unacquaintance with their other speculations. But this shows

how little hold their doctrine possessed over their own minds. No person

at bottom ever imagined that there was nothing more in truth than

propriety of expression; than using language in conformity to a previous

convention. When the inquiry was brought down from generals to a

particular case, it has always been acknowledged that there is a

distinction between verbal and real questions; that some false

propositions are uttered from ignorance of the meaning of words, but that

in others the source of the error is a misapprehension of things; that a

person who has not the use of language at all may form propositions

mentally, and that they may be untrue, that is, he may believe as matters

of fact what are not really so. This last admission cannot be made in

stronger terms than it is by Hobbes himself;(18) though he will not allow

such erroneous belief to be called falsity, but only error. And he has

himself laid down, in other places, doctrines in which the true theory of

predication is by implication contained. He distinctly says that general

names are given to things on account of their attributes, and that

abstract names are the names of those attributes. “Abstract is that which

in any subject denotes the cause of the concrete name.... And these causes

of names are the same with the causes of our conceptions, namely, some

power of action, or affection, of the thing conceived, which some call the

manner by which anything works upon our senses, but by most men they are

called _accidents_.”(19) It is strange that having gone so far, he should

not have gone one step farther, and seen that what he calls the cause of

the concrete name, is in reality the meaning of it; and that when we

predicate of any subject a name which is given _because_ of an attribute,

(or, as he calls it, an accident,) our object is not to affirm the name,

but, by means of the name, to affirm the attribute.

§ 4. Let the predicate be, as we have said, a connotative term; and to

take the simplest case first, let the subject be a proper name: “The

summit of Chimborazo is white.” The word white connotes an attribute which

is possessed by the individual object designated by the words, “summit of

Chimborazo,” which attribute consists in the physical fact, of its

exciting in human beings the sensation which we call a sensation of white.

It will be admitted that, by asserting the proposition, we wish to

communicate information of that physical fact, and are not thinking of the

names, except as the necessary means of making that communication. The

meaning of the proposition, therefore, is, that the individual thing

denoted by the subject, has the attributes connoted by the predicate.

If we now suppose the subject also to be a connotative name, the meaning

expressed by the proposition has advanced a step farther in complication.

Let us first suppose the proposition to be universal, as well as

affirmative: “All men are mortal.” In this case, as in the last, what the

proposition asserts, (or expresses a belief of,) is, of course, that the

objects denoted by the subject (man) possess the attributes connoted by

the predicate (mortal). But the characteristic of this case is, that the

objects are no longer _individually_ designated. They are pointed out only

by some of their attributes: they are the objects called men, that is,

possessing the attributes connoted by the name man; and the only thing

known of them may be those attributes: indeed, as the proposition is

general, and the objects denoted by the subject are therefore indefinite

in number, most of them are not known individually at all. The assertion,

therefore, is not, as before, that the attributes which the predicate

connotes are possessed by any given individual, or by any number of

individuals previously known as John, Thomas, &c., but that those

attributes are possessed by each and every individual possessing certain

other attributes; that whatever has the attributes connoted by the

subject, has also those connoted by the predicate; that the latter set of

attributes _constantly accompany_ the former set. Whatever has the

attributes of man has the attribute of mortality; mortality constantly

accompanies the attributes of man.

If it be remembered that every attribute is _grounded_ on some fact or

phenomenon, either of outward sense or of inward consciousness, and that

to _possess_ an attribute is another phrase for being the cause of, or

forming part of, the fact or phenomenon upon which the attribute is

grounded; we may add one more step to complete the analysis. The

proposition which asserts that one attribute always accompanies another

attribute, really asserts thereby no other thing than this, that one

phenomenon always accompanies another phenomenon; insomuch that where we

find the one, we have assurance of the existence of the other. Thus, in

the proposition, All men are mortal, the word man connotes the attributes

which we ascribe to a certain kind of living creatures, on the ground of

certain phenomena which they exhibit, and which are partly physical

phenomena, namely the impressions made on our senses by their bodily form

and structure, and partly mental phenomena, namely the sentient and

intellectual life which they have of their own. All this is understood

when we utter the word man, by any one to whom the meaning of the word is

known. Now, when we say, Man is mortal, we mean that wherever these

various physical and mental phenomena are all found, there we have

assurance that the other physical and mental phenomenon, called death,

will not fail to take place. The proposition does not affirm _when_; for

the connotation of the word _mortal_ goes no farther than to the

occurrence of the phenomenon at some time or other, leaving the precise

time undecided.

§ 5. We have already proceeded far enough not only to demonstrate the

error of Hobbes, but to ascertain the real import of by far the most

numerous class of propositions. The object of belief in a proposition,

when it asserts anything more than the meaning of words, is generally, as

in the cases which we have examined, either the coexistence or the

sequence of two phenomena. At the very commencement of our inquiry, we

found that every act of belief implied two Things; we have now ascertained

what, in the most frequent case, these two things are, namely two

Phenomena, in other words, two states of consciousness; and what it is

which the proposition affirms (or denies) to subsist between them, namely

either succession, or coexistence. And this case includes innumerable

instances which no one, previous to reflection, would think of referring

to it. Take the following example: A generous person is worthy of honour.

Who would expect to recognize here a case of coexistence between

phenomena? But so it is. The attribute which causes a person to be termed

generous, is ascribed to him on the ground of states of his mind, and

particulars of his conduct: both are phenomena; the former are facts of

internal consciousness, the latter, so far as distinct from the former,

are physical facts, or perceptions of the senses. Worthy of honour, admits

of a similar analysis. Honour, as here used, means a state of approving

and admiring emotion, followed on occasion by corresponding outward acts.

“Worthy of honour” connotes all this, together with our approval of the

act of showing honour. All these are phenomena; states of internal

consciousness, accompanied or followed by physical facts. When we say, A

generous person is worthy of honour, we affirm coexistence between the two

complicated phenomena connoted by the two terms respectively. We affirm,

that wherever and whenever the inward feelings and outward facts implied

in the word generosity, have place, then and there the existence and

manifestation of an inward feeling, honour, would be followed in our minds

by another inward feeling, approval.

After the analysis in a former chapter of the import of names, many

examples are not needed to illustrate the import of propositions. When

there is any obscurity or difficulty, it does not lie in the meaning of

the proposition, but in the meaning of the names which compose it; in the

very complicated connotation of many words; the immense multitude and

prolonged series of facts which often constitute the phenomenon connoted

by a name. But where it is seen what the phenomenon is, there is seldom

any difficulty in seeing that the assertion conveyed by the proposition

is, the coexistence of one such phenomenon with another; or the succession

of one such phenomenon to another: their _conjunction_, in short, so that

where the one is found, we may calculate on finding both.

This, however, though the most common, is not the only meaning which

propositions are ever intended to convey. In the first place, sequences

and coexistences are not only asserted respecting Phenomena; we make

propositions also respecting those hidden causes of phenomena, which are

named substances and attributes. A substance, however, being to us nothing

but either that which causes, or that which is conscious of, phenomena;

and the same being true, _mutatis mutandis_, of attributes; no assertion

can be made, at least with a meaning, concerning these unknown and

unknowable entities, except in virtue of the Phenomena by which alone they

manifest themselves to our faculties. When we say, Socrates was

cotemporary with the Peloponnesian war, the foundation of this assertion,

as of all assertions concerning substances, is an assertion concerning the

phenomena which they exhibit,—namely, that the series of facts by which

Socrates manifested himself to mankind, and the series of mental states

which constituted his sentient existence, went on simultaneously with the

series of facts known by the name of the Peloponnesian war. Still, the

proposition does not assert that alone; it asserts that the Thing in

itself, the _noumenon_ Socrates, was existing, and doing or experiencing

those various facts, during the same time. Coexistence and sequence,

therefore, may be affirmed or denied not only between phenomena, but

between noumena, or between a noumenon and phenomena. And both of noumena

and of phenomena we may affirm simple existence. But what is a noumenon?

An unknown cause. In affirming, therefore, the existence of a noumenon, we

affirm causation. Here, therefore, are two additional kinds of fact,

capable of being asserted in a proposition. Besides the propositions which

assert Sequence or Coexistence, there are some which assert simple

Existence; and others assert Causation, which, subject to the explanations

which will follow in the Third Book, must be considered provisionally as a

distinct and peculiar kind of assertion.

§ 6. To these four kinds of matter-of-fact or assertion, must be added a

fifth, Resemblance. This was a species of attribute which we found it

impossible to analyse; for which no _fundamentum_, distinct from the

objects themselves, could be assigned. Besides propositions which assert a

sequence or coexistence between two phenomena, there are therefore also

propositions which assert resemblance between them: as, This colour is

like that colour;—The heat of to-day is _equal_ to the heat of yesterday.

It is true that such an assertion might with some plausibility be brought

within the description of an affirmation of sequence, by considering it as

an assertion that the simultaneous contemplation of the two colours is

_followed_ by a specific feeling termed the feeling of resemblance. But

there would be nothing gained by encumbering ourselves, especially in this

place, with a generalization which may be looked upon as strained. Logic

does not undertake to analyse mental facts into their ultimate elements.

Resemblance between two phenomena is more intelligible in itself than any

explanation could make it, and under any classification must remain

specifically distinct from the ordinary cases of sequence and coexistence.

It is sometimes said that all propositions whatever, of which the

predicate is a general name, do, in point of fact, affirm or deny

resemblance. All such propositions affirm that a thing belongs to a class;

but things being classed together according to their resemblance,

everything is of course classed with the things which it is supposed to

resemble most; and thence, it may be said, when we affirm that Gold is a

metal, or that Socrates is a man, the affirmation intended is, that gold

resembles other metals, and Socrates other men, more nearly than they

resemble the objects contained in any other of the classes co-ordinate

with these.

There is some slight degree of foundation for this remark, but no more

than a slight degree. The arrangement of things into classes, such as the

class _metal_, or the class _man_, is grounded indeed on a resemblance

among the things which are placed in the same class, but not on a mere

general resemblance: the resemblance it is grounded on consists in the

possession by all those things, of certain common peculiarities; and those

peculiarities it is which the terms connote, and which the propositions

consequently assert; not the resemblance: for though when I say, Gold is a

metal, I say by implication that if there be any other metals it must

resemble them, yet if there were no other metals I might still assert the

proposition with the same meaning as at present, namely, that gold has the

various properties implied in the word metal; just as it might be said,

Christians are men, even if there were no men who were not Christians.

Propositions, therefore, in which objects are referred to a class because

they possess the attributes constituting the class, are so far from

asserting nothing but resemblance, that they do not, properly speaking,

assert resemblance at all.

But we remarked some time ago, (and the reasons of the remark will be more

fully entered into in a subsequent Book,(20)) that there is sometimes a

convenience in extending the boundaries of a class so as to include things

which possess in a very inferior degree, if in any, some of the

characteristic properties of the class,—provided they resemble that class

more than any other, insomuch that the general propositions which are true

of the class will be nearer to being true of those things than any other

equally general propositions. As, for instance, there are substances

called metals which have very few of the properties by which metals are

commonly recognised; and almost every great family of plants or animals

has a few anomalous genera or species on its borders, which are admitted

into it by a sort of courtesy, and concerning which it has been matter of

discussion to what family they properly belonged. Now when the class-name

is predicated of any object of this description, we do, by so predicating

it, affirm resemblance and nothing more. And in order to be scrupulously

correct it ought to be said, that in every case in which we predicate a

general name, we affirm, not absolutely that the object possesses the

properties designated by the name, but that it _either_ possesses those

properties, or if it does not, at any rate resembles the things which do

so, more than it resembles any other things. In most cases, however, it is

unnecessary to suppose any such alternative, the latter of the two grounds

being very seldom that on which the assertion is made: and when it is,

there is generally some slight difference in the form of the expression,

as, This species (or genus) is _considered_, or _may be ranked_, as

belonging to such and such a family: we should hardly say positively that

it does belong to it, unless it possessed unequivocally the properties of

which the class-name is scientifically significant.

There is still another exceptional case, in which, though the predicate is

a name of a class, yet in predicating it we affirm nothing but

resemblance, the class being founded not on resemblance in any given

particular, but on general unanalysable resemblance. The classes in

question are those into which our simple sensations, or other simple

feelings, are divided. Sensations of white, for instance, are classed

together, not because we can take them to pieces, and say they are alike

in this, and not alike in that, but because we feel them to be alike

altogether, though in different degrees. When, therefore, I say, The

colour I saw yesterday was a white colour, or, The sensation I feel is one

of tightness, in both cases the attribute I affirm of the colour or of the

other sensation is mere resemblance,—simple _likeness_ to sensations which

I have had before, and which have had those names bestowed upon them. The

names of feelings, like other concrete general names, are connotative; but

they connote a mere resemblance. When predicated of any individual

feeling, the information they convey is that of its likeness to the other

feelings which we have been accustomed to call by the same name. Thus much

may suffice in illustration of the kind of Propositions in which the

matter-of-fact asserted (or denied) is simple Resemblance.

Existence, Coexistence, Sequence, Causation, Resemblance: one or other of

these is asserted (or denied) in every proposition without exception. This

five-fold division is an exhaustive classification of matters-of-fact; of

all things that can be believed or tendered for belief; of all questions

that can be propounded, and all answers that can be returned to them.

Instead of Coexistence and Sequence, we shall sometimes say, for greater

particularity, Order in Place, and Order in Time: Order in Place being one

of the modes of coexistence, not necessary to be more particularly

analysed here; while the mere fact of coexistence, or simultaneousness,

may be classed, together with Sequence, under the head of Order in Time.

§ 7. In the foregoing inquiry into the import of Propositions, we have

thought it necessary to analyse _directly_ those alone, in which the terms

of the proposition (or the predicate at least) are concrete terms. But, in

doing so, we have indirectly analysed those in which the terms are

abstract. The distinction between an abstract term and its corresponding

concrete, does not turn upon any difference in what they are appointed to

signify; for the real signification of a concrete general name is, as we

have so often said, its connotation; and what the concrete term connotes,

forms the entire meaning of the abstract name. Since there is nothing in

the import of an abstract name which is not in the import of the

corresponding concrete, it is natural to suppose that neither can there be

anything in the import of a proposition of which the terms are abstract,

but what there is in some proposition which can be framed of concrete

terms.

And this presumption a closer examination will confirm. An abstract name

is the name of an attribute, or combination of attributes. The

corresponding concrete is a name given to things, because of, and in order

to express, their possessing that attribute, or that combination of

attributes. When, therefore, we predicate of anything a concrete name, the

attribute is what we in reality predicate of it. But it has now been shown

that in all propositions of which the predicate is a concrete name, what

is really predicated is one of five things: Existence, Coexistence,

Causation, Sequence, or Resemblance. An attribute, therefore, is

necessarily either an existence, a coexistence, a causation, a sequence,

or a resemblance. When a proposition consists of a subject and predicate

which are abstract terms, it consists of terms which must necessarily

signify one or other of these things. When we predicate of anything an

abstract name, we affirm of the thing that it is one or other of these

five things; that it is a case of Existence, or of Coexistence, or of

Causation, or of Sequence, or of Resemblance.

It is impossible to imagine any proposition expressed in abstract terms,

which cannot be transformed into a precisely equivalent proposition in

which the terms are concrete, namely, either the concrete names which

connote the attributes themselves, or the names of the _fundamenta_ of

those attributes, the facts or phenomena on which they are grounded. To

illustrate the latter case, let us take this proposition, of which the

subject only is an abstract name,—“Thoughtlessness is dangerous.”

Thoughtlessness is an attribute grounded on the facts which we call

thoughtless actions; and the proposition is equivalent to this,

Thoughtless actions are dangerous. In the next example the predicate as

well as the subject are abstract names: “Whiteness is a colour;” or “The

colour of snow is a whiteness.” These attributes being grounded on

sensations, the equivalent propositions in the concrete would be, The

sensation of white is one of the sensations called those of colour,—The

sensation of sight, caused by looking at snow, is one of the sensations

called sensations of white. In these propositions, as we have before seen,

the matter-of-fact asserted is a Resemblance. In the following examples,

the concrete terms are those which directly correspond to the abstract

names; connoting the attribute which these denote. “Prudence is a virtue:”

this may be rendered, “All prudent persons, _in so far as_ prudent, are

virtuous:” “Courage is deserving of honour,” thus, “All courageous persons

are deserving of honour _in so far_ as they are courageous;” which is

equivalent to this—“All courageous persons deserve an addition to the

honour, or a diminution of the disgrace, which would attach to them on

other grounds.”

In order to throw still further light upon the import of propositions of

which the terms are abstract, we will subject one of the examples given

above to a minuter analysis. The proposition we shall select is the

following:—“Prudence is a virtue.” Let us substitute for the word virtue

an equivalent but more definite expression, such as “a mental quality

beneficial to society,” or “a mental quality pleasing to God,” or whatever

else we adopt as the definition of virtue. What the proposition asserts is

a sequence, accompanied with causation, namely, that benefit to society,

or that the approval of God, is consequent on, and caused by, prudence.

Here is a sequence; but between what? We understand the consequent of the

sequence, but we have yet to analyse the antecedent. Prudence is an

attribute; and, in connexion with it, two things besides itself are to be

considered; prudent persons, who are the _subjects_ of the attribute, and

prudential conduct, which may be called the _foundation_ of it. Now is

either of these the antecedent? and, first, is it meant, that the approval

of God, or benefit to society, is attendant upon all prudent _persons_?

No; except _in so far_ as they are prudent; for prudent persons who are

scoundrels can seldom on the whole be beneficial to society, nor

acceptable to any good being. Is it upon prudential _conduct_, then, that

divine approbation and benefit to mankind are supposed to be invariably

consequent? Neither is this the assertion meant when it is said that

prudence is a virtue; except with the same reservation as before, and for

the same reason, namely, that prudential conduct, although in _so far as_

it is prudential it is beneficial to society, may yet, by reason of some

other of its qualities, be productive of an injury outweighing the

benefit, and deserve a displeasure exceeding the approbation which would

be due to the prudence. Neither the substance, therefore, (viz., the

person,) nor the phenomenon, (the conduct,) is an antecedent on which the

other term of the sequence is universally consequent. But the proposition,

“Prudence is a virtue,” is an universal proposition. What is it, then,

upon which the proposition affirms the effects in question to be

universally consequent? Upon that _in_ the person, and in the conduct,

which causes them to be called prudent, and which is equally in them when

the action, though prudent, is wicked; namely, a correct foresight of

consequences, a just estimation of their importance to the object in view,

and repression of any unreflecting impulse at variance with the deliberate

purpose. These, which are states of the person’s mind, are the real

antecedent in the sequence, the real cause in the causation, asserted by

the proposition. But these are also the real ground, or foundation, of the

attribute Prudence; since wherever these states of mind exist we may

predicate prudence, even before we know whether any conduct has followed.

And in this manner every assertion respecting an attribute may be

transformed into an assertion exactly equivalent respecting the fact or

phenomenon which is the ground of the attribute. And no case can be

assigned, where that which is predicated of the fact or phenomenon, does

not belong to one or other of the five species formerly enumerated: it is

either simple Existence, or it is some Sequence, Coexistence, Causation,

or Resemblance.

And as these five are the only things which can be affirmed, so are they

the only things which can be denied. “No horses are web-footed” denies

that the attributes of a horse ever coexist with web-feet. It is scarcely

necessary to apply the same analysis to Particular affirmations and

negations. “Some birds are web-footed,” affirms that, with the attributes

connoted by _bird_, the phenomenon web-feet is sometimes coexistent: “Some

birds are not web-footed,” asserts that there are other instances in which

this coexistence does not have place. Any further explanation of a thing

which, if the previous exposition has been assented to, is so obvious, may

here be spared.

CHAPTER VI. OF PROPOSITIONS MERELY VERBAL.

§ 1. As a preparation for the inquiry which is the proper object of Logic,

namely, in what manner propositions are to be proved, we have found it

necessary to inquire what they contain which requires, or is susceptible

of, proof; or (which is the same thing) what they assert. In the course of

this preliminary investigation into the import of Propositions, we

examined the opinion of the Conceptualists, that a proposition is the

expression of a relation between two ideas; and the doctrine of the

Nominalists, that it is the expression of an agreement or disagreement

between the meanings of two names. We decided that, as general theories,

both of these are erroneous; and that, although propositions may be made

both respecting names and respecting ideas, neither the one nor the other

are the subject-matter of Propositions considered generally. We then

examined the different kinds of Propositions, and found that, with the

exception of those which are merely verbal, they assert five different

kinds of matters of fact, namely, Existence, Order in Place, Order in

Time, Causation, and Resemblance; that in every proposition one of these

five is either affirmed, or denied, of some fact or phenomenon, or of some

object the unknown source of a fact or phenomenon.

In distinguishing, however, the different kinds of matters of fact

asserted in propositions, we reserved one class of propositions, which do

not relate to any matter of fact, in the proper sense of the term, at all,

but to the meaning of names. Since names and their signification are

entirely arbitrary, such propositions are not, strictly speaking,

susceptible of truth or falsity, but only of conformity or disconformity

to usage or convention; and all the proof they are capable of, is proof of

usage; proof that the words have been employed by others in the

acceptation in which the speaker or writer desires to use them. These

propositions occupy, however, a conspicuous place in philosophy; and their

nature and characteristics are of as much importance in logic, as those of

any of the other classes of propositions previously adverted to.

If all propositions respecting the signification of words were as simple

and unimportant as those which served us for examples when examining

Hobbes’ theory of predication, viz. those of which the subject and

predicate are proper names, and which assert only that those names have,

or that they have not, been conventionally assigned to the same

individual; there would be little to attract to such propositions the

attention of philosophers. But the class of merely verbal propositions

embraces not only much more than these, but much more than any

propositions which at first sight present themselves as verbal;

comprehending a kind of assertions which have been regarded not only as

relating to things, but as having actually a more intimate relation with

them than any other propositions whatever. The student in philosophy will

perceive that I allude to the distinction on which so much stress was laid

by the schoolmen, and which has been retained either under the same or

under other names by most metaphysicians to the present day, viz. between

what were called _essential_, and what were called _accidental_,

propositions, and between essential and accidental properties or

attributes.

§ 2. Almost all metaphysicians prior to Locke, as well as many since his

time, have made a great mystery of Essential Predication, and of

predicates which were said to be of the _essence_ of the subject. The

essence of a thing, they said, was that without which the thing could

neither be, nor be conceived to be. Thus, rationality was of the essence

of man, because without rationality, man could not be conceived to exist.

The different attributes which made up the essence of the thing, were

called its essential properties; and a proposition in which any of these

were predicated of it, was called an Essential Proposition, and was

considered to go deeper into the nature of the thing, and to convey more

important information respecting it, than any other proposition could do.

All properties, not of the essence of the thing, were called its

accidents; were supposed to have nothing at all, or nothing comparatively,

to do with its inmost nature; and the propositions in which any of these

were predicated of it were called Accidental Propositions. A connexion may

be traced between this distinction, which originated with the schoolmen,

and the well known dogmas of _substantiæ secundæ_ or general substances,

and _substantial forms_, doctrines which under varieties of language

pervaded alike the Aristotelian and the Platonic schools, and of which

more of the spirit has come down to modern times than might be conjectured

from the disuse of the phraseology. The false views of the nature of

classification and generalization which prevailed among the schoolmen, and

of which these dogmas were the technical expression, afford the only

explanation which can be given of their having misunderstood the real

nature of those Essences which held so conspicuous a place in their

philosophy. They said, truly, that _man_ cannot be conceived without

rationality. But though _man_ cannot, a being may be conceived exactly

like a man in all points except that one quality, and those others which

are the conditions or consequences of it. All therefore which is really

true in the assertion that man cannot be conceived without rationality, is

only, that if he had not rationality, he would not be reputed a man. There

is no impossibility in conceiving the _thing_, nor, for aught we know, in

its existing: the impossibility is in the conventions of language, which

will not allow the thing, even if it exist, to be called by the name which

is reserved for rational beings. Rationality, in short, is involved in the

meaning of the word man; is one of the attributes connoted by the name.

The essence of man, simply means the whole of the attributes connoted by

the word; and any one of those attributes taken singly, is an essential

property of man.

The doctrines which prevented the real meaning of Essences from being

understood, not having assumed so settled a shape in the time of Aristotle

and his immediate followers as was afterwards given to them by the

Realists of the middle ages, we find a nearer approach to a rational view

of the subject in the writings of the ancient Aristotelians than in their

more modern followers. Porphyry, in his _Isagoge_, approached so near to

the true conception of essences, that only one step remained to be taken,

but this step, so easy in appearance, was reserved for the Nominalists of

modern times. By altering any property, not of the essence of the thing,

you merely, according to Porphyry, made a difference in it; you made it

ἀλλοῖον: but by altering any property which was of its essence, you made

it _another thing_, ἄλλο.(21) To a modern it is obvious that between the

change which only makes a thing different, and the change which makes it

_another thing_, the only distinction is that in the one case, though

changed, it is still called by the same name. Thus, pound ice in a mortar,

and being still called ice, it is only made ἀλλοῖον: melt it, and it

becomes ἄλλο, another thing, namely, water. Now it is really the same

thing, _i.e._ the same particles of matter, in both cases; and you cannot

so change anything that it shall cease to be the same thing in this sense.

The identity which it can be deprived of is merely that of the name: when

the thing ceases to be called ice, it becomes _another thing_; its

essence, what constituted it ice, is gone; while, as long as it continues

to be so called, nothing is gone except some of its accidents. But these

reflections, so easy to us, would have been difficult to persons who

thought, as most of the Aristotelians did, that objects were made what

they were called, that ice (for instance) was made ice, not by the

possession of certain properties to which mankind have chosen to attach

that name, but by participation in the nature of a certain _general

substance_, called _Ice in general_, which substance, together with all

the properties that belonged to it, _inhered_ in every individual piece of

ice. As they did not consider these universal substances to be attached to

all general names, but only to some, they thought that an object borrowed

only a part of its properties from an universal substance, and that the

rest belonged to it individually: the former they called its essence, and

the latter its accidents. The scholastic doctrine of essences long

survived the theory on which it rested, that of the existence of real

entities corresponding to general terms; and it was reserved for Locke, at

the end of the seventeenth century, to convince philosophers that the

supposed essences of classes were merely the signification of their names;

nor, among the signal services which his writings rendered to philosophy,

was there one more needful or more valuable.(22)

Now, as the most familiar of the general names by which an object is

designated usually connotes not one only, but several attributes of the

object, each of which attributes separately forms also the bond of union

of some class, and the meaning of some general name; we may predicate of a

name which connotes a variety of attributes, another name which connotes

only one of these attributes, or some smaller number of them than all. In

such cases, the universal affirmative proposition will be true; since

whatever possesses the whole of any set of attributes, must possess any

part of that same set. A proposition of this sort, however, conveys no

information to any one who previously understood the whole meaning of the

terms. The propositions, Every man is a corporeal being, Every man is a

living creature, Every man is rational, convey no knowledge to any one who

was already aware of the entire meaning of the word _man_, for the meaning

of the word includes all this: and, that every _man_ has the attributes

connoted by all these predicates, is already asserted when he is called a

man. Now, of this nature are all the propositions which have been called

essential; they are, in fact, identical propositions.

It is true that a proposition which predicates any attribute, even though

it be one implied in the name, is in most cases understood to involve a

tacit assertion that there _exists_ a thing corresponding to the name, and

possessing the attributes connoted by it; and this implied assertion may

convey information, even to those who understood the meaning of the name.

But all information of this sort, conveyed by all the essential

propositions of which man can be made the subject, is included in the

assertion, Men exist. And this assumption of real existence is after all

only the result of an imperfection of language. It arises from the

ambiguity of the copula, which, in addition to its proper office of a mark

to show that an assertion is made, is also, as we have formerly remarked,

a concrete word connoting existence. The actual existence of the subject

of the proposition is therefore only apparently, not really, implied in

the predication, if an essential one: we may say, A ghost is a disembodied

spirit, without believing in ghosts. But an accidental, or non-essential,

affirmation, does imply the real existence of the subject, because in the

case of a non-existent subject there is nothing for the proposition to

assert. Such a proposition as, The ghost of a murdered person haunts the

couch of the murderer, can only have a meaning if understood as implying a

belief in ghosts; for since the signification of the word ghost implies

nothing of the kind, the speaker either means nothing, or means to assert

a thing which he wishes to be believed to have really taken place.

It will be hereafter seen that when any important consequences seem to

follow, as in mathematics, from an essential proposition, or, in other

words, from a proposition involved in the meaning of a name, what they

really flow from is the tacit assumption of the real existence of the

object so named. Apart from this assumption of real existence, the class

of propositions in which the predicate is of the essence of the subject

(that is, in which the predicate connotes the whole or part of what the

subject connotes, but nothing besides) answer no purpose but that of

unfolding the whole or some part of the meaning of the name, to those who

did not previously know it. Accordingly, the most useful, and in

strictness the only useful kind of essential propositions, are

Definitions: which, to be complete, should unfold the whole of what is

involved in the meaning of the word defined; that is, (when it is a

connotative word,) the whole of what it connotes. In defining a name,

however, it is not usual to specify its entire connotation, but so much

only as is sufficient to mark out the objects usually denoted by it from

all other known objects. And sometimes a merely accidental property, not

involved in the meaning of the name, answers this purpose equally well.

The various kinds of definition which these distinctions give rise to, and

the purposes to which they are respectively subservient, will be minutely

considered in the proper place.

§ 3. According to the above view of essential propositions, no proposition

can be reckoned such which relates to an individual by name, that is, in

which the subject is a proper name. Individuals have no essences. When the

schoolmen talked of the essence of an individual, they did not mean the

properties implied in its name, for the names of individuals imply no

properties. They regarded as of the essence of an individual whatever was

of the essence of the species in which they were accustomed to place that

individual; _i.e._ of the class to which it was most familiarly referred,

and to which, therefore, they conceived that it by nature belonged. Thus,

because the proposition, Man is a rational being, was an essential

proposition, they affirmed the same thing of the proposition, Julius Cæsar

is a rational being. This followed very naturally if genera and species

were to be considered as entities, distinct from, but _inhering_ in, the

individuals composing them. If _man_ was a substance inhering in each

individual man, the _essence_ of man (whatever that might mean) was

naturally supposed to accompany it; to inhere in John Thompson, and to

form the _common essence_ of Thompson and Julius Cæsar. It might then be

fairly said, that rationality, being of the essence of Man, was of the

essence also of Thompson. But if Man altogether be only the individual men

and a name bestowed upon them in consequence of certain common properties,

what becomes of John Thompson’s essence?

A fundamental error is seldom expelled from philosophy by a single

victory. It retreats slowly, defends every inch of ground, and often

retains a footing in some remote fastness after it has been driven from

the open country. The essences of individuals were an unmeaning figment

arising from a misapprehension of the essences of classes, yet even Locke,

when he extirpated the parent error, could not shake himself free from

that which was its fruit. He distinguished two sorts of essences, Real and

Nominal. His nominal essences were the essences of classes, explained

nearly as we have now explained them. Nor is anything wanting to render

the third book of Locke’s Essay a nearly unexceptionable treatise on the

connotation of names, except to free its language from the assumption of

what are called Abstract Ideas, which unfortunately is involved in the

phraseology, although not necessarily connected with the thoughts,

contained in that immortal Third Book.(23) But, besides nominal essences,

he admitted real essences, or essences of individual objects, which he

supposed to be the causes of the sensible properties of those objects. We

know not (said he) what these are; (and this acknowledgment rendered the

fiction comparatively innocuous;) but if we did, we could, from them

alone, demonstrate the sensible properties of the object, as the

properties of the triangle are demonstrated from the definition of the

triangle. I shall have occasion to revert to this theory in treating of

Demonstration, and of the conditions under which one property of a thing

admits of being demonstrated from another property. It is enough here to

remark that according to this definition, the real essence of an object

has, in the progress of physics, come to be conceived as nearly

equivalent, in the case of bodies, to their corpuscular structure: what it

is now supposed to mean in the case of any other entities, I would not

take upon myself to define.

§ 4. An essential proposition, then, is one which is purely verbal; which

asserts of a thing under a particular name, only what is asserted of it in

the fact of calling it by that name; and which therefore either gives no

information, or gives it respecting the name, not the thing.

Non-essential, or accidental propositions, on the contrary, may be called

Real Propositions, in opposition to Verbal. They predicate of a thing,

some fact not involved in the signification of the name by which the

proposition speaks of it; some attribute not connoted by that name. Such

are all propositions concerning things individually designated, and all

general or particular propositions in which the predicate connotes any

attribute not connoted by the subject. All these, if true, add to our

knowledge: they convey information, not already involved in the names

employed. When I am told that all, or even that some objects, which have

certain qualities, or which stand in certain relations, have also certain

other qualities, or stand in certain other relations, I learn from this

proposition a new fact; a fact not included in my knowledge of the meaning

of the words, nor even of the existence of Things answering to the

signification of those words. It is this class of propositions only which

are in themselves instructive, or from which any instructive propositions

can be inferred.

Nothing has probably contributed more to the opinion so commonly prevalent

of the futility of the school logic, than the circumstance that almost all

the examples used in the common school books to illustrate the doctrine of

predication and of the syllogism, consist of essential propositions. They

were usually taken either from the branches or from the main trunk of the

Predicamental Tree, which included nothing but what was of the _essence_

of the species: _Omne corpus est substantia_, _Omne animal est corpus_,

_Omnis homo est corpus_, _Omnis homo est animal_, _Omnis homo est

rationalis_, and so forth. It is far from wonderful that the syllogistic

art should have been thought to be of no use in assisting correct

reasoning, when almost the only propositions which, in the hands of its

professed teachers, it was employed to prove, were such as every one

assented to without proof the moment he comprehended the meaning of the

words; and stood exactly on a level, in point of evidence, with the

premisses from which they were drawn. I have, therefore, throughout this

work, avoided the employment of essential propositions as examples, except

where the nature of the principle to be illustrated specifically required

them.

§ 5. With respect to propositions which do convey information—which assert

something of a Thing, under a name that does not already presuppose what

is about to be asserted; there are two different aspects in which these,

or rather such of them as are general propositions, may be considered: we

may either look at them as portions of speculative truth, or as memoranda

for practical use. According as we consider propositions in one or the

other of these lights, their import may be conveniently expressed in one

or in the other of two formulas.

According to the formula which we have hitherto employed, and which is

best adapted to express the import of the proposition as a portion of our

theoretical knowledge, All men are mortal, means that the attributes of

man are always accompanied by the attribute mortality: No men are gods,

means that the attributes of man are never accompanied by the attributes,

or at least never by all the attributes, signified by the word god. But

when the proposition is considered as a memorandum for practical use, we

shall find a different mode of expressing the same meaning better adapted

to indicate the office which the proposition performs. The practical use

of a proposition is, to apprise or remind us what we have to expect, in

any individual case which comes within the assertion contained in the

proposition. In reference to this purpose, the proposition, All men are

mortal, means that the attributes of man are _evidence of_, are a _mark_

of, mortality; an indication by which the presence of that attribute is

made manifest. No men are gods, means that the attributes of man are a

mark or evidence that some or all of the attributes supposed to belong to

a god are not there; that where the former are, we need not expect to find

the latter.

These two forms of expression are at bottom equivalent; but the one points

the attention more directly to what a proposition means, the latter to the

manner in which it is to be used.

Now it is to be observed that Reasoning (the subject to which we are next

to proceed) is a process into which propositions enter not as ultimate

results, but as means to the establishment of other propositions. We may

expect, therefore, that the mode of exhibiting the import of a general

proposition which shows it in its application to practical use, will best

express the function which propositions perform in Reasoning. And

accordingly, in the theory of Reasoning, the mode of viewing the subject

which considers a Proposition as asserting that one fact or phenomenon is

a _mark_ or _evidence_ of another fact or phenomenon, will be found almost

indispensable. For the purposes of that Theory, the best mode of defining

the import of a proposition is not the mode which shows most clearly what

it is in itself, but that which most distinctly suggests the manner in

which it may be made available for advancing from it to other

propositions.

CHAPTER VII. OF THE NATURE OF CLASSIFICATION, AND THE FIVE PREDICABLES.

§ 1. In examining into the nature of general propositions, we have

adverted much less than is usual with Logicians, to the ideas of a Class,

and Classification; ideas which, since the Realist doctrine of General

Substances went out of vogue, have formed the basis of almost every

attempt at a philosophical theory of general terms and general

propositions. We have considered general names as having a meaning, quite

independently of their being the names of classes. That circumstance is in

truth accidental, it being wholly immaterial to the signification of the

name whether there are many objects or only one to which it happens to be

applicable, or whether there be any at all. God is as much a general term

to the Christian or the Jew as to the Polytheist; and dragon, hippogriff,

chimera, mermaid, ghost, are as much so as if real objects existed,

corresponding to those names. Every name the signification of which is

constituted by attributes, is potentially a name of an indefinite number

of objects; but it needs not be actually the name of any; and if of any,

it may be the name of only one. As soon as we employ a name to connote

attributes, the things, be they more or fewer, which happen to possess

those attributes, are constituted, _ipso facto_, a class. But in

predicating the name we predicate only the attributes; and the fact of

belonging to a class does not, in ordinary cases, come into view at all.

Although, however, Predication does not presuppose Classification, and

although the theory of Names and of Propositions is not cleared up, but

only encumbered, by intruding the idea of classification into it, there is

nevertheless a close connexion between Classification and the employment

of General Names. By every general name which we introduce, we create a

class, if there be any things, real or imaginary, to compose it; that is,

any Things corresponding to the signification of the name. Classes,

therefore, mostly owe their existence to general language. But general

language, also, though that is not the most common case, sometimes owes

its existence to classes. A general, which is as much as to say a

significant, name, is indeed mostly introduced because we have a

signification to express by it; because we need a word by means of which

to predicate the attributes which it connotes. But it is also true that a

name is sometimes introduced because we have found it convenient to create

a class; because we have thought it useful for the regulation of our

mental operations, that a certain group of objects should be thought of

together. A naturalist, for purposes connected with his particular

science, sees reason to distribute the animal or vegetable creation into

certain groups rather than into any others, and he requires a name to

bind, as it were, each of his groups together. It must not however be

supposed that such names, when introduced, differ in any respect, as to

their mode of signification, from other connotative names. The classes

which they denote are, as much as any other classes, constituted by

certain common attributes, and their names are significant of those

attributes, and of nothing else. The names of Cuvier’s classes and orders,

_Plantigrades_, _Digitigrades_, &c., are as much the expression of

attributes as if those names had preceded, instead of growing out of, his

classification of animals. The only peculiarity of the case is, that the

convenience of classification was here the primary motive for introducing

the names; while in other cases the name is introduced as a means of

predication, and the formation of a class denoted by it is only an

indirect consequence.

The principles which ought to regulate Classification as a logical process

subservient to the investigation of truth, cannot be discussed to any

purpose until a much later stage of our inquiry. But, of classification as

resulting from, and implied in, the fact of employing general language, we

cannot forbear to treat here, without leaving the theory of general names,

and of their employment in predication, mutilated and formless.

§ 2. This portion of the theory of general language is the subject of what

is termed the doctrine of the Predicables; a set of distinctions handed

down from Aristotle, and his follower Porphyry, many of which have taken a

firm root in scientific, and some of them even in popular, phraseology.

The predicables are a five-fold division of General Names, not grounded as

usual on a difference in their meaning, that is, in the attribute which

they connote, but on a difference in the kind of class which they denote.

We may predicate of a thing five different varieties of class-name:—

A _genus_ of the thing (γένος).

A _species_ (εἴδος).

A _differentia_ (διαφορὰ).

A _proprium_ (ἰδιόν).

An _accidens_ (συμβεβηκός).

It is to be remarked of these distinctions, that they express, not what

the predicate is in its own meaning, but what relation it bears to the

subject of which it happens on the particular occasion to be predicated.

There are not some names which are exclusively genera, and others which

are exclusively species, or differentiæ; but the same name is referred to

one or another Predicable, according to the subject of which it is

predicated on the particular occasion. _Animal_, for instance, is a genus

with respect to man, or John; a species with respect to Substance, or

Being. _Rectangular_ is one of the Differentiæ of a geometrical square; it

is merely one of the Accidentia of the table at which I am writing. The

words genus, species, &c., are therefore relative terms; they are names

applied to certain predicates, to express the relation between them and

some given subject: a relation grounded, as we shall see, not on what the

predicate connotes, but on the class which it _de_notes, and on the place

which, in some given classification, that class occupies relatively to the

particular subject.

§ 3. Of these five names, two, Genus and Species, are not only used by

naturalists in a technical acceptation not precisely agreeing with their

philosophical meaning, but have also acquired a popular acceptation, much

more general than either. In this popular sense any two classes, one of

which includes the whole of the other and more, may be called a Genus and

a Species. Such, for instance, are Animal and Man; Man and Mathematician.

Animal is a genus; Man and Brute are its two species; or we may divide it

into a greater number of species, as man, horse, dog, &c. _Biped_, or

_two-footed animal_, may also be considered a genus, of which man and bird

are two species. _Taste_ is a genus, of which sweet taste, sour taste,

salt taste, &c. are species. _Virtue_ is a genus; justice, prudence,

courage, fortitude, generosity, &c. are its species.

The same class which is a genus with reference to the sub-classes or

species included in it, may be itself a species with reference to a more

comprehensive, or, as it is often called, a superior, genus. Man is a

species with reference to animal, but a genus with reference to the

species mathematician. Animal is a genus, divided into two species, man

and brute; but animal is also a species, which, with another species,

vegetable, makes up the genus, organized being. Biped is a genus with

reference to man and bird, but a species with respect to the superior

genus, animal. Taste is a genus divided into species, but also a species

of the genus sensation. Virtue, a genus with reference to justice,

temperance, &c., is one of the species of the genus, mental quality.

In this popular sense the words Genus and Species have passed into common

discourse. And it should be observed that, in ordinary parlance, not the

name of the class, but the class itself, is said to be the genus or

species; not, of course, the class in the sense of each individual of that

class, but the individuals collectively, considered as an aggregate whole;

the name by which the class is designated being then called not the genus

or species, but the generic or specific name. And this is an admissible

form of expression; nor is it of any importance which of the two modes of

speaking we adopt, provided the rest of our language is consistent with

it; but if we call the class itself the genus, we must not talk of

predicating the genus. We predicate of man the _name_ mortal; and by

predicating the name, we may be said, in an intelligible sense, to

predicate what the name expresses, the _attribute_ mortality; but in no

allowable sense of the word predication do we predicate of man the _class_

mortal. We predicate of him the fact of _belonging_ to the class.

By the Aristotelian logicians, the terms genus and species were used in a

more restricted sense. They did not admit every class which could be

divided into other classes to be a genus, or every class which could be

included in a larger class to be a species. Animal was by them considered

a genus; and man and brute co-ordinate species under that genus: _biped_

would not have been admitted to be a genus with reference to man, but a

_proprium_ or _accidens_ only. It was requisite, according to their

theory, that genus and species should be of the _essence_ of the subject.

_Animal_ was of the essence of man; _biped_ was not. And in every

classification they considered some one class as the lowest or _infima_

species. Man, for instance, was a lowest species. Any further divisions

into which the class might be capable of being broken down, as man into

white, black, and red man, or into priest and layman, they did not admit

to be species.

It has been seen, however, in the preceding chapter, that the distinction

between the essence of a class, and the attributes or properties which are

not of its essence—a distinction which has given occasion to so much

abstruse speculation, and to which so mysterious a character was formerly,

and by many writers is still, attached,—amounts to nothing more than the

difference between those attributes of the class which are, and those

which are not, involved in the signification of the class-name. As applied

to individuals, the word Essence, we found, has no meaning, except in

connexion with the exploded tenets of the Realists; and what the schoolmen

chose to call the essence of an individual, was simply the essence of the

class to which that individual was most familiarly referred.

Is there no difference, then, save this merely verbal one, between the

classes which the schoolmen admitted to be genera or species, and those to

which they refused the title? Is it an error to regard some of the

differences which exist among objects as differences _in kind_ (_genere_

or _specie_), and others only as differences in the accidents? Were the

schoolmen right or wrong in giving to some of the classes into which

things may be divided, the name of _kinds_, and considering others as

secondary divisions, grounded on differences of a comparatively

superficial nature? Examination will show that the Aristotelians did mean

something by this distinction, and something important; but which, being

but indistinctly conceived, was inadequately expressed by the phraseology

of essences, and by the various other modes of speech to which they had

recourse.

§ 4. It is a fundamental principle in logic, that the power of framing

classes is unlimited, as long as there is any (even the smallest)

difference to found a distinction upon. Take any attribute whatever, and

if some things have it, and others have not, we may ground on the

attribute a division of all things into two classes; and we actually do

so, the moment we create a name which connotes the attribute. The number

of possible classes, therefore, is boundless; and there are as many actual

classes (either of real or of imaginary things) as there are of general

names, positive and negative together.

But if we contemplate any one of the classes so formed, such as the class

animal or plant, or the class sulphur or phosphorus, or the class white or

red, and consider in what particulars the individuals included in the

class differ from those which do not come within it, we find a very

remarkable diversity in this respect between some classes and others.

There are some classes, the things contained in which differ from other

things only in certain particulars which may be numbered; while others

differ in more than can be numbered, more even than we need ever expect to

know. Some classes have little or nothing in common to characterise them

by, except precisely what is connoted by the name: white things, for

example, are not distinguished by any common properties, except whiteness;

or if they are, it is only by such as are in some way dependent on, or

connected with, whiteness. But a hundred generations have not exhausted

the common properties of animals or of plants, of sulphur or of

phosphorus; nor do we suppose them to be exhaustible, but proceed to new

observations and experiments, in the full confidence of discovering new

properties which were by no means implied in those we previously knew.

While, if any one were to propose for investigation the common properties

of all things which are of the same colour, the same shape, or the same

specific gravity, the absurdity would be palpable. We have no ground to

believe that any such common properties exist, except such as may be shown

to be involved in the supposition itself, or to be derivable from it by

some law of causation. It appears, therefore, that the properties, on

which we ground our classes, sometimes exhaust all that the class has in

common, or contain it all by some mode of implication; but in other

instances we make a selection of a few properties from among not only a

greater number, but a number inexhaustible by us, and to which as we know

no bounds, they may, so far as we are concerned, be regarded as infinite.

There is no impropriety in saying that of these two classifications, the

one answers to a much more radical distinction in the things themselves,

than the other does. And if any one even chooses to say that the one

classification is made by nature, the other by us for our convenience, he

will be right; provided he means no more than this: Where a certain

apparent difference between things (although perhaps in itself of little

moment) answers to we know not what number of other differences, pervading

not only their known properties but properties yet undiscovered, it is not

optional but imperative to recognise this difference as the foundation of

a specific distinction: while, on the contrary, differences that are

merely finite and determinate, like those designated by the words white,

black, or red, may be disregarded if the purpose for which the

classification is made does not require attention to those particular

properties. The differences, however, are made by nature, in both cases;

while the recognition of those differences as grounds of classification

and of naming, is, equally in both cases, the act of man: only in the one

case, the ends of language and of classification would be subverted if no

notice were taken of the difference, while in the other case, the

necessity of taking notice of it depends on the importance or unimportance

of the particular qualities in which the difference happens to consist.

Now, these classes, distinguished by unknown multitudes of properties, and

not solely by a few determinate ones, are the only classes which, by the

Aristotelian logicians, were considered as genera or species. Differences

which extended only to a certain property or properties, and there

terminated, they considered as differences only in the _accidents_ of

things; but where any class differed from other things by an infinite

series of differences, known and unknown, they considered the distinction

as one of _kind_, and spoke of it as being an _essential_ difference,

which is also one of the usual meanings of that vague expression at the

present day.

Conceiving the schoolmen to have been justified in drawing a broad line of

separation between these two kinds of classes and of class-distinctions, I

shall not only retain the division itself, but continue to express it in

their language. According to that language, the proximate (or lowest) Kind

to which any individual is referrible, is called its species. Conformably

to this, Sir Isaac Newton would be said to be of the species man. There

are indeed numerous sub-classes included in the class man, to which Newton

also belongs; as, for example, Christian, and Englishman, and

Mathematician. But these, though distinct classes, are not, in our sense

of the term, distinct Kinds of men. A Christian, for example, differs from

other human beings; but he differs only in the attribute which the word

expresses, namely, belief in Christianity, and whatever else that implies,

either as involved in the fact itself, or connected with it through some

law of cause and effect. We should never think of inquiring what

properties, unconnected with Christianity either as cause or effect, are

common to all Christians and peculiar to them; while in regard to all Men,

physiologists are perpetually carrying on such an inquiry; nor is the

answer ever likely to be completed. Man, therefore, we may call a species;

Christian, or Mathematician, we cannot.

Note here, that it is by no means intended to imply that there may not be

different Kinds, or logical species, of man. The various races and

temperaments, the two sexes, and even the various ages, maybe differences

of kind, within our meaning of the term. I do not say that they are so.

For in the progress of physiology it may almost be said to be made out,

that the differences which really exist between different races, sexes,

&c., follow as consequences, under laws of nature, from a small number of

primary differences which can be precisely determined, and which, as the

phrase is, _account for_ all the rest. If this be so, these are not

distinctions in kind; no more than Christian, Jew, Mussulman, and Pagan, a

difference which also carries many consequences along with it. And in this

way classes are often mistaken for real kinds, which are afterwards proved

not to be so. But if it turned out, that the differences were not capable

of being thus accounted for, then Caucasian, Mongolian, Negro, &c., would

be really different Kinds of human beings, and entitled to be ranked as

species by the logician; though not by the naturalist. For (as already

noticed) the word species is used in a very different signification in

logic and in natural history. By the naturalist, organized beings are

never said to be of different species, if it is supposed that they could

possibly have descended from the same stock. That, however, is a sense

artificially given to the word, for the technical purposes of a particular

science. To the logician, if a negro and a white man differ in the same

manner (however less in degree) as a horse and a camel do, that is, if

their differences are inexhaustible, and not referrible to any common

cause, they are different species, whether they are descended from common

ancestors or not. But if their differences can all be traced to climate

and habits, or to some one special difference in structure, they are not,

in the logician’s view, specifically distinct.

When the _infima species_, or proximate Kind, to which an individual

belongs, has been ascertained, the properties common to that Kind include

necessarily the whole of the common properties of every other real Kind to

which the individual can be referrible. Let the individual, for example,

be Socrates, and the proximate Kind, man. Animal, or living creature, is

also a real Kind, and includes Socrates; but since it likewise includes

man, or in other words, since all men are animals, the properties common

to animals form a portion of the common properties of the sub-class, man:

and if there be any class which includes Socrates without including man,

that class is not a real Kind. Let the class, for example, be

_flat-nosed_; that being a class which includes Socrates, without

including all men. To determine whether it is a real Kind, we must ask

ourselves this question: Have all flat-nosed animals, in addition to

whatever is implied in their flat noses, any common properties, other than

those which are common to all animals whatever? If they had; if a flat

nose were a mark or index to an indefinite number of other peculiarities,

not deducible from the former by any ascertainable law; then out of the

class man we might cut another class, flat-nosed man, which, according to

our definition, would be a Kind. But if we could do this, man would not

be, as it was assumed to be, the proximate Kind. Therefore, the properties

of the proximate Kind do comprehend those (whether known or unknown) of

all other Kinds to which the individual belongs; which was the point we

undertook to prove. And hence, every other Kind which is predicable of the

individual, will be to the proximate Kind in the relation of a genus,

according to even the popular acceptation of the terms genus and species;

that is, it will be a larger class, including it and more.

We are now able to fix the logical meaning of these terms. Every class

which is a real Kind, that is, which is distinguished from all other

classes by an indeterminate multitude of properties not derivable from one

another, is either a genus or a species. A Kind which is not divisible

into other Kinds, cannot be a genus, because it has no species under it;

but it is itself a species, both with reference to the individuals below

and to the genera above, (Species Prædicabilis and Species Subjicibilis.)

But every Kind which admits of division into real Kinds (as animal into

quadruped, bird, &c., or quadruped into various species of quadrupeds) is

a genus to all below it, a species to all genera in which it is itself

included. And here we may close this part of the discussion, and pass to

the three remaining predicables, Differentia, Proprium, and Accidens.

§ 5. To begin with Differentia. This word is correlative with the words

genus and species, and as all admit, it signifies the attribute which

distinguishes a given species from every other species of the same genus.

This is so far clear: but we may still ask, which of the distinguishing

attributes it signifies. For we have seen that every Kind (and a species

must be a Kind) is distinguished from other Kinds not by any one

attribute, but by an indefinite number. Man, for instance, is a species of

the genus animal; Rational (or rationality, for it is of no consequence

whether we use the concrete or the abstract form) is generally assigned by

logicians as the Differentia; and doubtless this attribute serves the

purpose of distinction: but it has also been remarked of man, that he is a

cooking animal; the only animal that dresses its food. This, therefore, is

another of the attributes by which the species man is distinguished from

other species of the same genus: would this attribute serve equally well

for a differentia? The Aristotelians say No; having laid it down that the

differentia must, like the genus and species, be of the _essence_ of the

subject.

And here we lose even that vestige of a meaning grounded in the nature of

the things themselves, which may be supposed to be attached to the word

essence when it is said that genus and species must be of the essence of

the thing. There can be no doubt that when the schoolmen talked of the

essences of things as opposed to their accidents, they had confusedly in

view the distinction between differences of kind, and the differences

which are not of kind; they meant to intimate that genera and species must

be Kinds. Their notion of the essence of a thing was a vague notion of a

something which makes it what it is, _i.e._, which makes it the Kind of

thing that it is—which causes it to have all that variety of properties

which distinguish its Kind. But when the matter came to be looked at more

closely, nobody could discover what caused the thing to have all those

properties, nor even that there was anything which caused it to have them.

Logicians, however, not liking to admit this, and being unable to detect

what made the thing to be what it was, satisfied themselves with what made

it to be what it was called. Of the innumerable properties, known and

unknown, that are common to the class man, a portion only, and of course a

very small portion, are connoted by its name; these few, however, will

naturally have been thus distinguished from the rest either for their

greater obviousness, or for greater supposed importance. These properties,

then, which were connoted by the name, logicians seized upon, and called

them the essence of the species; and not stopping there, they affirmed

them, in the case of the _infima species_, to be the essence of the

individual too; for it was their maxim, that the species contained the

“whole essence” of the thing. Metaphysics, that fertile field of delusion

propagated by language, does not afford a more signal instance of such

delusion. On this account it was that rationality, being connoted by the

name man, was allowed to be a differentia of the class; but the

peculiarity of cooking their food, not being connoted, was relegated to

the class of accidental properties.

The distinction, therefore, between Differentia, Proprium, and Accidens,

is not founded in the nature of things, but in the connotation of names;

and we must seek it there, if we wish to find what it is.

From the fact that the genus includes the species, in other words

_de_notes more than the species, or is predicable of a greater number of

individuals, it follows that the species must connote more than the genus.

It must connote all the attributes which the genus connotes, or there

would be nothing to prevent it from denoting individuals not included in

the genus. And it must connote something besides, otherwise it would

include the whole genus. Animal denotes all the individuals denoted by

man, and many more. Man, therefore, must connote all that animal connotes,

otherwise there might be men who are not animals; and it must connote

something more than animal connotes, otherwise all animals would be men.

This surplus of connotation—this which the species connotes over and above

the connotation of the genus—is the Differentia, or specific difference;

or, to state the same proposition in other words, the Differentia is that

which must be added to the connotation of the genus, to complete the

connotation of the species.

The word man, for instance, exclusively of what it connotes in common with

animal, also connotes rationality, and at least some approximation to that

external form, which we all know, but which, as we have no name for it

considered in itself, we are content to call the human. The differentia,

or specific difference, therefore, of man, as referred to the genus

animal, is that outward form and the possession of reason. The

Aristotelians said, the possession of reason, without the outward form.

But if they adhered to this, they would have been obliged to call the

Houyhnhms men. The question never arose, and they were never called upon

to decide how such a case would have affected their notion of

essentiality. However this may be, they were satisfied with taking such a

portion of the differentia as sufficed to distinguish the species from all

other _existing_ things, although by so doing they might not exhaust the

connotation of the name.

§ 6. And here, to prevent the notion of differentia from being restricted

within too narrow limits, it is necessary to remark, that a species, even

as referred to the same genus, will not always have the same differentia,

but a different one, according to the principle and purpose which preside

over the particular classification. For example, a naturalist surveys the

various kinds of animals, and looks out for the classification of them

most in accordance with the order in which, for zoological purposes, he

thinks it desirable that our ideas should arrange themselves. With this

view he finds it advisable that one of his fundamental divisions should be

into warm-blooded and cold-blooded animals; or into animals which breathe

with lungs and those which breathe with gills; or into carnivorous, and

frugivorous or graminivorous; or into those which walk on the flat part

and those which walk on the extremity of the foot, a distinction on which

some of Cuvier’s families are founded. In doing this, the naturalist

creates so many new classes, which are by no means those to which the

individual animal is familiarly and spontaneously referred; nor should we

ever think of assigning to them so prominent a position in our arrangement

of the animal kingdom, unless for a preconceived purpose of scientific

convenience. And to the liberty of doing this there is no limit. In the

examples we have given, most of the classes are real Kinds, since each of

the peculiarities is an index to a multitude of properties, belonging to

the class which it characterizes: but even if the case were otherwise—if

the other properties of those classes could all be derived, by any process

known to us, from the one peculiarity on which the class is founded—even

then, if those derivative properties were of primary importance for the

purposes of the naturalist, he would be warranted in founding his primary

divisions on them.

If, however, practical convenience is a sufficient warrant for making the

main demarcations in our arrangement of objects run in lines not

coinciding with any distinction of Kind, and so creating genera and

species in the popular sense which are not genera or species in the

rigorous sense at all; _à fortiori_ must we be warranted, when our genera

and species _are_ real genera and species, in marking the distinction

between them by those of their properties which considerations of

practical convenience most strongly recommend. If we cut a species out of

a given genus—the species man, for instance, out of the genus animal—with

an intention on our part that the peculiarity by which we are to be guided

in the application of the name man should be rationality, then rationality

is the differentia of the species man. Suppose, however, that, being

naturalists, we, for the purposes of our particular study, cut out of the

genus animal the same species man, but with an intention that the

distinction between man and all other species of animal should be, not

rationality, but the possession of “four incisors in each jaw, tusks

solitary, and erect posture.” It is evident that the word man, when used

by us as naturalists, no longer connotes rationality, but connotes the

three other properties specified; for that which we have expressly in view

when we impose a name, assuredly forms part of the meaning of that name.

We may, therefore, lay it down as a maxim, that wherever there is a Genus,

and a Species marked out from that genus by an assignable differentia, the

name of the species must be connotative, and must connote the differentia;

but the connotation may be special—not involved in the signification of

the term as ordinarily used, but given to it when employed as a term of

art or science. The word Man, in common use, connotes rationality and a

certain form, but does not connote the number or character of the teeth:

in the Linnæan system it connotes the number of incisor and canine teeth,

but does not connote rationality nor any particular form. The word _man_

has, therefore, two different meanings; although not commonly considered

as ambiguous, because it happens in both cases to _de_note the same

individual objects. But a case is conceivable in which the ambiguity would

become evident: we have only to imagine that some new kind of animal were

discovered, having Linnæus’s three characteristics of humanity, but not

rational, or not of the human form. In ordinary parlance these animals

would not be called men; but in natural history they must still be called

so by those, if any there be, who adhere to the Linnæan classification;

and the question would arise, whether the word should continue to be used

in two senses, or the classification be given up, and the technical sense

of the term be abandoned along with it.

Words not otherwise connotative may, in the mode just adverted to, acquire

a special or technical connotation. Thus the word whiteness, as we have so

often remarked, connotes nothing; it merely denotes the attribute

corresponding to a certain sensation: but if we are making a

classification of colours, and desire to justify, or even merely to point

out, the particular place assigned to whiteness in our arrangement, we may

define it “the colour produced by the mixture of all the simple rays;” and

this fact, though by no means implied in the meaning of the word whiteness

as ordinarily used, but only known by subsequent scientific investigation,

is part of its meaning in the particular essay or treatise, and becomes

the differentia of the species.(24)

The differentia, therefore, of a species, may be defined to be, that part

of the connotation of the specific name, whether ordinary, or special and

technical, which distinguishes the species in question from all other

species of the genus to which on the particular occasion we are referring

it.

§ 7. Having disposed of Genus, Species, and Differentia, we shall not find

much difficulty in attaining a clear conception of the distinction between

the other two predicables, as well as between them and the first three.

In the Aristotelian phraseology, Genus and Differentia are of the

_essence_ of the subject; by which, as we have seen, is really meant that

the properties signified by the genus and those signified by the

differentia, form part of the connotation of the name denoting the

species. Proprium and Accidens, on the other hand, form no part of the

essence, but are predicated of the species only _accidentally_. Both are

Accidents, in the wider sense in which the accidents of a thing are

opposed to its essence; though, in the doctrine of the Predicables,

Accidens is used for one sort of accident only, Proprium being another

sort. Proprium, continue the schoolmen, is predicated _accidentally_,

indeed, but _necessarily_; or, as they further explain it, signifies an

attribute which is not indeed part of the essence, but which flows from,

or is a consequence of, the essence, and is, therefore, inseparably

attached to the species; _e.g._ the various properties of a triangle,

which, though no part of its definition, must necessarily be possessed by

whatever comes under that definition. Accidens, on the contrary, has no

connexion whatever with the essence, but may come and go, and the species

still remain what it was before. If a species could exist without its

Propria, it must be capable of existing without that on which its Propria

are necessarily consequent, and therefore without its essence, without

that which constitutes it a species. But an Accidens, whether separable or

inseparable from the species in actual experience, may be supposed

separated, without the necessity of supposing any other alteration; or at

least, without supposing any of the essential properties of the species to

be altered, since with them an Accidens has no connexion.

A Proprium, therefore, of the species, may be defined, any attribute which

belongs to all the individuals included in the species, and which,

although not connoted by the specific name, (either ordinarily if the

classification we are considering be for ordinary purposes, or specially

if it be for a special purpose,) yet follows from some attribute which the

name either ordinarily or specially connotes.

One attribute may follow from another in two ways; and there are

consequently two kinds of Proprium. It may follow as a conclusion follows

premisses, or it may follow as an effect follows a cause. Thus, the

attribute of having the opposite sides equal, which is not one of those

connoted by the word Parallelogram, nevertheless follows from those

connoted by it, namely, from having the opposite sides straight lines and

parallel, and the number of sides four. The attribute, therefore, of

having the opposite sides equal, is a Proprium of the class parallelogram;

and a Proprium of the first kind, which follows from the connoted

attributes by way of _demonstration_. The attribute of being capable of

understanding language, is a Proprium of the species man, since, without

being connoted by the word, it follows from an attribute which the word

does connote, viz. from the attribute of rationality. But this is a

Proprium of the second kind, which follows by way of _causation_. How it

is that one property of a thing follows, or can be inferred, from another;

under what conditions this is possible, and what is the exact meaning of

the phrase; are among the questions which will occupy us in the two

succeeding Books. At present it needs only be said, that whether a

Proprium follows by demonstration or by causation, it follows

_necessarily_; that is to say, it _cannot but_ follow, consistently with

some law which we regard as a part of the constitution either of our

thinking faculty or of the universe.

§ 8. Under the remaining predicable, Accidens, are included all attributes

of a thing which are neither involved in the signification of the name,

(whether ordinarily or as a term of art,) nor have, so far as we know, any

necessary connexion with attributes which are so involved. They are

commonly divided into Separable and Inseparable Accidents. Inseparable

accidents are those which—although we know of no connexion between them

and the attributes constitutive of the species, and although, therefore,

so far as we are aware, they might be absent without making the name

inapplicable and the species a different species—are yet never in fact

known to be absent. A concise mode of expressing the same meaning is, that

inseparable accidents are properties which are universal to the species,

but not necessary to it. Thus, blackness is an attribute of a crow, and,

as far as we know, a universal one. But if we were to discover a race of

white birds, in other respects resembling crows, we should not say, These

are not crows; we should say, These are white crows. Crow, therefore, does

not connote blackness; nor, from any of the attributes which it does

connote, whether as a word in popular use or as a term of art, could

blackness be inferred. Not only, therefore, can we conceive a white crow,

but we know of no reason why such an animal should not exist. Since,

however, none but black crows are known to exist, blackness, in the

present state of our knowledge, ranks as an accident, but an inseparable

accident, of the species crow.

Separable Accidents are those which are found, in point of fact, to be

sometimes absent from the species; which are not only not necessary, but

not even universal. They are such as do not belong to every individual of

the species, but only to some individuals; or if to all, not at all times.

Thus the colour of an European is one of the separable accidents of the

species man, because it is not an attribute of all human creatures. Being

born, is also (speaking in the logical sense) a separable accident of the

species man, because, although an attribute of all human beings, it is so

only at one particular time. _A fortiori_ those attributes which are not

constant even in the same individual, as, to be in one or in another

place, to be hot or cold, sitting or walking, must be ranked as separable

accidents.

CHAPTER VIII. OF DEFINITION.

§ 1. One necessary part of the theory of Names and of Propositions remains

to be treated of in this place: the theory of Definitions. As being the

most important of the class of propositions which we have characterized as

purely verbal, they have already received some notice in the chapter

preceding the last. But their fuller treatment was at that time postponed,

because definition is so closely connected with classification, that,

until the nature of the latter process is in some measure understood, the

former cannot be discussed to much purpose.

The simplest and most correct notion of a Definition is, a proposition

declaratory of the meaning of a word; namely, either the meaning which it

bears in common acceptation, or that which the speaker or writer, for the

particular purposes of his discourse, intends to annex to it.

The definition of a word being the proposition which enunciates its

meaning, words which have no meaning are unsusceptible of definition.

Proper names, therefore, cannot be defined. A proper name being a mere

mark put upon an individual, and of which it is the characteristic

property to be destitute of meaning, its meaning cannot of course be

declared; though we may indicate by language, as we might indicate still

more conveniently by pointing with the finger, upon what individual that

particular mark has been, or is intended to be, put. It is no definition

of “John Thomson” to say he is “the son of General Thomson;” for the name

John Thomson does not express this. Neither is it any definition of “John

Thomson” to say he is “the man now crossing the street.” These

propositions may serve to make known who is the particular man to whom the

name belongs; but that may be done still more unambiguously by pointing to

him, which, however, has not usually been esteemed one of the modes of

definition.

In the case of connotative names, the meaning, as has been so often

observed, is the connotation; and the definition of a connotative name, is

the proposition which declares its connotation. This may be done either

directly or indirectly. The direct mode would be by a proposition in this

form: “Man” (or whatsover the word may be) “is a name connoting such and

such attributes,” or “is a name which, when predicated of anything,

signifies the possession of such and such attributes by that thing.” Or

thus: Man is everything which possesses such and such attributes: Man is

everything which possesses corporeity, organization, life, rationality,

and certain peculiarities of external form.

This form of definition is the most precise and least equivocal of any;

but it is not brief enough, and is besides too technical and pedantic for

common discourse. The more usual mode of declaring the connotation of a

name, is to predicate of it another name or names of known signification,

which connote the same aggregation of attributes. This may be done either

by predicating of the name intended to be defined, another connotative

name exactly synonymous, as, “Man is a human being,” which is not commonly

accounted a definition at all; or by predicating two or more connotative

names, which make up among them the whole connotation of the name to be

defined. In this last case, again, we may either compose our definition of

as many connotative names as there are attributes, each attribute being

connoted by one; as, Man is a corporeal, organized, animated, rational

being, shaped so and so; or we may employ names which connote several of

the attributes at once, as, Man is a rational _animal_, shaped so and so.

The definition of a name, according to this view of it, is the sum total

of all the _essential_ propositions which can be framed with that name for

their subject. All propositions the truth of which is implied in the name,

all those which we are made aware of by merely hearing the name, are

included in the definition, if complete, and may be evolved from it

without the aid of any other premisses; whether the definition expresses

them in two or three words, or in a larger number. It is, therefore, not

without reason that Condillac and other writers have affirmed a definition

to be an _analysis_. To resolve any complex whole into the elements of

which it is compounded, is the meaning of analysis; and this we do when we

replace one word which connotes a set of attributes collectively, by two

or more which connote the same attributes singly, or in smaller groups.

§ 2. From this, however, the question naturally arises, in what manner are

we to define a name which connotes only a single attribute? for instance,

“white,” which connotes nothing but whiteness; “rational,” which connotes

nothing but the possession of reason. It might seem that the meaning of

such names could only be declared in two ways; by a synonymous term, if

any such can be found; or in the direct way already alluded to: “White is

a name connoting the attribute whiteness.” Let us see, however, whether

the analysis of the meaning of the name, that is, the breaking down of

that meaning into several parts, admits of being carried farther. Without

at present deciding this question as to the word _white_, it is obvious

that in the case of _rational_ some further explanation may be given of

its meaning than is contained in the proposition, “Rational is that which

possesses the attribute of reason;” since the attribute reason itself

admits of being defined. And here we must turn our attention to the

definitions of attributes, or rather of the names of attributes, that is,

of abstract names.

In regard to such names of attributes as are connotative, and express

attributes of those attributes, there is no difficulty: like other

connotative names, they are defined by declaring their connotation. Thus,

the word _fault_ may be defined, “a quality productive of evil or

inconvenience.” Sometimes, again, the attribute to be defined is not one

attribute, but an union of several: we have only, therefore, to put

together the names of all the attributes taken separately, and we obtain

the definition of the name which belongs to them all taken together; a

definition which will correspond exactly to that of the corresponding

concrete name. For, as we define a concrete name by enumerating the

attributes which it connotes, and as the attributes connoted by a concrete

name form the entire signification of the corresponding abstract one, the

same enumeration will serve for the definition of both. Thus, if the

definition of _a human being_ be this, “a being, corporeal, animated,

rational, and shaped so and so,” the definition of _humanity_ will be,

corporeity and animal life, combined with rationality, and with such and

such a shape.

When, on the other hand, the abstract name does not express a complication

of attributes, but a single attribute, we must remember that every

attribute is grounded on some fact or phenomenon, from which, and which

alone, it derives its meaning. To that fact or phenomenon, called in a

former chapter the foundation of the attribute, we must, therefore, have

recourse for its definition. Now, the foundation of the attribute may be a

phenomenon of any degree of complexity, consisting of many different

parts, either coexistent or in succession. To obtain a definition of the

attribute, we must analyse the phenomenon into these parts. Eloquence, for

example, is the name of one attribute only; but this attribute is grounded

on external effects of a complicated nature, flowing from acts of the

person to whom we ascribe the attribute; and by resolving this phenomenon

of causation into its two parts, the cause and the effect, we obtain a

definition of eloquence, viz., the power of influencing the feelings by

speech or writing.

A name, therefore, whether concrete or abstract, admits of definition,

provided we are able to analyse, that is, to distinguish into parts, the

attribute or set of attributes which constitute the meaning both of the

concrete name and of the corresponding abstract: if a set of attributes,

by enumerating them; if a single attribute, by dissecting the fact or

phenomenon (whether of perception or of internal consciousness) which is

the foundation of the attribute. But, further, even when the fact is one

of our simple feelings or states of consciousness, and therefore

unsusceptible of analysis, the names both of the object and of the

attribute still admit of definition; or, rather, would do so if all our

simple feelings had names. Whiteness may be defined, the property or power

of exciting the sensation of white. A white object may be defined an

object which excites the sensation of white. The only names which are

unsusceptible of definition, because their meaning is unsusceptible of

analysis, are the names of the simple feelings themselves. These are in

the same condition as proper names. They are not indeed, like proper

names, unmeaning; for the words _sensation of white_ signify, that the

sensation which I so denominate resembles other sensations which I

remember to have had before, and to have called by that name. But as we

have no words by which to recall those former sensations, except the very

word which we seek to define, or some other which, being exactly

synonymous with it, requires definition as much, words cannot unfold the

signification of this class of names; and we are obliged to make a direct

appeal to the personal experience of the individual whom we address.

§ 3. Having stated what seems to be the true idea of a Definition, we

proceed to examine some opinions of philosophers, and some popular

conceptions on the subject, which conflict more or less with that idea.

The only adequate definition of a name is, as already remarked, one which

declares the facts, and the whole of the facts, which the name involves in

its signification. But with most persons the object of a definition does

not embrace so much; they look for nothing more, in a definition, than a

guide to the correct use of the term—a protection against applying it in a

manner inconsistent with custom and convention. Anything, therefore, is to

them a sufficient definition of a term, which will serve as a correct

index to what the term _de_notes; although not embracing the whole, and

sometimes, perhaps, not even any part, of what it connotes. This gives

rise to two sorts of imperfect, or unscientific definition; namely,

Essential but incomplete Definitions, and Accidental Definitions, or

Descriptions. In the former, a connotative name is defined by a part only

of its connotation; in the latter, by something which forms no part of the

connotation at all.

An example of the first kind of imperfect definitions is the

following:—Man is a rational animal. It is impossible to consider this as

a complete definition of the word Man, since (as before remarked) if we

adhered to it we should be obliged to call the Houyhnhms men; but as there

happen to be no Houyhnhms, this imperfect definition is sufficient to mark

out and distinguish from all other things, the objects at present denoted

by “man;” all the beings actually known to exist, of whom the name is

predicable. Though the word is defined by some only among the attributes

which it connotes, not by all, it happens that all known objects which

possess the enumerated attributes, possess also those which are omitted;

so that the field of predication which the word covers, and the employment

of it which is conformable to usage, are as well indicated by the

inadequate definition as by an adequate one. Such definitions, however,

are always liable to be overthrown by the discovery of new objects in

nature.

Definitions of this kind are what logicians have had in view, when they

laid down the rule, that the definition of a species should be _per genus

et differentiam_. Differentia being seldom taken to mean the whole of the

peculiarities constitutive of the species, but some one of those

peculiarities only, a complete definition would be _per genus et

differentias_, rather than _differentiam_. It would include, with the name

of the superior genus, not merely _some_ attribute which distinguishes the

species intended to be defined from all other species of the same genus,

but _all_ the attributes implied in the name of the species, which the

name of the superior genus has not already implied. The assertion,

however, that a definition must of necessity consist of a genus and

differentiæ, is not tenable. It was early remarked by logicians, that the

_summum genus_ in any classification, having no genus superior to itself,

could not be defined in this manner. Yet we have seen that all names,

except those of our elementary feelings, are susceptible of definition in

the strictest sense; by setting forth in words the constituent parts of

the fact or phenomenon, of which the connotation of every word is

ultimately composed.

§ 4. Although the first kind of imperfect definition, (which defines a

connotative term by a part only of what it connotes, but a part sufficient

to mark out correctly the boundaries of its denotation,) has been

considered by the ancients, and by logicians in general, as a complete

definition; it has always been deemed necessary that the attributes

employed should really form part of the connotation; for the rule was that

the definition must be drawn from the _essence_ of the class; and this

would not have been the case if it had been in any degree made up of

attributes not connoted by the name. The second kind of imperfect

definition, therefore, in which the name of a class is defined by any of

its accidents,—that is, by attributes which are not included in its

connotation,—has been rejected from the rank of genuine Definition by all

logicians, and has been termed Description.

This kind of imperfect definition, however, takes its rise from the same

cause as the other, namely, the willingness to accept as a definition

anything which, whether it expounds the meaning of the name or not,

enables us to discriminate the things denoted by the name from all other

things, and consequently to employ the term in predication without

deviating from established usage. This purpose is duly answered by stating

any (no matter what) of the attributes which are common to the whole of

the class, and peculiar to it; or any combination of attributes which may

happen to be peculiar to it, though separately each of those attributes

may be common to it with some other things. It is only necessary that the

definition (or description) thus formed, should be _convertible_ with the

name which it professes to define; that is, should be exactly co-extensive

with it, being predicable of everything of which it is predicable, and of

nothing of which it is not predicable; although the attributes specified

may have no connexion with those which mankind had in view when they

formed or recognised the class, and gave it a name. The following are

correct definitions of Man, according to this test: Man is a mammiferous

animal, having (by nature) two hands (for the human species answers to

this description, and no other animal does): Man is an animal who cooks

his food: Man is a featherless biped.

What would otherwise be a mere description, may be raised to the rank of a

real definition by the peculiar purpose which the speaker or writer has in

view. As was seen in the preceding chapter, it may, for the ends of a

particular art or science, or for the more convenient statement of an

author’s particular doctrines, be advisable to give to some general name,

without altering its denotation, a special connotation, different from its

ordinary one. When this is done, a definition of the name by means of the

attributes which make up the special connotation, though in general a mere

accidental definition or description, becomes on the particular occasion

and for the particular purpose a complete and genuine definition. This

actually occurs with respect to one of the preceding examples, “Man is a

mammiferous animal having two hands,” which is the scientific definition

of man considered as one of the species in Cuvier’s distribution of the

animal kingdom.

In cases of this sort, although the definition is still a declaration of

the meaning which in the particular instance the name is appointed to

convey, it cannot be said that to state the meaning of the word is the

purpose of the definition. The purpose is not to expound a name, but to

help to expound a classification. The special meaning which Cuvier

assigned to the word Man, (quite foreign to its ordinary meaning, though

involving no change in the denotation of the word,) was incidental to a

plan of arranging animals into classes on a certain principle, that is,

according to a certain set of distinctions. And since the definition of

Man according to the ordinary connotation of the word, though it would

have answered every other purpose of a definition, would not have pointed

out the place which the species ought to occupy in that particular

classification; he gave the word a special connotation, that he might be

able to define it by the kind of attributes on which, for reasons of

scientific convenience, he had resolved to found his division of animated

nature.

Scientific definitions, whether they are definitions of scientific terms

or of common terms used in a scientific sense, are almost always of the

kind last spoken of: their main purpose is to serve as the landmarks of

scientific classification. And since the classifications in any science

are continually modified as scientific knowledge advances, the definitions

in the sciences are also constantly varying. A striking instance is

afforded by the words Acid and Alkali, especially the former. As

experimental discovery advanced, the substances classed with acids have

been constantly multiplying, and by a natural consequence the attributes

connoted by the word have receded and become fewer. At first it connoted

the attributes, of combining with an alkali to form a neutral substance

(called a salt); being compounded of a base and oxygen; causticity to the

taste and touch; fluidity, &c. The true analysis of muriatic acid, into

chlorine and hydrogen, caused the second property, composition from a base

and oxygen, to be excluded from the connotation. The same discovery fixed

the attention of chemists upon hydrogen as an important element in acids;

and more recent discoveries having led to the recognition of its presence

in sulphuric, nitric, and many other acids, where its existence was not

previously suspected, there is now a tendency to include the presence of

this element in the connotation of the word. But carbonic acid, silica,

sulphurous acid, have no hydrogen in their composition; that property

cannot therefore be connoted by the term, unless those substances are no

longer to be considered acids. Causticity, and fluidity, have long since

been excluded from the characteristics of the class, by the inclusion of

silica and many other substances in it; and the formation of neutral

bodies by combination with alkalis, together with such electro-chemical

peculiarities as this is supposed to imply, are now the only _differentiæ_

which form the fixed connotation of the word Acid, as a term of chemical

science.

Scientific men are still seeking, and may be long ere they find, a

suitable definition of one of the earliest words in the vocabulary of the

human race, and one of those of which the popular sense is plainest and

best understood. The word I mean is Heat; and the source of the difficulty

is the imperfect state of our scientific knowledge, which has shown to us

multitudes of phenomena certainly connected with the same power which

causes what our senses recognise as heat, but has not yet taught us the

laws of those phenomena with sufficient accuracy to admit of our

determining under what characteristics the whole of those phenomena shall

ultimately be embodied as a class: which characteristics would of course

be so many differentiæ for the definition of the power itself. We have

advanced far enough to know that one of the attributes connoted must be

that of operating as a repulsive force; but this is certainly not all

which must ultimately be included in the scientific definition of heat.

What is true of the definition of any term of science, is of course true

of the definition of a science itself: and accordingly, (as observed in

the Introductory Chapter of this work,) the definition of a science must

necessarily be progressive and provisional. Any extension of knowledge or

alteration in the current opinions respecting the subject matter, may lead

to a change more or less extensive in the particulars included in the

science; and its composition being thus altered, it may easily happen that

a different set of characteristics will be found better adapted as

differentiæ for defining its name.

In the same manner in which a special or technical definition has for its

object to expound the artificial classification out of which it grows; the

Aristotelian logicians seem to have imagined that it was also the business

of ordinary definition to expound the ordinary, and what they deemed the

natural, classification of things, namely, the division of them into

Kinds; and to show the place which each Kind occupies, as superior,

collateral, or subordinate among other Kinds. This notion would account

for the rule that all definition must necessarily be _per genus et

differentiam_, and would also explain why any one differentia was deemed

sufficient. But to expound, or express in words, a distinction of Kind,

has already been shown to be an impossibility: the very meaning of a Kind

is, that the properties which distinguish it do not grow out of one

another, and cannot therefore be set forth in words, even by implication,

otherwise than by enumerating them all: and all are not known, nor ever

will be so. It is idle, therefore, to look to this as one of the purposes

of a definition: while, if it be only required that the definition of a

Kind should indicate what Kinds include it or are included by it, any

definitions which expound the connotation of the names will do this: for

the name of each class must necessarily connote enough of its properties

to fix the boundaries of the class. If the definition, therefore, be a

full statement of the connotation, it is all that a definition can be

required to be.

§ 5. Of the two incomplete or unscientific modes of definition, and in

what they differ from the complete or scientific mode, enough has now been

said. We shall next examine an ancient doctrine, once generally prevalent

and still by no means exploded, which I regard as the source of a great

part of the obscurity hanging over some of the most important processes of

the understanding in the pursuit of truth. According to this, the

definitions of which we have now treated are only one of two sorts into

which definitions may be divided, viz. definitions of names, and

definitions of things. The former are intended to explain the meaning of a

term; the latter, the nature of a thing; the last being incomparably the

most important.

This opinion was held by the ancient philosophers, and by their followers,

with the exception of the Nominalists; but as the spirit of modern

metaphysics, until a recent period, has been on the whole a Nominalist

spirit, the notion of definitions of things has been to a certain extent

in abeyance, still continuing, however, to breed confusion in logic, by

its consequences indeed rather than by itself. Yet the doctrine in its own

proper form now and then breaks out, and has appeared (among other places)

where it was scarcely to be expected, in a deservedly popular work,

Archbishop Whately’s _Logic_.(25) In a review of that work published by me

in the _Westminster Review_ for January 1828, and containing some opinions

which I no longer entertain, I find the following observations on the

question now before us; observations with which my present view of that

question is still sufficiently in accordance.

“The distinction between nominal and real definitions, between definitions

of words and what are called definitions of things, though conformable to

the ideas of most of the Aristotelian logicians, cannot, as it appears to

us, be maintained. We apprehend that no definition is ever intended to

‘explain and unfold the nature of the thing.’ It is some confirmation of

our opinion, that none of those writers who have thought that there were

definitions of things, have ever succeeded in discovering any criterion by

which the definition of a thing can be distinguished from any other

proposition relating to the thing. The definition, they say, unfolds the

nature of the thing: but no definition can unfold its whole nature; and

every proposition in which any quality whatever is predicated of the

thing, unfolds some part of its nature. The true state of the case we take

to be this. All definitions are of names, and of names only; but, in some

definitions, it is clearly apparent, that nothing is intended except to

explain the meaning of the word; while in others, besides explaining the

meaning of the word, it is intended to be implied that there exists a

thing, corresponding to the word. Whether this be or be not implied in any

given case, cannot be collected from the mere form of the expression. ‘A

centaur is an animal with the upper parts of a man and the lower parts of

a horse,’ and ‘A triangle is a rectilineal figure with three sides,’ are,

in form, expressions precisely similar; although in the former it is not

implied that any _thing_, conformable to the term, really exists, while in

the latter it is; as may be seen by substituting, in both definitions, the

word _means_ for _is_. In the first expression, ‘A centaur means an

animal,’ &c., the sense would remain unchanged: in the second ‘A triangle

means,’ &c., the meaning would be altered, since it would be obviously

impossible to deduce any of the truths of geometry from a proposition

expressive only of the manner in which we intend to employ a particular

sign.

“There are, therefore, expressions, commonly passing for definitions,

which include in themselves more than the mere explanation of the meaning

of a term. But it is not correct to call an expression of this sort a

peculiar kind of definition. Its difference from the other kind consists

in this, that it is not a definition, but a definition and something more.

The definition above given of a triangle, obviously comprises not one, but

two propositions, perfectly distinguishable. The one is, ‘There may exist

a figure, bounded by three straight lines:’ the other, ‘And this figure

may be termed a triangle.’ The former of these propositions is not a

definition at all: the latter is a mere nominal definition, or explanation

of the use and application of a term. The first is susceptible of truth or

falsehood, and may therefore be made the foundation of a train of

reasoning. The latter can neither be true nor false; the only character it

is susceptible of is that of conformity or disconformity to the ordinary

usage of language.”

There is a real distinction, then, between definitions of names, and what

are erroneously called definitions of things; but it is, that the latter,

along with the meaning of a name, covertly asserts a matter of fact. This

covert assertion is not a definition, but a postulate. The definition is a

mere identical proposition, which gives information only about the use of

language, and from which no conclusions affecting matters of fact can

possibly be drawn. The accompanying postulate, on the other hand, affirms

a fact, which may lead to consequences of every degree of importance. It

affirms the real existence of Things possessing the combination of

attributes set forth in the definition; and this, if true, may be

foundation sufficient on which to build a whole fabric of scientific

truth.

We have already made, and shall often have to repeat, the remark, that the

philosophers who overthrew Realism by no means got rid of the consequences

of Realism, but retained long afterwards, in their own philosophy,

numerous propositions which could only have a rational meaning as part of

a Realistic system. It had been handed down from Aristotle, and probably

from earlier times, as an obvious truth, that the science of Geometry is

deduced from definitions. This, so long as a definition was considered to

be a proposition “unfolding the nature of the thing,” did well enough. But

Hobbes followed, and rejected utterly the notion that a definition

declares the nature of the thing, or does anything but state the meaning

of a name; yet he continued to affirm as broadly as any of his

predecessors, that the ἀρχαὶ, _principia_, or original premisses of

mathematics, and even of all science, are definitions; producing the

singular paradox, that systems of scientific truth, nay, all truths

whatever at which we arrive by reasoning, are deduced from the arbitrary

conventions of mankind concerning the signification of words.

To save the credit of the doctrine that definitions are the premisses of

scientific knowledge, the proviso is sometimes added, that they are so

only under a certain condition, namely, that they be framed conformably to

the phenomena of nature; that is, that they ascribe such meanings to terms

as shall suit objects actually existing. But this is only an instance of

the attempt so often made, to escape from the necessity of abandoning old

language after the ideas which it expresses have been exchanged for

contrary ones. From the meaning of a name (we are told) it is possible to

infer physical facts, provided the name has corresponding to it an

existing thing. But if this proviso be necessary, from which of the two is

the inference really drawn? from the existence of a thing having the

properties? or from the existence of a name meaning them?

Take, for instance, any of the definitions laid down as premisses in

Euclid’s Elements; the definition, let us say, of a circle. This, being

analysed, consists of two propositions; the one an assumption with respect

to a matter of fact, the other a genuine definition. “A figure may exist,

having all the points in the line which bounds it equally distant from a

single point within it:” “Any figure possessing this property is called a

circle.” Let us look at one of the demonstrations which are said to depend

on this definition, and observe to which of the two propositions contained

in it the demonstration really appeals. “About the centre A, describe the

circle BCD.” Here is an assumption, that a figure, such as the definition

expresses, _may_ be described; which is no other than the postulate, or

covert assumption, involved in the so-called definition. But whether that

figure be called a circle or not is quite immaterial. The purpose would be

as well answered, in all respects except brevity, were we to say, “Through

the point B, draw a line returning into itself, of which every point shall

be at an equal distance from the point A.” By this the definition of a

circle would be got rid of, and rendered needless; but not the postulate

implied in it; without that the demonstration could not stand. The circle

being now described, let us proceed to the consequence. “Since B C D is a

circle, the radius B A is equal to the radius C A.” B A is equal to C A,

not because B C D is a circle, but because B C D is a figure with the

radii equal. Our warrant for assuming that such a figure about the centre

A, with the radius B A, may be made to exist, is the postulate. Whether

the admissibility of these postulates rests on intuition, or on proof, may

be a matter of dispute; but in either case they are the premisses on which

the theorems depend; and while these are retained it would make no

difference in the certainty of geometrical truths, though every definition

in Euclid, and every technical term therein defined, were laid aside.

It is, perhaps, superfluous to dwell at so much length on what is so

nearly self-evident; but when a distinction, obvious as it may appear, has

been confounded, and by powerful intellects, it is better to say too much

than too little for the purpose of rendering such mistakes impossible in

future. I will, therefore, detain the reader while I point out one of the

absurd consequences flowing from the supposition that definitions, as

such, are the premisses in any of our reasonings, except such as relate to

words only. If this supposition were true, we might argue correctly from

true premisses, and arrive at a false conclusion. We should only have to

assume as a premiss the definition of a nonentity; or rather of a name

which has no entity corresponding to it. Let this, for instance, be our

definition:

A dragon is a serpent breathing flame.

This proposition, considered only as a definition, is indisputably

correct. A dragon _is_ a serpent breathing flame: the word _means_ that.

The tacit assumption, indeed, (if there were any such understood

assertion,) of the existence of an object with properties corresponding to

the definition, would, in the present instance, be false. Out of this

definition we may carve the premisses of the following syllogism:

A dragon is a thing which breathes flame:

A dragon is a serpent:

From which the conclusion is,

Therefore some serpent or serpents breathe flame:—

an unexceptionable syllogism in the first mode of the third figure, in

which both premisses are true and yet the conclusion false; which every

logician knows to be an absurdity. The conclusion being false and the

syllogism correct, the premisses cannot be true. But the premisses,

considered as parts of a definition, are true. Therefore, the premisses

considered as parts of a definition cannot be the real ones. The real

premisses must be—

A dragon is a _really existing_ thing which breathes flame:

A dragon is a _really existing_ serpent:

which implied premisses being false, the falsity of the conclusion

presents no absurdity.

If we would determine what conclusion follows from the same ostensible

premisses when the tacit assumption of real existence is left out, let us,

according to the recommendation in the Westminster Review, substitute

_means_ for _is_. We then have—

Dragon is _a word meaning_ a thing which breathes flame:

Dragon is _a word meaning_ a serpent:

From which the conclusion is,

Some _word or words which mean_ a serpent, also mean a thing which

breathes flame:

where the conclusion (as well as the premisses) is true, and is the only

kind of conclusion which can ever follow from a definition, namely, a

proposition relating to the meaning of words.

There is still another shape into which we may transform this syllogism.

We may suppose the middle term to be the designation neither of a thing

nor of a name, but of an idea. We then have—

The _idea of_ a dragon is _an idea of_ a thing which breathes flame:

The _idea of_ a dragon is _an idea of_ a serpent:

Therefore, there is _an idea of_ a serpent, which is _an idea of_ a thing

breathing flame.

Here the conclusion is true, and also the premisses; but the premisses are

not definitions. They are propositions affirming that an idea existing in

the mind, includes certain ideal elements. The truth of the conclusion

follows from the existence of the psychological phenomenon called the idea

of a dragon; and therefore still from the tacit assumption of a matter of

fact.(26)

When, as in this last syllogism, the conclusion is a proposition

respecting an idea, the assumption on which it depends may be merely that

of the existence of an idea. But when the conclusion is a proposition

concerning a Thing, the postulate involved in the definition which stands

as the apparent premiss, is the existence of a Thing conformable to the

definition, and not merely of an idea conformable to it. This assumption

of real existence we always convey the impression that we intend to make,

when we profess to define any name which is already known to be a name of

really existing objects. On this account it is, that the assumption was

not necessarily implied in the definition of a dragon, while there was no

doubt of its being included in the definition of a circle.

§ 6. One of the circumstances which have contributed to keep up the

notion, that demonstrative truths follow from definitions rather than from

the postulates implied in those definitions, is, that the postulates, even

in those sciences which are considered to surpass all others in

demonstrative certainty, are not always exactly true. It is not true that

a circle exists, or can be described, which has all its radii _exactly_

equal. Such accuracy is ideal only; it is not found in nature, still less

can it be realised by art. People had a difficulty, therefore, in

conceiving that the most certain of all conclusions could rest on

premisses which, instead of being certainly true, are certainly not true

to the full extent asserted. This apparent paradox will be examined when

we come to treat of Demonstration; where we shall be able to show that as

much of the postulate is true, as is required to support as much as is

true of the conclusion. Philosophers however to whom this view had not

occurred, or whom it did not satisfy, have thought it indispensable that

there should be found in definitions something _more_ certain, or at least

more accurately true, than the implied postulate of the real existence of

a corresponding object. And this something they flattered themselves they

had found, when they laid it down that a definition is a statement and

analysis not of the mere meaning of a word, nor yet of the nature of a

thing, but of an idea. Thus, the proposition, “A circle is a plane figure

bounded by a line all the points of which are at an equal distance from a

given point within it,” was considered by them, not as an assertion that

any real circle has that property, (which would not be exactly true,) but

that we _conceive_ a circle as having it; that our abstract idea of a

circle is an idea of a figure with its radii exactly equal.

Conformably to this it is said, that the subject matter of mathematics,

and of every other demonstrative science, is not things as they really

exist, but abstractions of the mind. A geometrical line is a line without

breadth; but no such line exists in nature; it is a notion made up by the

mind, out of the materials in nature. The definition (it is said) is a

definition of this mental line, not of any actual line: and it is only of

the mental line, not of any line existing in nature, that the theorems of

geometry are accurately true.

Allowing this doctrine respecting the nature of demonstrative truth to be

correct, (which, in a subsequent place, I shall endeavour to prove that it

is not;) even on that supposition, the conclusions which seem to follow

from a definition, do not follow from the definition as such, but from an

implied postulate. Even if it be true that there is no object in nature

answering to the definition of a line, and that the geometrical properties

of lines are not true of any lines in nature, but only of the idea of a

line; the definition, at all events, postulates the real existence of such

an idea: it assumes that the mind can frame, or rather has framed, the

notion of length without breadth, and without any other sensible property

whatever. To me, indeed, it appears that the mind cannot form any such

notion; it cannot conceive length without breadth; it can only, in

contemplating objects, _attend_ to their length, exclusively of their

other sensible qualities, and so determine what properties may be

predicated of them in virtue of their length alone. If this be true, the

postulate involved in the geometrical definition of a line, is the real

existence, not of length without breadth, but merely of length, that is,

of long objects. This is quite enough to support all the truths of

geometry, since every property of a geometrical line is really a property

of all physical objects possessing length. But even what I hold to be the

false doctrine on the subject, leaves the conclusion that our reasonings

are grounded on the matters of fact postulated in definitions, and not on

the definitions themselves, entirely unaffected; and accordingly this

conclusion is one which I have in common with Dr. Whewell, in his

_Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences_: although, on the nature of

demonstrative truth, Dr. Whewell’s opinions are greatly at variance with

mine. And here, as in many other instances, I gladly acknowledge that his

writings are eminently serviceable in clearing from confusion the initial

steps in the analysis of the mental processes, even where his views

respecting the ultimate analysis are such as (though with unfeigned

respect) I cannot but regard as fundamentally erroneous.

§ 7. Although, according to the opinion here presented, Definitions are

properly of names only, and not of things, it does not follow from this

that definitions are arbitrary. How to define a name, may not only be an

inquiry of considerable difficulty and intricacy, but may involve

considerations going deep into the nature of the things which are denoted

by the name. Such, for instance, are the inquiries which form the subjects

of the most important of Plato’s Dialogues; as, “What is rhetoric?” the

topic of the Gorgias, or “What is justice?” that of the Republic. Such,

also, is the question scornfully asked by Pilate, “What is truth?” and the

fundamental question with speculative moralists in all ages, “What is

virtue?”

It would be a mistake to represent these difficult and noble inquiries as

having nothing in view beyond ascertaining the conventional meaning of a

name. They are inquiries not so much to determine what is, as what should

be, the meaning of a name; which, like other practical questions of

terminology, requires for its solution that we should enter, and sometimes

enter very deeply, into the properties not merely of names but of the

things named.

Although the meaning of every concrete general name resides in the

attributes which it connotes, the objects were named before the

attributes; as appears from the fact that in all languages, abstract names

are mostly compounds or other derivatives of the concrete names which

correspond to them. Connotative names, therefore, were, after proper

names, the first which were used: and in the simpler cases, no doubt, a

distinct connotation was present to the minds of those who first used the

name, and was distinctly intended by them to be conveyed by it. The first

person who used the word _white_, as applied to snow or to any other

object, knew, no doubt, very well what quality he intended to predicate,

and had a perfectly distinct conception in his mind of the attribute

signified by the name.

But where the resemblances and differences on which our classifications

are founded are not of this palpable and easily determinable kind;

especially where they consist not in any one quality but in a number of

qualities, the effects of which being blended together are not very easily

discriminated, and referred each to its true source; it often happens that

names are applied to nameable objects, with no distinct connotation

present to the minds of those who apply them. They are only influenced by

a general resemblance between the new object and all or some of the old

familiar objects which they have been accustomed to call by that name.

This, as we have seen, is the law which even the mind of the philosopher

must follow, in giving names to the simple elementary feelings of our

nature: but, where the things to be named are complex wholes, a

philosopher is not content with noticing a general resemblance; he

examines what the resemblance consists in: and he only gives the same name

to things which resemble one another in the same definite particulars. The

philosopher, therefore, habitually employs his general names with a

definite connotation. But language was not made, and can only in some

small degree be mended, by philosophers. In the minds of the real arbiters

of language, general names, especially where the classes they denote

cannot be brought before the tribunal of the outward senses to be

identified and discriminated, connote little more than a vague gross

resemblance to the things which they were earliest, or have been most,

accustomed to call by those names. When, for instance, ordinary persons

predicate the words _just_ or _unjust_ of any action, _noble_ or _mean_ of

any sentiment, expression, or demeanour, _statesman_ or _charlatan_ of any

personage figuring in politics, do they mean to affirm of those various

subjects any determinate attributes, of whatever kind? No: they merely

recognise, as they think, some likeness, more or less vague and loose,

between these and some other things which they have been accustomed to

denominate or to hear denominated by those appellations.

Language, as Sir James Mackintosh used to say of governments, “is not

made, but grows.” A name is not imposed at once and by previous purpose

upon a _class_ of objects, but is first applied to one thing, and then

extended by a series of transitions to another and another. By this

process (as has been remarked by several writers, and illustrated with

great force and clearness by Dugald Stewart, in his Philosophical Essays,)

a name not unfrequently passes by successive links of resemblance from one

object to another, until it becomes applied to things having nothing in

common with the first things to which the name was given; which, however,

do not, for that reason, drop the name; so that it at last denotes a

confused huddle of objects, having nothing whatever in common; and

connotes nothing, not even a vague and general resemblance. When a name

has fallen into this state, in which by predicating it of any object we

assert literally nothing about the object, it has become unfit for the

purposes either of thought or of the communication of thought; and can

only be made serviceable by stripping it of some part of its multifarious

denotation, and confining it to objects possessed of some attributes in

common, which it may be made to connote. Such are the inconveniences of a

language which “is not made, but grows.” Like the governments which are in

a similar case, it may be compared to a road which is not made but has

made itself: it requires continual mending in order to be passable.

From this it is already evident, why the question respecting the

definition of an abstract name is often one of so much difficulty. The

question, What is justice? is, in other words, What is the attribute which

mankind mean to predicate when they call an action just? To which the

first answer is, that having come to no precise agreement on the point,

they do not mean to predicate distinctly any attribute at all.

Nevertheless, all believe that there is some common attribute belonging to

all the actions which they are in the habit of calling just. The question

then must be, whether there is any such common attribute? and, in the

first place, whether mankind agree sufficiently with one another as to the

particular actions which they do or do not call just, to render the

inquiry, what quality those actions have in common, a possible one: if so,

whether the actions really have any quality in common; and if they have,

what it is. Of these three, the first alone is an inquiry into usage and

convention; the other two are inquiries into matters of fact. And if the

second question (whether the actions form a class at all) has been

answered negatively, there remains a fourth, often more arduous than all

the rest, namely, how best to form a class artificially, which the name

may denote.

And here it is fitting to remark, that the study of the spontaneous growth

of languages is of the utmost importance to those who would logically

remodel them. The classifications rudely made by established language,

when retouched, as they almost always require to be, by the hands of the

logician, are often in themselves excellently suited to his purposes. When

compared with the classifications of a philosopher, they are like the

customary law of a country, which has grown up as it were spontaneously,

compared with laws methodized and digested into a code: the former are a

far less perfect instrument than the latter; but being the result of a

long, though unscientific, course of experience, they contain a mass of

materials which may be made very usefully available in the formation of

the systematic body of written law. In like manner, the established

grouping of objects under a common name, though it may be founded only on

a gross and general resemblance, is evidence, in the first place, that the

resemblance is obvious, and therefore considerable; and, in the next

place, that it is a resemblance which has struck great numbers of persons

during a series of years and ages. Even when a name, by successive

extensions, has come to be applied to things among which there does not

exist this gross resemblance common to them all, still at every step in

its progress we shall find such a resemblance. And these transitions of

the meaning of words are often an index to real connexions between the

things denoted by them, which might otherwise escape the notice of

thinkers; of those at least who, from using a different language, or from

any difference in their habitual associations, have fixed their attention

in preference on some other aspect of the things. The history of

philosophy abounds in examples of such oversights, committed for want of

perceiving the hidden link that connected together the seemingly disparate

meanings of some ambiguous word.(27)

Whenever the inquiry into the definition of the name of any real object

consists of anything else than a mere comparison of authorities, we

tacitly assume that a meaning must be found for the name, compatible with

its continuing to denote, if possible all, but at any rate the greater or

the more important part, of the things of which it is commonly predicated.

The inquiry, therefore, into the definition, is an inquiry into the

resemblances and differences among those things: whether there be any

resemblance running through them all; if not, through what portion of them

such a general resemblance can be traced: and finally, what are the common

attributes, the possession of which gives to them all, or to that portion

of them, the character of resemblance which has led to their being classed

together. When these common attributes have been ascertained and

specified, the name which belongs in common to the resembling objects

acquires a distinct instead of a vague connotation; and by possessing this

distinct connotation, becomes susceptible of definition.

In giving a distinct connotation to the general name, the philosopher will

endeavour to fix upon such attributes as, while they are common to all the

things usually denoted by the name, are also of greatest importance in

themselves; either directly, or from the number, the conspicuousness, or

the interesting character, of the consequences to which they lead. He will

select, as far as possible, such _differentiæ_ as lead to the greatest

number of interesting _propria_. For these, rather than the more obscure

and recondite qualities on which they often depend, give that general

character and aspect to a set of objects, which determine the groups into

which they naturally fall. But to penetrate to the more hidden agreement

on which these obvious and superficial agreements depend, is often one of

the most difficult of scientific problems. As it is among the most

difficult, so it seldom fails to be among the most important. And since

upon the result of this inquiry respecting the causes of the properties of

a class of things, there incidentally depends the question what shall be

the meaning of a word; some of the most profound and most valuable

investigations which philosophy presents to us, have been introduced by,

and have offered themselves under the guise of, inquiries into the

definition of a name.

BOOK II. OF REASONING.

Διωρισμένων δε τούτων, λέγωμεν ἤδη, διὰ τίνων, καὶ πότε, καὶ πῶς γίνεται

πᾶς συλλογισμός; ὕστερον δὲ λεκτέον περὶ ἀποδείξεως. Πρότερον γὰρ περὶ

συλλογισμοῦ λεκτέον, ἣ περὶ ἀποδείξεως, διὰ τὸ καθόλου μᾶλλον εἰναὶ τὸν

συλλογισμόν. Ἡ μὲν γὰρ ἀπόδειξις, συλλογισμός τις; ὁ συλλογισμός δὲ οὐ

πᾶς, ἀπόδειξις.

ARIST. _Analyt. Prior._ 1. i. cap. 4.

CHAPTER I. OF INFERENCE, OR REASONING, IN GENERAL.

§ 1. In the preceding Book, we have been occupied not with the nature of

Proof, but with the nature of Assertion: the import conveyed by a

Proposition, whether that Proposition be true or false; not the means by

which to discriminate true from false Propositions. The proper subject,

however, of Logic is Proof. Before we could understand what Proof is, it

was necessary to understand what that is to which proof is applicable;

what that is which can be a subject of belief or disbelief, of affirmation

or denial; what, in short, the different kinds of Propositions assert.

This preliminary inquiry we have prosecuted to a definite result.

Assertion, in the first place, relates either to the meaning of words, or

to some property of the things which words signify. Assertions respecting

the meaning of words, among which definitions are the most important, hold

a place, and an indispensable one, in philosophy; but as the meaning of

words is essentially arbitrary, this class of assertions are not

susceptible of truth or falsity, nor therefore of proof or disproof.

Assertions respecting Things, or what may be called Real Propositions in

contradistinction to verbal ones, are of various sorts. We have analysed

the import of each sort, and have ascertained the nature of the things

they relate to, and the nature of what they severally assert respecting

those things. We found that whatever be the form of the proposition, and

whatever its nominal subject or predicate, the real subject of every

proposition is some one or more facts or phenomena of consciousness, or

some one or more of the hidden causes or powers to which we ascribe those

facts; and that what is predicated or asserted, either in the affirmative

or negative, of those phenomena or those powers, is always either

Existence, Order in Place, Order in Time, Causation, or Resemblance. This,

then, is the theory of the Import of Propositions, reduced to its ultimate

elements: but there is another and a less abstruse expression for it,

which, though stopping short in an earlier stage of the analysis, is

sufficiently scientific for many of the purposes for which such a general

expression is required. This expression recognises the commonly received

distinction between Subject and Attribute, and gives the following as the

analysis of the meaning of propositions:—Every Proposition asserts, that

some given subject does or does not possess some attribute; or that some

attribute is or is not (either in all or in some portion of the subjects

in which it is met with) conjoined with some other attribute.

We shall now for the present take our leave of this portion of our

inquiry, and proceed to the peculiar problem of the Science of Logic,

namely, how the assertions, of which we have analysed the import, are

proved, or disproved: such of them, at least, as, not being amenable to

direct consciousness or intuition, are appropriate subjects of proof.

We say of a fact or statement, that it is proved, when we believe its

truth by reason of some other fact or statement from which it is said to

_follow_. Most of the propositions, whether affirmative or negative,

universal, particular, or singular, which we believe, are not believed on

their own evidence, but on the ground of something previously assented to,

and from which they are said to be _inferred_. To infer a proposition from

a previous proposition or propositions; to give credence to it, or claim

credence for it, as a conclusion from something else; is to _reason_, in

the most extensive sense of the term. There is a narrower sense, in which

the name reasoning is confined to the form of inference which is termed

ratiocination, and of which the syllogism is the general type. The reasons

for not conforming to this restricted use of the term were stated in an

early stage of our inquiry, and additional motives will be suggested by

the considerations on which we are now about to enter.

§ 2. In proceeding to take into consideration the cases in which

inferences can legitimately be drawn, we shall first mention some cases in

which the inference is apparent, not real; and which require notice

chiefly that they may not be confounded with cases of inference properly

so called. This occurs when the proposition ostensibly inferred from

another, appears on analysis to be merely a repetition of the same, or

part of the same, assertion, which was contained in the first. All the

cases mentioned in books of Logic as examples of æquipollency or

equivalence of propositions, are of this nature. Thus, if we were to

argue, No man is incapable of reason, for every man is rational; or, All

men are mortal, for no man is exempt from death; it would be plain that we

were not proving the proposition, but only appealing to another mode of

wording it, which may or may not be more readily comprehensible by the

hearer, or better adapted to suggest the real proof, but which contains in

itself no shadow of proof.

Another case is where, from an universal proposition, we affect to infer

another which differs from it only in being particular: as, All A is B,

therefore Some A is B: No A is B, therefore Some A is not B. This, too, is

not to conclude one proposition from another, but to repeat a second time

something which had been asserted at first; with the difference, that we

do not here repeat the whole of the previous assertion, but only an

indefinite part of it.

A third case is where, the antecedent having affirmed a predicate of a

given subject, the consequent affirms of the same subject something

already connoted by the former predicate: as, Socrates is a man, therefore

Socrates is a living creature; where all that is connoted by living

creature was affirmed of Socrates when he was asserted to be a man. If the

propositions are negative, we must invert their order, thus: Socrates is

not a living creature, therefore he is not a man; for if we deny the less,

the greater, which includes it, is already denied by implication. These,

therefore, are not really cases of inference; and yet the trivial examples

by which, in manuals of Logic, the rules of the syllogism are illustrated,

are often of this ill-chosen kind; demonstrations in form, of conclusions

to which whoever understands the terms used in the statement of the data,

has already, and consciously, assented.

The most complex case of this sort of apparent inference is what is called

the Conversion of Propositions; which consists in turning the predicate

into a subject, and the subject into a predicate, and framing out of the

same terms thus reversed, another proposition, which must be true if the

former is true. Thus, from the particular affirmative proposition, Some A

is B, we may infer that Some B is A. From the universal negative, No A is

B, we may conclude that No B is A. From the universal affirmative

proposition, All A is B, it cannot be inferred that All B is A; though all

water is liquid, it is not implied that all liquid is water; but it is

implied that some liquid is so; and hence the proposition, All A is B, is

legitimately convertible into Some B is A. This process, which converts an

universal proposition into a particular, is termed conversion _per

accidens_. From the proposition, Some A is not B, we cannot even infer

that some B is not A; though some men are not Englishmen, it does not

follow that some Englishmen are not men. The only legitimate conversion,

if such it can be called, of a particular negative proposition, is in the

form, Some A is not B, therefore, something which is not B is A; and this

is termed conversion by contraposition. In this case, however, the

predicate and subject are not merely reversed, but one of them is altered.

Instead of [A] and [B], the terms of the new proposition are [a thing

which is not B], and [A]. The original proposition, Some A _is not_ B, is

first changed into a proposition æquipollent with it, Some A _is_ “a thing

which is not B”; and the proposition, being now no longer a particular

negative, but a particular affirmative, admits of conversion in the first

mode, or, as it is called, _simple_ conversion.

In all these cases there is not really any inference; there is in the

conclusion no new truth, nothing but what was already asserted in the

premisses, and obvious to whoever apprehends them. The fact asserted in

the conclusion is either the very same fact, or part of the fact, asserted

in the original proposition. This follows from our previous analysis of

the Import of Propositions. When we say, for example, that some lawful

sovereigns are tyrants, what is the meaning of the assertion? That the

attributes connoted by the term “lawful sovereign,” and the attributes

connoted by the term “tyrant,” sometimes coexist in the same individual.

Now this is also precisely what we mean, when we say that some tyrants are

lawful sovereigns; which, therefore, is not a second proposition inferred

from the first, any more than the English translation of Euclid’s Elements

is a collection of theorems different from, and consequences of, those

contained in the Greek original. Again, if we assert that no great general

is a rash man, we mean that the attributes connoted by “great general,”

and those connoted by “rash,” never coexist in the same subject; which is

also the exact meaning which would be expressed by saying, that no rash

man is a great general. When we say, that all quadrupeds are warm-blooded,

we assert, not only that the attributes connoted by “quadruped” and those

connoted by “warm-blooded” sometimes coexist, but that the former never

exist without the latter: now the proposition, Some warm-blooded creatures

are quadrupeds, expresses the first half of this meaning, dropping the

latter half; and, therefore, has been already affirmed in the antecedent

proposition, All quadrupeds are warm-blooded. But that _all_ warm-blooded

creatures are quadrupeds, or, in other words, that the attributes connoted

by “warm-blooded” never exist without those connoted by “quadruped,” has

not been asserted, and cannot be inferred. In order to reassert, in an

inverted form, the whole of what was affirmed in the proposition, All

quadrupeds are warm-blooded, we must convert it by contraposition, thus,

Nothing which is not warm-blooded is a quadruped. This proposition, and

the one from which it is derived, are exactly equivalent, and either of

them may be substituted for the other; for, to say that when the

attributes of a quadruped are present, those of a warm-blooded creature

are present, is to say that when the latter are absent the former are

absent.

In a manual for young students, it would be proper to dwell at greater

length on the conversion and æquipollency of propositions. For, although

that cannot be called reasoning or inference which is a mere reassertion

in different words of what had been asserted before, there is no more

important intellectual habit, nor any the cultivation of which falls more

strictly within the province of the art of logic, than that of discerning

rapidly and surely the identity of an assertion when disguised under

diversity of language. That important chapter in logical treatises which

relates to the Opposition of Propositions, and the excellent technical

language which logic provides for distinguishing the different kinds or

modes of opposition, are of use chiefly for this purpose. Such

considerations as these, that contrary propositions may both be false, but

cannot both be true; that sub-contrary propositions may both be true, but

cannot both be false; that of two contradictory propositions one must be

true and the other false; that of two subalternate propositions the truth

of the universal proves the truth of the particular, and the falsity of

the particular proves the falsity of the universal, but not _vice

versâ_(28); are apt to appear, at first sight, very technical and

mysterious, but when explained, seem almost too obvious to require so

formal a statement, since the same amount of explanation which is

necessary to make the principles intelligible, would enable the truths

which they convey to be apprehended in any particular case which can

occur. In this respect, however, these axioms of logic are on a level with

those of mathematics. That things which are equal to the same thing are

equal to one another, is as obvious in any particular case as it is in the

general statement: and if no such general maxim had ever been laid down,

the demonstrations in Euclid would never have halted for any difficulty in

stepping across the gap which this axiom at present serves to bridge over.

Yet no one has ever censured writers on geometry, for placing a list of

these elementary generalizations at the head of their treatises, as a

first exercise to the learner of the faculty which will be required in him

at every step, that of apprehending a _general_ truth. And the student of

logic, in the discussion even of such truths as we have cited above,

acquires habits of circumspect interpretation of words, and of exactly

measuring the length and breadth of his assertions, which are among the

most indispensable conditions of any considerable mental attainment, and

which it is one of the primary objects of logical discipline to cultivate.

§ 3. Having noticed, in order to exclude from the province of Reasoning or

Inference properly so called, the cases in which the progression from one

truth to another is only apparent, the logical consequent being a mere

repetition of the logical antecedent; we now pass to those which are cases

of inference in the proper acceptation of the term, those in which we set

out from known truths, to arrive at others really distinct from them.

Reasoning, in the extended sense in which I use the term, and in which it

is synonymous with Inference, is popularly said to be of two kinds:

reasoning from particulars to generals, and reasoning from generals to

particulars; the former being called Induction, the latter Ratiocination

or Syllogism. It will presently be shown that there is a third species of

reasoning, which falls under neither of these descriptions, and which,

nevertheless, is not only valid, but is the foundation of both the others.

It is necessary to observe, that the expressions, reasoning from

particulars to generals, and reasoning from generals to particulars, are

recommended by brevity rather than by precision, and do not adequately

mark, without the aid of a commentary, the distinction between Induction

(in the sense now adverted to) and Ratiocination. The meaning intended by

these expressions is, that Induction is inferring a proposition from

propositions _less general_ than itself, and Ratiocination is inferring a

proposition from propositions _equally_ or _more_ general. When, from the

observation of a number of individual instances, we ascend to a general

proposition, or when, by combining a number of general propositions, we

conclude from them another proposition still more general, the process,

which is substantially the same in both instances, is called Induction.

When from a general proposition, not alone (for from a single proposition

nothing can be concluded which is not involved in the terms,) but by

combining it with other propositions, we infer a proposition of the same

degree of generality with itself, or a less general proposition, or a

proposition merely individual, the process is Ratiocination. When, in

short, the conclusion is more general than the largest of the premisses,

the argument is commonly called Induction; when less general, or equally

general, it is Ratiocination.

As all experience begins with individual cases, and proceeds from them to

generals, it might seem most conformable to the natural order of thought

that Induction should be treated of before we touch upon Ratiocination. It

will, however, be advantageous, in a science which aims at tracing our

acquired knowledge to its sources, that the inquirer should commence with

the latter rather than with the earlier stages of the process of

constructing our knowledge; and should trace derivative truths backward to

the truths from which they are deduced, and on which they depend for their

evidence, before attempting to point out the original spring from which

both ultimately take their rise. The advantages of this order of

proceeding in the present instance will manifest themselves as we advance,

in a manner superseding the necessity of any further justification or

explanation.

Of Induction, therefore, we shall say no more at present, than that it at

least is, without doubt, a process of real inference. The conclusion in an

induction embraces more than is contained in the premisses. The principle

or law collected from particular instances, the general proposition in

which we embody the result of our experience, covers a much larger extent

of ground than the individual experiments which are said to form its

basis. A principle ascertained by experience, is more than a mere summing

up of what has been specifically observed in the individual cases which

have been examined; it is a generalization grounded on those cases, and

expressive of our belief, that what we there found true is true in an

indefinite number of cases which we have not examined, and are never

likely to examine. The nature and grounds of this inference, and the

conditions necessary to make it legitimate, will be the subject of

discussion in the Third Book: but that such inference really takes place

is not susceptible of question. In every induction we proceed from truths

which we knew, to truths which we did not know; from facts certified by

observation, to facts which we have not observed, and even to facts not

capable of being now observed; future facts, for example; but which we do

not hesitate to believe on the sole evidence of the induction itself.

Induction, then, is a real process of Reasoning or Inference. Whether, and

in what sense, so much can be said of the Syllogism, remains to be

determined by the examination into which we are about to enter.

CHAPTER II. OF RATIOCINATION, OR SYLLOGISM.

§ 1. The analysis of the Syllogism has been so accurately and fully

performed in the common manuals of Logic, that in the present work, which

is not designed as a manual, it is sufficient to recapitulate, _memoriæ

causâ_, the leading results of that analysis, as a foundation for the

remarks to be afterwards made on the functions of the syllogism, and the

place which it holds in science.

To a legitimate syllogism it is essential that there should be three, and

no more than three, propositions, namely, the conclusion, or proposition

to be proved, and two other propositions which together prove it, and

which are called the premisses. It is essential that there should be

three, and no more than three, terms, namely, the subject and predicate of

the conclusion, and another called the middleterm, which must be found in

both premisses, since it is by means of it that the other two terms are to

be connected together. The predicate of the conclusion is called the major

term of the syllogism; the subject of the conclusion is called the minor

term. As there can be but three terms, the major and minor terms must each

be found in one, and only one, of the premisses, together with the

middleterm which is in them both. The premiss which contains the

middleterm and the major term is called the major premiss; that which

contains the middle term and the minor term is called the minor premiss.

Syllogisms are divided by some logicians into three _figures_, by others

into four, according to the position of the middleterm, which may either

be the subject in both premisses, the predicate in both, or the subject in

one and the predicate in the other. The most common case is that in which

the middleterm is the subject of the major premiss and the predicate of

the minor. This is reckoned as the first figure. When the middleterm is

the predicate in both premisses, the syllogism belongs to the second

figure; when it is the subject in both, to the third. In the fourth figure

the middleterm is the subject of the minor premiss and the predicate of

the major. Those writers who reckon no more than three figures, include

this case in the first.

Each figure is divided into _modes_, according to what are called the

_quantity_ and _quality_ of the propositions, that is, according as they

are universal or particular, affirmative or negative. The following are

examples of all the legitimate modes, that is, all those in which the

conclusion correctly follows from the premisses. A is the minor term, C

the major, B the middleterm.

FIRST FIGURE.

All B is C No B is C All B is C No B is C

All A is B All A is B Some A is B Some A is B

therefore therefore therefore therefore

All A is C No A is C Some A is C Some A is not C

SECOND FIGURE.

No C is B All C is B No C is B All C is B

All A is B No A is B Some A is B Some A is not B

therefore therefore therefore therefore

No A is C No A is C Some A is not C Some A is not C

THIRD FIGURE.

All B is C No B is C Some B is C All B is C Some B is No B is C

not C

All B is A All B is A All B is A Some B is A All B is A Some B is A

therefore therefore therefore therefore therefore therefore

Some A is C Some A is Some A is C Some A is C Some A is Some A is

not C not C not C

FOURTH FIGURE.

All C is B All C is B Some C is B No C is B No C is B

All B is A No B is A All B is A All B is A Some B is A

therefore therefore therefore therefore therefore

Some A is C Some A is Some A is C Some A is Some A is

not C not C not C

In these exemplars, or blank forms of making syllogisms, no place is

assigned to _singular_ propositions; not, of course, because such

propositions are not used in ratiocination, but because, their predicate

being affirmed or denied of the whole of the subject, they are ranked, for

the purposes of the syllogism, with universal propositions. Thus, these

two syllogisms—

All men are mortal, All men are mortal,

All kings are men, Socrates is a man,

therefore therefore

All kings are mortal, Socrates is mortal,

are arguments precisely similar, and are both ranked in the first mode of

the first figure.

The reasons why syllogisms in any of the above forms are legitimate, that

is, why, if the premisses be true, the conclusion must necessarily be so,

and why this is not the case in any other possible _mode_, (that is, in

any other combination of universal and particular, affirmative and

negative propositions,) any person taking interest in these inquiries may

be presumed to have either learnt from the common school books of the

syllogistic logic, or to be capable of divining for himself. The reader

may, however, be referred, for every needful explanation, to Archbishop

Whately’s _Elements of Logic_, where he will find stated with

philosophical precision, and explained with remarkable perspicuity, the

whole of the common doctrine of the syllogism.

All valid ratiocination; all reasoning by which, from general propositions

previously admitted, other propositions equally or less general are

inferred; may be exhibited in some of the above forms. The whole of

Euclid, for example, might be thrown without difficulty into a series of

syllogisms, regular in mode and figure.

Although a syllogism framed according to any of these formulæ is a valid

argument, all correct ratiocination admits of being stated in syllogisms

of the first figure alone. The rules for throwing an argument in any of

the other figures into the first figure, are called rules for the

_reduction_ of syllogisms. It is done by the _conversion_ of one or other,

or both, of the premisses. Thus an argument in the first mode of the

second figure, as—

No C is B

All A is B

therefore

No A is C,

may be reduced as follows. The proposition, No C is B, being an universal

negative, admits of simple conversion, and may be changed into No B is C,

which, as we showed, is the very same assertion in other words—the same

fact differently expressed. This transformation having been effected, the

argument assumes the following form:—

No B is C

All A is B

therefore

No A is C,

which is a good syllogism in the second mode of the first figure. Again,

an argument in the first mode of the third figure must resemble the

following:—

All B is C

All B is A

therefore

Some A is C,

where the minor premiss, All B is A, conformably to what was laid down in

the last chapter respecting universal affirmatives, does not admit of

simple conversion, but may be converted _per accidens_, thus, Some A is B;

which, though it does not express the whole of what is asserted in the

proposition All B is A, expresses, as was formerly shown, part of it, and

must therefore be true if the whole is true. We have, then, as the result

of the reduction, the following syllogism in the third mode of the first

figure:—

All B is C

Some A is B,

from which it obviously follows, that

Some A is C.

In the same manner, or in a manner on which after these examples it is not

necessary to enlarge, every mode of the second, third, and fourth figures

may be reduced to some one of the four modes of the first. In other words,

every conclusion which can be proved in any of the last three figures, may

be proved in the first figure from the same premisses, with a slight

alteration in the mere manner of expressing them. Every valid

ratiocination, therefore, may be stated in the first figure, that is, in

one of the following forms:—

Every B is C No B is C

All A is B, All A is B,

Some A is B, Some A is B,

therefore therefore

All A is C. No A is C.

Some A is C. Some A is not C.

Or if more significant symbols are preferred:—

To prove an affirmative, the argument must admit of being stated in this

form:—

All animals are mortal;

All men/Some men/Socrates are animals;

therefore

All men/Some men/Socrates are mortal.

To prove a negative, the argument must be capable of being expressed in

this form:—

No one who is capable of self-control is necessarily vicious;

All negroes/Some negroes/Mr. A’s negro are capable of self-control;

therefore

No negroes are/Some negroes are not/Mr. A’s negro is not necessarily

vicious.

Although all ratiocination admits of being thrown into one or the other of

these forms, and sometimes gains considerably by the transformation, both

in clearness and in the obviousness of its consequence; there are, no

doubt, cases in which the argument falls more naturally into one of the

other three figures, and in which its conclusiveness is more apparent at

the first glance in those figures, than when reduced to the first. Thus,

if the proposition were that pagans may be virtuous, and the evidence to

prove it were the example of Aristides; a syllogism in the third figure,

Aristides was virtuous,

Aristides was a pagan,

therefore

Some pagan was virtuous,

would be a more natural mode of stating the argument, and would carry

conviction more instantly home, than the same ratiocination strained into

the first figure, thus—

Aristides was virtuous,

Some pagan was Aristides,

therefore

Some pagan was virtuous.

A German philosopher, Lambert, whose _Neues Organon_ (published in the

year 1764) contains among other things one of the most elaborate and

complete expositions ever yet made of the syllogistic doctrine, has

expressly examined what sorts of arguments fall most naturally and

suitably into each of the four figures; and his solution is characterized

by great ingenuity and clearness of thought.(29) The argument, however, is

one and the same, in whichever figure it is expressed; since, as we have

already seen, the premisses of a syllogism in the second, third, or fourth

figure, and those of the syllogism in the first figure to which it may be

reduced, are the same premisses in everything except language, or, at

least, as much of them as contributes to the proof of the conclusion is

the same. We are therefore at liberty, in conformity with the general

opinion of logicians, to consider the two elementary forms of the first

figure as the universal types of all correct ratiocination; the one, when

the conclusion to be proved is affirmative, the other, when it is

negative; even though certain arguments may have a tendency to clothe

themselves in the forms of the second, third, and fourth figures; which,

however, cannot possibly happen with the only class of arguments which are

of first-rate scientific importance, those in which the conclusion is an

universal affirmative, such conclusions being susceptible of proof in the

first figure alone.

§ 2. On examining, then, these two general formulæ, we find that in both

of them, one premiss, the major, is an universal proposition; and

according as this is affirmative or negative, the conclusion is so too.

All ratiocination, therefore, starts from a _general_ proposition,

principle, or assumption: a proposition in which a predicate is affirmed

or denied of an entire class; that is, in which some attribute, or the

negation of some attribute, is asserted of an indefinite number of objects

distinguished by a common characteristic, and designated, in consequence,

by a common name.

The other premiss is always affirmative, and asserts that something (which

may be either an individual, a class, or part of a class) belongs to, or

is included in, the class respecting which something was affirmed or

denied in the major premiss. It follows that the attribute affirmed or

denied of the entire class may (if there was truth in that affirmation or

denial) be affirmed or denied of the object or objects alleged to be

included in the class: and this is precisely the assertion made in the

conclusion.

Whether or not the foregoing is an adequate account of the constituent

parts of the syllogism, will be presently considered; but as far as it

goes it is a true account. It has accordingly been generalized, and

erected into a logical maxim, on which all ratiocination is said to be

founded, insomuch that to reason, and to apply the maxim, are supposed to

be one and the same thing. The maxim is, That whatever can be affirmed (or

denied) of a class, may be affirmed (or denied) of everything included in

the class. This axiom, supposed to be the basis of the syllogistic theory,

is termed by logicians the _dictum de omni et nullo_.

This maxim, however, when considered as a principle of reasoning, appears

suited to a system of metaphysics once indeed generally received, but

which for the last two centuries has been considered as finally abandoned,

though there have not been wanting, in our own day, attempts at its

revival. So long as what were termed Universals were regarded as a

peculiar kind of substances, having an objective existence distinct from

the individual objects classed under them, the _dictum de omni_ conveyed

an important meaning; because it expressed the intercommunity of nature,

which it was necessary on that theory that we should suppose to exist

between those general substances and the particular substances which were

subordinated to them. That everything predicable of the universal was

predicable of the various individuals contained under it, was then no

identical proposition, but a statement of what was conceived as a

fundamental law of the universe. The assertion that the entire nature and

properties of the _substantia secunda_ formed part of the properties of

each of the individual substances called by the same name; that the

properties of Man, for example, were properties of all men; was a

proposition of real significance when man did not _mean_ all men, but

something inherent in men, and vastly superior to them in dignity. Now,

however, when it is known that a class, an universal, a genus or species,

is not an entity _per se_, but neither more nor less than the individual

substances themselves which are placed in the class, and that there is

nothing real in the matter except those objects, a common name given to

them, and common attributes indicated by the name; what, I should be glad

to know, do we learn by being told, that whatever can be affirmed of a

class, may be affirmed of every object contained in the class? The class

_is_ nothing but the objects contained in it: and the _dictum de omni_

merely amounts to the identical proposition, that whatever is true of

certain objects, is true of each of those objects. If all ratiocination

were no more than the application of this maxim to particular cases, the

syllogism would indeed be, what it has so often been declared to be,

solemn trifling. The _dictum de omni_ is on a par with another truth,

which in its time was also reckoned of great importance, “Whatever is,

is;” and not to be compared in point of significance to the cognate

aphorism, “It is impossible for the same thing to be and not to be;” since

this is, at the lowest, equivalent to the logical axiom that contradictory

propositions cannot both be true. To give any real meaning to the _dictum

de omni_, we must consider it not as an axiom, but as a definition; we

must look upon it as intended to explain, in a circuitous and paraphrastic

manner, the meaning of the word _class_.

An error which seemed finally refuted and dislodged from thought, often

needs only put on a new suit of phrases, to be welcomed back to its old

quarters, and allowed to repose unquestioned for another cycle of ages.

Modern philosophers have not been sparing in their contempt for the

scholastic dogma that genera and species are a peculiar kind of

substances, which general substances being the only permanent things,

while the individual substances comprehended under them are in a perpetual

flux, knowledge, which necessarily imports stability, can only have

relation to those general substances or universals, and not to the facts

or particulars included under them. Yet, though nominally rejected, this

very doctrine, whether disguised under the Abstract Ideas of Locke (whose

speculations, however, it has less vitiated than those of perhaps any

other writer who has been infected with it), under the ultra-nominalism of

Hobbes and Condillac, or the ontology of the later Kantians, has never

ceased to poison philosophy. Once accustomed to consider scientific

investigation as essentially consisting in the study of universals, men

did not drop this habit of thought when they ceased to regard universals

as possessing an independent existence: and even those who went the length

of considering them as mere names, could not free themselves from the

notion that the investigation of truth consisted entirely or partly in

some kind of conjuration or juggle with those names. When a philosopher

adopted fully the Nominalist view of the signification of general

language, retaining along with it the _dictum de omni_ as the foundation

of all reasoning, two such premisses fairly put together were likely, if

he was a consistent thinker, to land him in rather startling conclusions.

Accordingly it has been seriously held, by writers of deserved celebrity,

that the process of arriving at new truths by reasoning consists in the

mere substitution of one set of arbitrary signs for another; a doctrine

which they supposed to derive irresistible confirmation from the example

of algebra. If there were any process in sorcery or necromancy more

preternatural than this, I should be much surprised. The culminating point

of this philosophy is the noted aphorism of Condillac, that a science is

nothing, or scarcely anything, but _une langue bien faite_: in other

words, that the one sufficient rule for discovering the nature and

properties of objects is to name them properly: as if the reverse were not

the truth, that it is impossible to name them properly except in

proportion as we are already acquainted with their nature and properties.

Can it be necessary to say, that none, not even the most trivial knowledge

with respect to Things, ever was or could be originally got at by any

conceivable manipulation of mere names, as such; and that what can be

learnt from names, is only what somebody who used the names, knew before?

Philosophical analysis confirms the indication of common sense, that the

function of names is but that of enabling us to _remember_ and to

_communicate_ our thoughts. That they also strengthen, even to an

incalculable extent, the power of thought itself, is most true: but they

do this by no intrinsic and peculiar virtue; they do it by the power

inherent in an artificial memory, an instrument of which few have

adequately considered the immense potency. As an artificial memory,

language truly is, what it has so often been called, an instrument of

thought: but it is one thing to be the instrument, and another to be the

exclusive subject upon which the instrument is exercised. We think,

indeed, to a considerable extent, by means of names, but what we think of,

are the things called by those names; and there cannot be a greater error

than to imagine that thought can be carried on with nothing in our mind

but names, or that we can make the names think for us.

§ 3. Those who considered the _dictum de omni_ as the foundation of the

syllogism, looked upon arguments in a manner corresponding to the

erroneous view which Hobbes took of propositions. Because there are some

propositions which are merely verbal, Hobbes, in order apparently that his

definition might be rigorously universal, defined a proposition as if no

propositions declared anything except the meaning of words. If Hobbes was

right; if no further account than this could be given of the import of

propositions; no theory could be given but the commonly received one, of

the combination of propositions in a syllogism. If the minor premiss

asserted nothing more than that something belongs to a class, and if the

major premiss asserted nothing of that class except that it is included in

another class, the conclusion would only be, that what was included in the

lower class is included in the higher, and the result, therefore, nothing

except that the classification is consistent with itself. But we have seen

that it is no sufficient account of the meaning of a proposition, to say

that it refers something to, or excludes something from, a class. Every

proposition which conveys real information asserts a matter of fact,

dependent on the laws of nature, and not on artificial classification. It

asserts that a given object does or does not possess a given attribute; or

it asserts that two attributes, or sets of attributes, do or do not

(constantly or occasionally) coexist. Since such is the purport of all

propositions which convey any real knowledge, and since ratiocination is a

mode of acquiring real knowledge, any theory of ratiocination which does

not recognise this import of propositions, cannot, we may be sure, be the

true one.

Applying this view of propositions to the two premisses of a syllogism, we

obtain the following results. The major premiss, which, as already

remarked, is always universal, asserts, that all things which have a

certain attribute (or attributes) have or have not along with it, a

certain other attribute (or attributes). The minor premiss asserts that

the thing or set of things which are the subject of that premiss, have the

first-mentioned attribute; and the conclusion is, that they have (or that

they have not) the second. Thus in our former example,

All men are mortal,

Socrates is a man,

therefore

Socrates is mortal,

the subject and predicate of the major premiss are connotative terms,

denoting objects and connoting attributes. The assertion in the major

premiss is, that along with one of the two sets of attributes, we always

find the other: that the attributes connoted by “man” never exist unless

conjoined with the attribute called mortality. The assertion in the minor

premiss is that the individual named Socrates possesses the former

attributes; and it is concluded that he possesses also the attribute

mortality. Or if both the premisses are general propositions, as

All men are mortal,

All kings are men,

therefore

All kings are mortal,

the minor premiss asserts that the attributes denoted by kingship only

exist in conjunction with those signified by the word man. The major

asserts as before, that the last mentioned attributes are never found

without the attribute of mortality. The conclusion is, that wherever the

attributes of kingship are found, that of mortality is found also.

If the major premiss were negative, as, No men are omnipotent, it would

assert, not that the attributes connoted by “man” never exist without, but

that they never exist with, those connoted by “omnipotent:” from which,

together with the minor premiss, it is concluded, that the same

incompatibility exists between the attribute omnipotence and those

constituting a king. In a similar manner we might analyse any other

example of the syllogism.

If we generalize this process, and look out for the principle or law

involved in every such inference, and presupposed in every syllogism the

propositions of which are anything more than merely verbal; we find, not

the unmeaning _dictum de omni et nullo_, but a fundamental principle, or

rather two principles, strikingly resembling the axioms of mathematics.

The first, which is the principle of affirmative syllogisms, is, that

things which coexist with the same thing, coexist with one another. The

second is the principle of negative syllogisms, and is to this effect:

that a thing which coexists with another thing, with which other a third

thing does not coexist, is not coexistent with that third thing. These

axioms manifestly relate to facts, and not to conventions; and one or

other of them is the ground of the legitimacy of every argument in which

facts and not conventions are the matter treated of.

§ 4. It remains to translate this exposition of the syllogism from the one

into the other of the two languages in which we formerly remarked(30) that

all propositions, and of course therefore all combinations of

propositions, might be expressed. We observed that a proposition might be

considered in two different lights; as a portion of our knowledge of

nature, or as a memorandum for our guidance. Under the former, or

speculative aspect, an affirmative general proposition is an assertion of

a speculative truth, viz. that whatever has a certain attribute has a

certain other attribute. Under the other aspect, it is to be regarded not

as a part of our knowledge, but as an aid for our practical exigencies, by

enabling us, when we see or learn that an object possesses one of the two

attributes, to infer that it possesses the other; thus employing the first

attribute as a mark or evidence of the second. Thus regarded, every

syllogism comes within the following general formula:—

Attribute A is a mark of attribute B,

A given object has the mark A,

therefore

The given object has the attribute B.

Referred to this type, the arguments which we have lately cited as

specimens of the syllogism, will express themselves in the following

manner:—

The attributes of man are a mark of the attribute mortality,

Socrates has the attributes of man,

therefore

Socrates has the attribute mortality.

And again,

The attributes of man are a mark of the attribute mortality,

The attributes of a king are a mark of the attributes of man,

therefore

The attributes of a king are a mark of the attribute mortality.

And lastly,

The attributes of man are a mark of the _absence_ of the attribute

omnipotence,

The attributes of a king are a mark of the attributes of man,

therefore

The attributes of a king are a mark of the absence of the attribute

signified by the word omnipotent, (or, are _evidence_ of the absence of

that attribute.)

To correspond with this alteration in the form of the syllogisms, the

axioms on which the syllogistic process is founded must undergo a

corresponding transformation. In this altered phraseology, both those

axioms may be brought under one general expression; namely, that whatever

possesses any mark, possesses that which it is a mark of. Or, when the

minor premiss as well as the major is universal, we may state it thus:

Whatever is a mark of any mark, is a mark of that which this last is a

mark of. To trace the identity of these axioms with those previously laid

down, may be left to the intelligent reader. We shall find, as we proceed,

the great convenience of the phraseology into which we have last thrown

them, and which is better adapted than any I am acquainted with, to

express with precision and force what is aimed at, and actually

accomplished, in every case of the ascertainment of a truth by

ratiocination.

CHAPTER III. OF THE FUNCTIONS, AND LOGICAL VALUE, OF THE SYLLOGISM.

§ 1. We have shown what is the real nature of the truths with which the

Syllogism is conversant, in contradistinction to the more superficial

manner in which their import is conceived in the common theory; and what

are the fundamental axioms on which its probative force or conclusiveness

depends. We have now to inquire, whether the syllogistic process, that of

reasoning from generals to particulars, is, or is not, a process of

inference; a progress from the known to the unknown; a means of coming to

a knowledge of something which we did not know before.

Logicians have been remarkably unanimous in their mode of answering this

question. It is universally allowed that a syllogism is vicious if there

be anything more in the conclusion than was assumed in the premisses. But

this is, in fact, to say, that nothing ever was, or can be, proved by

syllogism, which was not known, or assumed to be known, before. Is

ratiocination, then, not a process of inference? And is the syllogism, to

which the word reasoning has so often been represented to be exclusively

appropriate, not really entitled to be called reasoning at all? This seems

an inevitable consequence of the doctrine, admitted by all writers on the

subject, that a syllogism can prove no more than is involved in the

premisses. Yet the acknowledgment so explicitly made, has not prevented

one set of writers from continuing to represent the syllogism as the

correct analysis of what the mind actually performs in discovering and

proving the larger half of the truths, whether of science or of daily

life, which we believe; while those who have avoided this inconsistency,

and followed out the general theorem respecting the logical value of the

syllogism to its legitimate corollary, have been led to impute uselessness

and frivolity to the syllogistic theory itself, on the ground of the

_petitio principii_ which they allege to be inherent in every syllogism.

As I believe both these opinions to be fundamentally erroneous, I must

request the attention of the reader to certain considerations, without

which any just appreciation of the true character of the syllogism, and

the functions it performs in philosophy, appears to me impossible; but

which seem to have been either overlooked, or insufficiently adverted to,

both by the defenders of the syllogistic theory and by its assailants.

§ 2. It must be granted that in every syllogism, considered as an argument

to prove the conclusion, there is a _petitio principii_. When we say,

All men are mortal

Socrates is a man

therefore

Socrates is mortal;

it is unanswerably urged by the adversaries of the syllogistic theory,

that the proposition, Socrates is mortal, is presupposed in the more

general assumption, All men are mortal: that we cannot be assured of the

mortality of all men, unless we are already certain of the mortality of

every individual man: that if it be still doubtful whether Socrates, or

any other individual you choose to name, be mortal or not, the same degree

of uncertainty must hang over the assertion, All men are mortal: that the

general principle, instead of being given as evidence of the particular

case, cannot itself be taken for true without exception, until every

shadow of doubt which could affect any case comprised with it, is

dispelled by evidence _aliundè_; and then what remains for the syllogism

to prove? That, in short, no reasoning from generals to particulars can,

as such, prove anything: since from a general principle you cannot infer

any particulars, but those which the principle itself assumes as known.

This doctrine appears to me irrefragable; and if logicians, though unable

to dispute it, have usually exhibited a strong disposition to explain it

away, this was not because they could discover any flaw in the argument

itself, but because the contrary opinion seemed to rest on arguments

equally indisputable. In the syllogism last referred to, for example, or

in any of those which we previously constructed, is it not evident that

the conclusion may, to the person to whom the syllogism is presented, be

actually and _bonâ fide_ a new truth? Is it not matter of daily experience

that truths previously undreamt of, facts which have not been, and cannot

be, directly observed, are arrived at by way of general reasoning? We

believe that the Duke of Wellington is mortal. We do not know this by

direct observation, since he is not dead. If we were asked how, this being

the case, we know the duke to be mortal, we should probably answer,

Because all men are so. Here, therefore, we arrive at the knowledge of a

truth not (as yet) susceptible of observation, by a reasoning which admits

of being exhibited in the following syllogism:—

All men are mortal

The Duke of Wellington is a man

therefore

The Duke of Wellington is mortal.

And since a large portion of our knowledge is thus acquired, logicians

have persisted in representing the syllogism as a process of inference or

proof; although none of them has cleared up the difficulty which arises

from the inconsistency between that assertion, and the principle, that if

there be anything in the conclusion which was not already asserted in the

premisses, the argument is vicious. For it is impossible to attach any

serious scientific value to such a mere salvo, as the distinction drawn

between being involved _by implication_ in the premisses, and being

directly asserted in them. When Archbishop Whately, for example, says,(31)

that the object of reasoning is “merely to expand and unfold the

assertions wrapt up, as it were, and implied in those with which we set

out, and to bring a person to perceive and acknowledge the full force of

that which he has admitted,” he does not, I think, meet the real

difficulty requiring to be explained, namely, how it happens that a

science, like geometry, _can_ be all “wrapt up” in a few definitions and

axioms. Nor does this defence of the syllogism differ much from what its

assailants urge against it as an accusation, when they charge it with

being of no use except to those who seek to press the consequences of an

admission into which a person has been entrapped without having considered

and understood its full force. When you admitted the major premiss, you

asserted the conclusion; but, says Archbishop Whately, you asserted it by

implication merely: this, however, can here only mean that you asserted it

unconsciously; that you did not know you were asserting it; but, if so,

the difficulty revives in this shape—Ought you not to have known? Were you

warranted in asserting the general proposition without having satisfied

yourself of the truth of everything which it fairly includes? And if not,

what then is the syllogistic art but a contrivance for catching you in a

trap, and holding you fast in it?(32)

§ 3. From this difficulty there appears to be but one issue. The

proposition that the Duke of Wellington is mortal, is evidently an

inference; it is got at as a conclusion from something else; but do we, in

reality, conclude it from the proposition, All men are mortal? I answer,

no.

The error committed is, I conceive, that of overlooking the distinction

between the two parts of the process of philosophizing, the inferring

part, and the registering part; and ascribing to the latter the functions

of the former. The mistake is that of referring a person to his own notes

for the origin of his knowledge. If a person is asked a question, and is

at the moment unable to answer it, he may refresh his memory by turning to

a memorandum which he carries about with him. But if he were asked, how

the fact came to his knowledge, he would scarcely answer, because it was

set down in his note-book: unless the book was written, like the Koran,

with a quill from the wing of the angel Gabriel.

Assuming that the proposition, The Duke of Wellington is mortal, is

immediately an inference from the proposition, All men are mortal; whence

do we derive our knowledge of that general truth? Of course from

observation. Now, all which man can observe are individual cases. From

these all general truths must be drawn, and into these they may be again

resolved: for a general truth is but an aggregate of particular truths; a

comprehensive expression, by which an indefinite number of individual

facts are affirmed or denied at once. But a general proposition is not

merely a compendious form for recording and preserving in the memory a

number of particular facts, all of which have been observed.

Generalization is not a process of mere naming, it is also a process of

inference. From instances which we have observed, we feel warranted in

concluding, that what we found true in those instances, holds in all

similar ones, past, present, and future, however numerous they may be. We

then, by that valuable contrivance of language which enables us to speak

of many as if they were one, record all that we have observed, together

with all that we infer from our observations, in one concise expression;

and have thus only one proposition, instead of an endless number, to

remember or to communicate. The results of many observations and

inferences, and instructions for making innumerable inferences in

unforeseen cases, are compressed into one short sentence.

When, therefore, we conclude from the death of John and Thomas, and every

other person we ever heard of in whose case the experiment had been fairly

tried, that the Duke of Wellington is mortal like the rest; we may,

indeed, pass through the generalization, All men are mortal, as an

intermediate stage; but it is not in the latter half of the process, the

descent from all men to the Duke of Wellington, that the _inference_

resides. The inference is finished when we have asserted that all men are

mortal. What remains to be performed afterwards is merely decyphering our

own notes.

Archbishop Whately has contended that syllogising, or reasoning from

generals to particulars, is not, agreeably to the vulgar idea, a peculiar

_mode_ of reasoning, but the philosophical analysis of _the_ mode in which

all men reason, and must do so if they reason at all. With the deference

due to so high an authority, I cannot help thinking that the vulgar notion

is, in this case, the more correct. If, from our experience of John,

Thomas, &c., who once were living, but are now dead, we are entitled to

conclude that all human beings are mortal, we might surely without any

logical inconsequence have concluded at once from those instances, that

the Duke of Wellington is mortal. The mortality of John, Thomas, and

company is, after all, the whole evidence we have for the mortality of the

Duke of Wellington. Not one iota is added to the proof by interpolating a

general proposition. Since the individual cases are all the evidence we

can possess, evidence which no logical form into which we choose to throw

it can make greater than it is; and since that evidence is either

sufficient in itself, or, if insufficient for the one purpose, cannot be

sufficient for the other; I am unable to see why we should be forbidden to

take the shortest cut from these sufficient premisses to the conclusion,

and constrained to travel the “high priori road,” by the arbitrary fiat of

logicians. I cannot perceive why it should be impossible to journey from

one place to another unless we “march up a hill, and then march down

again.” It may be the safest road, and there may be a resting place at the

top of the hill, affording a commanding view of the surrounding country;

but for the mere purpose of arriving at our journey’s end, our taking that

road is perfectly optional; it is a question of time, trouble, and danger.

Not only _may_ we reason from particulars to particulars without passing

through generals, but we perpetually do so reason. All our earliest

inferences are of this nature. From the first dawn of intelligence we draw

inferences, but years elapse before we learn the use of general language.

The child, who, having burnt his fingers, avoids to thrust them again into

the fire, has reasoned or inferred, though he has never thought of the

general maxim, Fire burns. He knows from memory that he has been burnt,

and on this evidence believes, when he sees a candle, that if he puts his

finger into the flame of it, he will be burnt again. He believes this in

every case which happens to arise; but without looking, in each instance,

beyond the present case. He is not generalizing; he is inferring a

particular from particulars. In the same way, also, brutes reason. There

is no ground for attributing to any of the lower animals the use of signs,

of such a nature as to render general propositions possible. But those

animals profit by experience, and avoid what they have found to cause them

pain, in the same manner, though not always with the same skill, as a

human creature. Not only the burnt child, but the burnt dog, dreads the

fire.

I believe that, in point of fact, when drawing inferences from our

personal experience, and not from maxims handed down to us by books or

tradition, we much oftener conclude from particulars to particulars

directly, than through the intermediate agency of any general proposition.

We are constantly reasoning from ourselves to other people, or from one

person to another, without giving ourselves the trouble to erect our

observations into general maxims of human or external nature. When we

conclude that some person will, on some given occasion, feel or act so and

so, we sometimes judge from an enlarged consideration of the manner in

which human beings in general, or persons of some particular character,

are accustomed to feel and act; but much oftener from having known the

feelings and conduct of the same person in some previous instance, or from

considering how we should feel or act ourselves. It is not only the

village matron who, when called to a consultation upon the case of a

neighbour’s child, pronounces on the evil and its remedy simply on the

recollection and authority of what she accounts the similar case of her

Lucy. We all, where we have no definite maxims to steer by, guide

ourselves in the same way; and if we have an extensive experience, and

retain its impressions strongly, we may acquire in this manner a very

considerable power of accurate judgment, which we may be utterly incapable

of justifying or of communicating to others. Among the higher order of

practical intellects, there have been many of whom it was remarked how

admirably they suited their means to their ends, without being able to

give any sufficient reasons for what they did; and applied, or seemed to

apply, recondite principles which they were wholly unable to state. This

is a natural consequence of having a mind stored with appropriate

particulars, and having been long accustomed to reason at once from these

to fresh particulars, without practising the habit of stating to oneself

or to others the corresponding general propositions. An old warrior, on a

rapid glance at the outlines of the ground, is able at once to give the

necessary orders for a skilful arrangement of his troops; though if he has

received little theoretical instruction, and has seldom been called upon

to answer to other people for his conduct, he may never have had in his

mind a single general theorem respecting the relation between ground and

array. But his experience of encampments, in circumstances more or less

similar, has left a number of vivid, unexpressed, ungeneralized analogies

in his mind, the most appropriate of which, instantly suggesting itself,

determines him to a judicious arrangement.

The skill of an uneducated person in the use of weapons, or of tools, is

of a precisely similar nature. The savage who executes unerringly the

exact throw which brings down his game, or his enemy, in the manner most

suited to his purpose, under the operation of all the conditions

necessarily involved, the weight and form of the weapon, the direction and

distance of the object, the action of the wind, &c., owes this power to a

long series of previous experiments, the results of which he certainly

never framed into any verbal theorems or rules. The same thing may

generally be said of any other extraordinary manual dexterity. Not long

ago a Scotch manufacturer procured from England, at a high rate of wages,

a working dyer, famous for producing very fine colours, with the view of

teaching to his other workmen the same skill. The workman came; but his

mode of proportioning the ingredients, in which lay the secret of the

effects he produced, was by taking them up in handfuls, while the common

method was to weigh them. The manufacturer sought to make him turn his

handling system into an equivalent weighing system, that the general

principle of his peculiar mode of proceeding might be ascertained. This,

however, the man found himself quite unable to do, and therefore could

impart his skill to nobody. He had, from the individual cases of his own

experience, established a connexion in his mind between fine effects of

colour, and tactual perceptions in handling his dyeing materials; and from

these perceptions he could, in any particular case, infer the means to be

employed, and the effects which would be produced, but could not put

others in possession of the grounds on which he proceeded, from having

never generalized them in his own mind, or expressed them in language.

Almost every one knows Lord Mansfield’s advice to a man of practical good

sense, who, being appointed governor of a colony, had to preside in its

court of justice, without previous judicial practice or legal education.

The advice was to give his decision boldly, for it would probably be

right; but never to venture on assigning reasons, for they would almost

infallibly be wrong. In cases like this, which are of no uncommon

occurrence, it would be absurd to suppose that the bad reason was the

source of the good decision. Lord Mansfield knew that if any reason were

assigned it would be necessarily an afterthought, the judge being _in

fact_ guided by impressions from past experience, without the circuitous

process of framing general principles from them, and that if he attempted

to frame any such he would assuredly fail. Lord Mansfield, however, would

not have doubted that a man of equal experience, who had also a mind

stored with general propositions derived by legitimate induction from that

experience, would have been greatly preferable as a judge, to one, however

sagacious, who could not be trusted with the explanation and justification

of his own judgments. The cases of men of talent performing wonderful

things they know not how, are examples of the rudest and most spontaneous

form of the operations of superior minds; it is a defect in them, and

often a source of errors, not to have generalized as they went on; but

generalization, though a help, the most important indeed of all helps, is

not an essential.

Even the scientifically instructed, who possess, in the form of general

propositions, a systematic record of the results of the experience of

mankind, need not always revert to those general propositions in order to

apply that experience to a new case. It is justly remarked by Dugald

Stewart, that though our reasonings in mathematics depend entirely on the

axioms, it is by no means necessary to our seeing the conclusiveness of

the proof, that the axioms should be expressly adverted to. When it is

inferred that A B is equal to C D because each of them is equal to E F,

the most uncultivated understanding, as soon as the propositions were

understood, would assent to the inference, without having ever heard of

the general truth that “things which are equal to the same thing are equal

to one another.” This remark of Stewart, consistently followed out, goes

to the root, as I conceive, of the philosophy of ratiocination; and it is

to be regretted that he himself stopt short at a much more limited

application of it. He saw that the general propositions on which a

reasoning is said to depend, may, in certain cases, be altogether omitted,

without impairing its probative force. But he imagined this to be a

peculiarity belonging to axioms; and argued from it, that axioms are not

the foundations or first principles of geometry, from which all the other

truths of the science are synthetically deduced (as the laws of motion and

of the composition of forces in dynamics, the equal mobility of fluids in

hydrostatics, the laws of reflection and refraction in optics, are the

first principles of those sciences); but are merely necessary assumptions,

self-evident indeed, and the denial of which would annihilate all

demonstration, but from which, as premisses, nothing can be demonstrated.

In the present, as in many other instances, this thoughtful and elegant

writer has perceived an important truth, but only by halves. Finding, in

the case of geometrical axioms, that general names have not any talismanic

virtue for conjuring new truths out of the pit of darkness, and not seeing

that this is equally true in every other case of generalization, he

contended that axioms are in their nature barren of consequences, and that

the really fruitful truths, the real first principles of geometry, are the

definitions; that the definition, for example, of the circle is to the

properties of the circle, what the laws of equilibrium and of the pressure

of the atmosphere are to the rise of the mercury in the Torricellian tube.

Yet all that he had asserted respecting the function to which the axioms

are confined in the demonstrations of geometry, holds equally true of the

definitions. Every demonstration in Euclid might be carried on without

them. This is apparent from the ordinary process of proving a proposition

of geometry by means of a diagram. What assumption, in fact, do we set out

from, to demonstrate by a diagram any of the properties of the circle? Not

that in all circles the radii are equal, but only that they are so in the

circle ABC. As our warrant for assuming this, we appeal, it is true, to

the definition of a circle in general; but it is only necessary that the

assumption be granted in the case of the particular circle supposed. From

this, which is not a general but a singular proposition, combined with

other propositions of a similar kind, some of which _when generalized_ are

called definitions, and others axioms, we prove that a certain conclusion

is true, not of all circles, but of the particular circle ABC; or at least

would be so, if the facts precisely accorded with our assumptions. The

enunciation, as it is called, that is, the general theorem which stands at

the head of the demonstration, is not the proposition actually

demonstrated. One instance only is demonstrated: but the process by which

this is done, is a process which, when we consider its nature, we perceive

might be exactly copied in an indefinite number of other instances; in

every instance which conforms to certain conditions. The contrivance of

general language furnishing us with terms which connote these conditions,

we are able to assert this indefinite multitude of truths in a single

expression, and this expression is the general theorem. By dropping the

use of diagrams, and substituting, in the demonstrations, general phrases

for the letters of the alphabet, we might prove the general theorem

directly, that is, we might demonstrate all the cases at once; and to do

this we must, of course, employ as our premisses, the axioms and

definitions in their general form. But this only means, that if we can

prove an individual conclusion by assuming an individual fact, then in

whatever case we are warranted in making an exactly similar assumption, we

may draw an exactly similar conclusion. The definition is a sort of notice

to ourselves and others, what assumptions we think ourselves entitled to

make. And so in all cases, the general propositions, whether called

definitions, axioms, or laws of nature, which we lay down at the beginning

of our reasonings, are merely abridged statements, in a kind of

short-hand, of the particular facts, which, as occasion arises, we either

think we may proceed on as proved, or intend to assume. In any one

demonstration it is enough if we assume for a particular case suitably

selected, what by the statement of the definition or principle we announce

that we intend to assume in all cases which may arise. The definition of

the circle, therefore, is to one of Euclid’s demonstrations, exactly what,

according to Stewart, the axioms are; that is, the demonstration does not

depend on it, but yet if we deny it the demonstration fails. The proof

does not rest on the general assumption, but on a similar assumption

confined to the particular case: that case, however, being chosen as a

specimen or paradigm of the whole class of cases included in the theorem,

there can be no ground for making the assumption in that case which does

not exist in every other; and if you deny the assumption as a general

truth, you deny the right to make it in the particular instance.

There are, undoubtedly, the most ample reasons for stating both the

principles and the theorems in their general form, and these will be

explained presently, so far as explanation is requisite. But, that

unpractised learners, even in making use of one theorem to demonstrate

another, reason rather from particular to particular than from the general

proposition, is manifest from the difficulty they find in applying a

theorem to a case in which the configuration of the diagram is extremely

unlike that of the diagram by which the original theorem was demonstrated.

A difficulty which, except in cases of unusual mental power, long practice

can alone remove, and removes chiefly by rendering us familiar with all

the configurations consistent with the general conditions of the theorem.

§ 4. From the considerations now adduced, the following conclusions seem

to be established. All inference is from particulars to particulars:

General propositions are merely registers of such inferences already made,

and short formulæ for making more: The major premiss of a syllogism,

consequently, is a formula of this description: and the conclusion is not

an inference drawn _from_ the formula, but an inference drawn _according_

to the formula: the real logical antecedent, or premisses, being the

particular facts from which the general proposition was collected by

induction. Those facts, and the individual instances which supplied them,

may have been forgotten; but a record remains, not indeed descriptive of

the facts themselves, but showing how those cases may be distinguished

respecting which the facts, when known, were considered to warrant a given

inference. According to the indications of this record we draw our

conclusion; which is, to all intents and purposes, a conclusion from the

forgotten facts. For this it is essential that we should read the record

correctly: and the rules of the syllogism are a set of precautions to

ensure our doing so.

This view of the functions of the syllogism is confirmed by the

consideration of precisely those cases which might be expected to be least

favourable to it, namely, those in which ratiocination is independent of

any previous induction. We have already observed that the syllogism, in

the ordinary course of our reasoning, is only the latter half of the

process of travelling from premisses to a conclusion. There are, however,

some peculiar cases in which it is the whole process. Particulars alone

are capable of being subjected to observation; and all knowledge which is

derived from observation, begins, therefore, of necessity, in particulars;

but our knowledge may, in cases of a certain description, be conceived as

coming to us from other sources than observation. It may present itself as

coming from testimony, which, on the occasion and for the purpose in hand,

is accepted as of an authoritative character: and the information thus

communicated, may be conceived to comprise not only particular facts but

general propositions, as when a scientific doctrine is accepted without

examination on the authority of writers. Or the generalization may not be,

in the ordinary sense, an assertion at all, but a command; a law, not in

the philosophical, but in the moral and political sense of the term: an

expression of the desire of a superior, that we, or any number of other

persons, shall conform our conduct to certain general instructions. So far

as this asserts a fact, namely, a volition of the legislator, that fact is

an individual fact, and the proposition, therefore, is not a general

proposition. But the description therein contained of the conduct which it

is the will of the legislator that his subjects should observe, is

general. The proposition asserts, not that all men _are_ anything, but

that all men _shall_ do something.

In both these cases the generalities are the original data, and the

particulars are elicited from them by a process which correctly resolves

itself into a series of syllogisms. The real nature, however, of the

supposed deductive process, is evident enough. The only point to be

determined is, whether the authority which declared the general

proposition, intended to include this case in it; and whether the

legislator intended his command to apply to the present case among others,

or not. This is ascertained by examining whether the case possesses the

marks by which, as those authorities have signified, the cases which they

meant to certify or to influence may be known. The object of the inquiry

is to make out the witness’s or the legislator’s intention, through the

indication given by their words. This is a question, as the Germans

express it, of hermeneutics. The operation is not a process of inference,

but a process of interpretation.

In this last phrase we have obtained an expression which appears to me to

characterize, more aptly than any other, the functions of the syllogism in

all cases. When the premisses are given by authority, the function of

Reasoning is to ascertain the testimony of a witness, or the will of a

legislator, by interpreting the signs in which the one has intimated his

assertion and the other his command. In like manner, when the premisses

are derived from observation, the function of Reasoning is to ascertain

what we (or our predecessors) formerly thought might be inferred from the

observed facts, and to do this by interpreting a memorandum of ours, or of

theirs. The memorandum reminds us, that from evidence, more or less

carefully weighed, it formerly appeared that a certain attribute might be

inferred wherever we perceive a certain mark. The proposition, All men are

mortal, (for instance) shows that we have had experience from which we

thought it followed that the attributes connoted by the term man, are a

mark of mortality. But when we conclude that the Duke of Wellington is

mortal, we do not infer this from the memorandum, but from the former

experience. All that we infer from the memorandum, is our own previous

belief, (or that of those who transmitted to us the proposition,)

concerning the inferences which that former experience would warrant.

This view of the nature of the syllogism renders consistent and

intelligible what otherwise remains obscure and confused in the theory of

Archbishop Whately and other enlightened defenders of the syllogistic

doctrine, respecting the limits to which its functions are confined. They

affirm in as explicit terms as can be used, that the sole office of

general reasoning is to prevent inconsistency in our opinions; to prevent

us from assenting to anything, the truth of which would contradict

something to which we had previously on good grounds given our assent. And

they tell us, that the sole ground which a syllogism affords for assenting

to the conclusion, is that the supposition of its being false, combined

with the supposition that the premisses are true, would lead to a

contradiction in terms. Now this would be but a lame account of the real

grounds which we have for believing the facts which we learn from

reasoning, in contradistinction to observation. The true reason why we

believe that the Duke of Wellington will die, is that his fathers, and our

fathers, and all other persons who were cotemporary with them, have died.

Those facts are the real premisses of the reasoning. But we are not led to

infer the conclusion from those premisses, by the necessity of avoiding

any verbal inconsistency. There is no contradiction in supposing that all

those persons have died, and that the Duke of Wellington may,

notwithstanding, live for ever. But there would be a contradiction if we

first, on the ground of those same premisses, made a general assertion

including and covering the case of the Duke of Wellington, and then

refused to stand to it in the individual case. There is an inconsistency

to be avoided between the memorandum we make of the inferences which may

be justly drawn in future cases, and the inferences we actually draw in

those cases when they arise. With this view we interpret our own formula,

precisely as a judge interprets a law: in order that we may avoid drawing

any inferences not conformable to our former intention, as a judge avoids

giving any decision not conformable to the legislator’s intention. The

rules for this interpretation are the rules of the syllogism: and its sole

purpose is to maintain consistency between the conclusions we draw in

every particular case, and the previous general directions for drawing

them; whether those general directions were framed by ourselves as the

result of induction, or were received by us from an authority competent to

give them.

§ 5. In the above observations it has, I think, been clearly shown, that,

although there is always a process of reasoning or inference where a

syllogism is used, the syllogism is not a correct analysis of that process

of reasoning or inference; which is, on the contrary, (when not a mere

inference from testimony,) an inference from particulars to particulars;

authorized by a previous inference from particulars to generals, and

substantially the same with it; of the nature, therefore, of Induction.

But, while these conclusions appear to me undeniable, I must yet enter a

protest, as strong as that of Archbishop Whately himself; against the

doctrine that the syllogistic art is useless for the purposes of

reasoning. The reasoning lies in the act of generalization, not in

interpreting the record of that act; but the syllogistic form is an

indispensable collateral security for the correctness of the

generalization itself.

It has already been seen, that if we have a collection of particulars

sufficient for grounding an induction, we need not frame a general

proposition; we may reason at once from those particulars to other

particulars. But it is to be remarked withal, that whenever, from a set of

particular cases, we can legitimately draw any inference, we may

legitimately make our inference a general one. If, from observation and

experiment, we can conclude to one new case, so may we to an indefinite

number. If that which has held true in our past experience will therefore

hold in time to come, it will hold not merely in some individual case, but

in all cases of a given description. Every induction, therefore, which

suffices to prove one fact, proves an indefinite multitude of facts: the

experience which justifies a single prediction must be such as will

suffice to bear out a general theorem. This theorem it is extremely

important to ascertain and declare, in its broadest form of generality;

and thus to place before our minds, in its full extent, the whole of what

our evidence must prove if it proves anything.

This throwing of the whole body of possible inferences from a given set of

particulars, into one general expression, operates as a security for their

being just inferences, in more ways than one. First, the general principle

presents a larger object to the imagination than any of the singular

propositions which it contains. A process of thought which leads to a

comprehensive generality, is felt as of greater importance than one which

terminates in an insulated fact; and the mind is, even unconsciously, led

to bestow greater attention upon the process, and to weigh more carefully

the sufficiency of the experience appealed to, for supporting the

inference grounded upon it. There is another, and a more important,

advantage. In reasoning from a course of individual observations to some

new and unobserved case, which we are but imperfectly acquainted with (or

we should not be inquiring into it), and in which, since we are inquiring

into it, we probably feel a peculiar interest; there is very little to

prevent us from giving way to negligence, or to any bias which may affect

our wishes or our imagination, and, under that influence, accepting

insufficient evidence as sufficient. But if, instead of concluding

straight to the particular case, we place before ourselves an entire class

of facts—the whole contents of a general proposition, every tittle of

which is legitimately inferrible from our premisses, if that one

particular conclusion is so; there is then a considerable likelihood that

if the premisses are insufficient, and the general inference, therefore,

groundless, it will comprise within it some fact or facts the reverse of

which we already know to be true; and we shall thus discover the error in

our generalization by what the schoolmen termed a _reductio ad

impossibile_.

Thus if, during the reign of Marcus Aurelius, a subject of the Roman

empire, under the bias naturally given to the imagination and expectations

by the lives and characters of the Antonines, had been disposed to

conclude that Commodus would be a just ruler; supposing him to stop there,

he might only have been undeceived by sad experience. But if he reflected

that this conclusion could not be justifiable unless from the same

evidence he was also warranted in concluding some general proposition, as,

for instance, that all Roman emperors are just rulers; he would

immediately have thought of Nero, Domitian, and other instances, which,

showing the falsity of the general conclusion, and therefore the

insufficiency of the premisses, would have warned him that those premisses

could not prove in the instance of Commodus, what they were inadequate to

prove in any collection of cases in which his was included.

The advantage, in judging whether any controverted inference is

legitimate, of referring to a parallel case, is universally acknowledged.

But by ascending to the general proposition, we bring under our view not

one parallel case only, but all possible parallel cases at once; all cases

to which the same set of evidentiary considerations are applicable.

When, therefore, we argue from a number of known cases to another case

supposed to be analogous, it is always possible, and generally

advantageous, to divert our argument into the circuitous channel of an

induction from those known cases to a general proposition, and a

subsequent application of that general proposition to the unknown case.

This second part of the operation, which, as before observed, is

essentially a process of interpretation, will be resolvable into a

syllogism or a series of syllogisms, the majors of which will be general

propositions embracing whole classes of cases; every one of which

propositions must be true in all its extent, if the argument is

maintainable. If, therefore, any fact fairly coming within the range of

one of these general propositions, and consequently asserted by it, is

known or suspected to be other than the proposition asserts it to be, this

mode of stating the argument causes us to know or to suspect that the

original observations, which are the real grounds of our conclusion, are

not sufficient to support it. And in proportion to the greater chance of

our detecting the inconclusiveness of our evidence, will be the increased

reliance we are entitled to place in it if no such evidence of defect

shall appear.

The value, therefore, of the syllogistic form, and of the rules for using

it correctly, does not consist in their being the form and the rules

according to which our reasonings are necessarily, or even usually, made;

but in their furnishing us with a mode in which those reasonings may

always be represented, and which is admirably calculated, if they are

inconclusive, to bring their inconclusiveness to light. An induction from

particulars to generals, followed by a syllogistic process from those

generals to other particulars, is a form in which we may always state our

reasonings if we please. It is not a form in which we _must_ reason, but

it is a form in which we _may_ reason, and into which it is indispensable

to throw our reasoning, when there is any doubt of its validity: though

when the case is familiar and little complicated, and there is no

suspicion of error, we may, and do, reason at once from the known

particular cases to unknown ones.

These are the uses of syllogism, as a mode of verifying any given

argument. Its ulterior uses, as respects the general course of our

intellectual operations, hardly require illustration, being in fact the

acknowledged uses of general language. They amount substantially to this,

that the inductions may be made once for all: a single careful

interrogation of experience may suffice, and the result may be registered

in the form of a general proposition, which is committed to memory or to

writing, and from which afterwards we have only to syllogize. The

particulars of our experiments may then be dismissed from the memory, in

which it would be impossible to retain so great a multitude of details;

while the knowledge which those details afforded for future use, and which

would otherwise be lost as soon as the observations were forgotten, or as

their record became too bulky for reference, is retained in a commodious

and immediately available shape by means of general language.

Against this advantage is to be set the countervailing inconvenience, that

inferences originally made on insufficient evidence, become consecrated,

and, as it were, hardened into general maxims; and the mind cleaves to

them from habit, after it has outgrown any liability to be misled by

similar fallacious appearances if they were now for the first time

presented; but having forgotten the particulars, it does not think of

revising its own former decision. An inevitable drawback, which, however

considerable in itself, forms evidently but a small deduction from the

immense advantages of general language.

The use of the syllogism is in truth no other than the use of general

propositions in reasoning. We _can_ reason without them; in simple and

obvious cases we habitually do so; minds of great sagacity can do it in

cases not simple and obvious, provided their experience supplies them with

instances essentially similar to every combination of circumstances likely

to arise. But other minds, or the same minds without the same pre-eminent

advantages of personal experience, are quite helpless without the aid of

general propositions, wherever the case presents the smallest

complication; and if we made no general propositions, few persons would

get much beyond those simple inferences which are drawn by the more

intelligent of the brutes. Though not necessary to reasoning, general

propositions are necessary to any considerable progress in reasoning. It

is, therefore, natural and indispensable to separate the process of

investigation into two parts; and obtain general formulæ for determining

what inferences may be drawn, before the occasion arises for drawing the

inferences. The work of drawing them is then that of applying the formulæ;

and the rules of syllogism are a system of securities for the correctness

of the application.

§ 6. To complete the series of considerations connected with the

philosophical character of the syllogism, it is requisite to consider,

since the syllogism is not the universal type of the reasoning process,

what is the real type. This resolves itself into the question, what is the

nature of the minor premiss, and in what manner it contributes to

establish the conclusion: for as to the major, we now fully understand,

that the place which it nominally occupies in our reasonings, properly

belongs to the individual facts or observations of which it expresses the

general result; the major itself being no real part of the argument, but

an intermediate halting place for the mind, interposed by an artifice of

language between the real premisses and the conclusion, by way of a

security, which it is in a most material degree, for the correctness of

the process. The minor, however, being an indispensable part of the

syllogistic expression of an argument, without doubt either is, or

corresponds to, an equally indispensable part of the argument itself, and

we have only to inquire what part.

It is perhaps worth while to notice here a speculation of one of the

philosophers to whom mental science is most indebted, but who, though a

very penetrating, was a very hasty thinker, and whose want of due

circumspection rendered him fully as remarkable for what he did not see,

as for what he saw. I allude to Dr. Thomas Brown, whose theory of

ratiocination is peculiar. He saw the _petitio principii_ which is

inherent in every syllogism, if we consider the major to be itself the

evidence by which the conclusion is proved, instead of being, what in fact

it is, an assertion of the existence of evidence sufficient to prove any

conclusion of a given description. Seeing this, Dr. Brown not only failed

to see the immense advantage, in point of security for correctness, which

is gained by interposing this step between the real evidence and the

conclusion; but he thought it incumbent on him to strike out the major

altogether from the reasoning process, without substituting anything else,

and maintained that our reasonings consist only of the minor premiss and

the conclusion, Socrates is a man, therefore Socrates is mortal: thus

actually suppressing, as an unnecessary step in the argument, the appeal

to former experience. The absurdity of this was disguised from him by the

opinion he adopted, that reasoning is merely analysing our own general

notions, or abstract ideas; and that the proposition, Socrates is mortal,

is evolved from the proposition, Socrates is a man, simply by recognising

the notion of mortality as already contained in the notion we form of a

man.

After the explanations so fully entered into on the subject of

propositions, much further discussion cannot be necessary to make the

radical error of this view of ratiocination apparent. If the word man

connoted mortality; if the meaning of “mortal” were involved in the

meaning of “man;” we might, undoubtedly, evolve the conclusion from the

minor alone, because the minor would have distinctly asserted it. But if,

as is in fact the case, the word man does not connote mortality, how does

it appear that in the mind of every person who admits Socrates to be a

man, the idea of man must include the idea of mortality? Dr. Brown could

not help seeing this difficulty, and in order to avoid it, was led,

contrary to his intention, to re-establish, under another name, that step

in the argument which corresponds to the major, by affirming the necessity

of _previously perceiving_ the relation between the idea of man and the

idea of mortal. If the reasoner has not previously perceived this

relation, he will not, says Dr. Brown, infer because Socrates is a man,

that Socrates is mortal. But even this admission, though amounting to a

surrender of the doctrine that an argument consists of the minor and the

conclusion alone, will not save the remainder of Dr. Brown’s theory. The

failure of assent to the argument does not take place merely because the

reasoner, for want of due analysis, does not perceive that his idea of man

includes the idea of mortality; it takes place, much more commonly,

because in his mind that relation between the two ideas has never existed.

And in truth it never does exist, except as the result of experience.

Consenting, for the sake of the argument, to discuss the question on a

supposition of which we have recognised the radical incorrectness, namely,

that the meaning of a proposition relates to the ideas of the things

spoken of, and not to the things themselves; I must yet observe, that the

idea of man, as an universal idea, the common property of all rational

creatures, cannot involve anything but what is strictly implied in the

name. If any one includes in his own private idea of man, as no doubt is

almost always the case, some other attributes, such for instance as

mortality, he does so only as the consequence of experience, after having

satisfied himself that all men possess that attribute: so that whatever

the idea contains, in any person’s mind, beyond what is included in the

conventional signification of the word, has been added to it as the result

of assent to a proposition; while Dr. Brown’s theory requires us to

suppose, on the contrary, that assent to the proposition is produced by

evolving, through an analytic process, this very element out of the idea.

This theory, therefore, may be considered as sufficiently refuted; and the

minor premiss must be regarded as totally insufficient to prove the

conclusion, except with the assistance of the major, or of that which the

major represents, namely, the various singular propositions expressive of

the series of observations, of which the generalization called the major

premiss is the result.

In the argument, then, which proves that Socrates is mortal, one

indispensable part of the premisses will be as follows: “My father, and my

father’s father, A, B, C, and an indefinite number of other persons, were

mortal;” which is only an expression in different words of the observed

fact that they have died. This is the major premiss, divested of the

_petitio principii_, and cut down to as much as is really known by direct

evidence.

In order to connect this proposition with the conclusion, Socrates is

mortal, the additional link necessary is such a proposition as the

following: “Socrates resembles my father, and my father’s father, and the

other individuals specified.” This proposition we assert when we say that

Socrates is a man. By saying so we likewise assert in what respect he

resembles them, namely, in the attributes connoted by the word man. And

from this we conclude that he further resembles them in the attribute

mortality.

§ 7. We have thus obtained what we were seeking, an universal type of the

reasoning process. We find it resolvable in all cases into the following

elements: Certain individuals have a given attribute; an individual or

individuals resemble the former in certain other attributes; therefore

they resemble them also in the given attribute. This type of ratiocination

does not claim, like the syllogism, to be conclusive from the mere form of

the expression; nor can it possibly be so. That one proposition does or

does not assert the very fact which was already asserted in another, may

appear from the form of the expression, that is, from a comparison of the

language; but when the two propositions assert facts which are _bonâ fide_

different, whether the one fact proves the other or not can never appear

from the language, but must depend on other considerations. Whether, from

the attributes in which Socrates resembles those men who have heretofore

died, it is allowable to infer that he resembles them also in being

mortal, is a question of Induction; and is to be decided by the principles

or canons which we shall hereafter recognise as tests of the correct

performance of that great mental operation.

Meanwhile, however, it is certain, as before remarked, that if this

inference can be drawn as to Socrates, it can be drawn as to all others

who resemble the observed individuals in the same attributes in which he

resembles them; that is (to express the thing concisely), of all mankind.

If, therefore, the argument be conclusive in the case of Socrates, we are

at liberty, once for all, to treat the possession of the attributes of man

as a mark, or satisfactory evidence, of the attribute of mortality. This

we do by laying down the universal proposition, All men are mortal, and

interpreting this, as occasion arises, in its application to Socrates and

others. By this means we establish a very convenient division of the

entire logical operation into two steps; first, that of ascertaining what

attributes are marks of mortality; and, secondly, whether any given

individuals possess those marks. And it will generally be advisable, in

our speculations on the reasoning process, to consider this double

operation as in fact taking place, and all reasoning as carried on in the

form into which it must necessarily be thrown to enable us to apply to it

any test of its correct performance.

Although, therefore, all processes of thought in which the ultimate

premisses are particulars, whether we conclude from particulars to a

general formula, or from particulars to other particulars according to

that formula, are equally Induction; we shall yet, conformably to usage,

consider the name Induction as more peculiarly belonging to the process of

establishing the general proposition, and the remaining operation, which

is substantially that of interpreting the general proposition, we shall

call by its usual name, Deduction. And we shall consider every process by

which anything is inferred respecting an unobserved case, as consisting of

an Induction followed by a Deduction; because, although the process needs

not necessarily be carried on in this form, it is always susceptible of

the form, and must be thrown into it when assurance of scientific accuracy

is needed and desired.

NOTE SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE PRECEDING CHAPTER.

This theory of the syllogism, (which has received the important

adhesion of Dr. Whewell,(33)) has been controverted by a writer in

the “British Quarterly Review.”(34) The doctrine being new,

discussion respecting it is extremely desirable, to ensure that

nothing essential to the question escapes observation; and I

shall, therefore, reply to this writer’s objections with somewhat

more minuteness than their strength may seem to require.

The reviewer denies that there is a _petitio principii_ in the

syllogism, or that the proposition, All men are mortal, asserts or

assumes that Socrates is mortal. In support of this denial, he

argues that we may, and in fact do, admit the general proposition

that all men are mortal, without having particularly examined the

case of Socrates, and even without knowing whether the individual

so named is a man or not. But this of course was never denied.

That we can and do draw conclusions concerning cases specifically

unknown to us, is the datum from which all who discuss this

subject must set out. The question is, in what terms the evidence,

or ground, on which we draw these conclusions, may best be

designated—whether it is most correct to say, that the unknown

case is proved by known cases, or that it is proved by a general

proposition, including both sets of cases, the unknown and the

known? I contend for the former mode of expression. I hold it an

abuse of language to say, that the proof that Socrates is mortal,

is that all men are mortal. Turn it in what way we will, this

seems to me to be asserting that a thing is the proof of itself.

Whoever pronounces the words, All men are mortal, has affirmed

that Socrates is mortal, though he may never have heard of

Socrates; for since Socrates, whether known to be so or not,

really is a man, he is included in the words, All men, and in

every assertion of which they are the subject. If the reviewer

does not see that there is a difficulty here, I can only advise

him to reconsider the subject until he does: after which he will

be a more competent judge of the success or failure of an attempt

to remove the difficulty.(35) That he had reflected very little on

the point when he wrote his remarks, is shown by his oversight

respecting the _dictum de omni et nullo_. He acknowledges that

this maxim as commonly expressed,—“Whatever is true of a class, is

true of everything included in the class,” is a mere identical

proposition, since the class _is_ nothing but the things included

in it. But he thinks this defect would be cured by wording the

maxim thus,—“Whatever is true of a class, is true of everything

which _can be shown_ to be a member of the class:” as if a thing

could “be shown” to be a member of the class without being one. If

a class means the sum of all the things included in the class, the

things which “can be shown” to be included in it are a part of

these; it is the sum of them too, and the _dictum_ is as much an

identical proposition with respect to them as to the rest. One

would almost imagine that, in the reviewer’s opinion, things are

not members of a class until they are called up publicly to take

their place in it—that so long, in fact, as Socrates is not known

to be a man, he _is not_ a man, and any assertion which can be

made concerning men does not at all regard him, nor is affected as

to its truth or falsity by anything in which he is concerned.

The reviewer says that if the major premiss included the

conclusion, “we should be able to affirm the conclusion without

the intervention of the minor premiss; but every one sees that

that is impossible.” It does not follow, because the major premiss

contains the conclusion, that the words themselves must show all

the conclusions which it contains, and which, or evidence of

which, it presupposes. The minor is equally required on both

theories. It is respecting the functions of the major premiss that

the theories differ; whether that premiss merely affirms the

existence of proof, or is itself part of the proof—whether the

conclusion follows from the minor and major, or from the minor and

the particular instances which are the foundation of the major. On

either supposition, it is necessary that the new case should be

perceived to be one coming within the description of those to

which the previous experience is applicable; which is the purport

of the minor premiss. When we say that all men are mortal, we make

an assertion reaching beyond the sphere of our knowledge of

individual cases; and when a new individual, Socrates, is brought

within the field of our knowledge by means of the minor premiss,

we learn that we have already made an assertion respecting

Socrates without knowing it: our own general formula is, to that

extent, for the first time _interpreted_ to us. But according to

the reviewer’s theory, it is our having _made_ the assertion which

proves the assertion: while I contend that the proof is not the

assertion, but the grounds (of experience) on which the assertion

was made, and by which it must be justified.

The reviewer comes much nearer to the gist of the question, when

he objects that the formula in which the major is left out—“A, B,

C, &c., were mortal, therefore the Duke of Wellington is mortal,”

does not express all the steps of the mental process, but omits

one of the most essential, that which consists in recognising the

cases A, B, C, as _sufficient evidence_ of what is true of the

Duke of Wellington. This recognition of the sufficiency of the

induction he calls an “inference,” and says, that its result must

be interpolated between the cases A, B, C, and the case of the

Duke of Wellington; and that “our final conclusion is from what is

thus interpolated, and not directly from the individual facts that

A, B, C, &c. were mortal.” On this it may first be observed, that

the formula does express all that takes place in ordinary

unscientific reasoning. Mankind in general conclude at once from

experience of death in past cases, to the expectation of it in

future, without testing the experience by any principles of

induction, or passing through any general proposition. This is not

safe reasoning, but it is reasoning; and the syllogism, therefore,

is not the universal type of reasoning, but only a form in which

it is _desirable_ that we should reason. But, in the second place,

suppose that the enquirer does logically satisfy himself that the

conditions of legitimate induction are realized in the cases A, B,

C. It is still obvious, that if he knows the Duke of Wellington to

be a man, he is as much justified in concluding at once that the

Duke of Wellington is mortal, as in concluding that all men are

mortal. The general conclusion is not legitimate, unless the

particular one would be so too; and in no sense, intelligible to

me, can the particular conclusion be said to be drawn _from_ the

general one.(36) That the process of testing the sufficiency of an

inductive inference is an operation of a general character, I

readily concede to the reviewer; I had myself said as much, by

laying down as a fundamental law, that whenever there is ground

for drawing any conclusion at all from particular instances, there

is ground for a _general_ conclusion. But that this general

conclusion should be actually drawn, however useful, cannot be an

indispensable condition of the validity of the inference in the

particular case. A man gives away sixpence by the same power by

which he disposes of his whole fortune; but it is not necessary to

the lawfulness of his doing the one, that he should formally

assert, even to himself, his right to do the other.

The reviewer has recourse for an example, to syllogisms in the

second figure (though all are, by a mere verbal transformation,

reducible to the first), and asks, where is the _petitio

principii_ in this syllogism, “Every poet is a man of genius, A B

is not a man of genius, therefore A B is not a poet.” It is true

that in a syllogism of this particular type, the _petitio

principii_ is disguised. A B is not included in the terms, every

poet. But the proposition, “every poet is a man of genius” (a very

questionable proposition, by the way), cannot have been

inductively proved, unless the negative branch of the enquiry has

been attended to as well as the positive; unless it has been fully

considered whether among persons who are not “men of genius,”

there are not some who ought to be termed poets, and unless this

has been determined in the negative. Therefore, the case of A B

has been decided by implication, as much as the case of Socrates

in the first example. The proposition, Every poet is a man of

genius, is confessedly æquipollent with “No one who is not a man

of genius is a poet,” and in this the _petitio principii_, as

regards A B, is no longer implied, but express, as in an ordinary

syllogism of the first figure.

Another critic has endeavoured to get rid of the _petitio

principii_ in the syllogism by substituting for the common form of

expression, the following form—All _known_ men were mortal,

Socrates is a man, therefore Socrates is mortal. To this, however,

there is the fatal objection, that the syllogism, thus

transformed, does not prove the conclusion; it wants not the form

only, but the substance of proof. It is not merely because a thing

is true in all _known_ instances that it can be inferred to be

true in any new instance: many things may be true of all known men

which would not be true of all men; while, on the other hand, a

thing may be superabundantly proved true of all men, without

having been ascertained by actual experience to be true of all

known men, or even of the hundredth part of them.

CHAPTER IV. OF TRAINS OF REASONING, AND DEDUCTIVE SCIENCES.

§ 1. In our analysis of the syllogism it appeared that the minor premiss

always affirms a resemblance between a new case, and some cases previously

known; while the major premiss asserts something which, having been found

true of those known cases, we consider ourselves warranted in holding true

of any other case resembling the former in certain given particulars.

If all ratiocinations resembled, as to the minor premiss, the examples

which were exclusively employed in the preceding chapter; if the

resemblance, which that premiss asserts, were obvious to the senses, as in

the proposition “Socrates is a man,” or were at once ascertainable by

direct observation; there would be no necessity for trains of reasoning,

and Deductive or Ratiocinative Sciences would not exist. Trains of

reasoning exist only for the sake of extending an induction, founded, as

all inductions must be, on observed cases, to other cases in which we not

only cannot directly observe what is to be proved, but cannot directly

observe even the mark which is to prove it.

§ 2. Suppose the syllogism to be, All cows ruminate, the animal which is

before me is a cow, therefore it ruminates. The minor, if true at all, is

obviously so: the only premiss the establishment of which requires any

anterior process of inquiry, is the major; and provided the induction of

which that premiss is the expression was correctly performed, the

conclusion respecting the animal now present will be instantly drawn;

because, as soon as she is compared with the formula, she will be

identified as being included in it. But suppose the syllogism to be the

following:—All arsenic is poisonous, the substance which is before me is

arsenic, therefore it is poisonous. The truth of the minor may not here be

obvious at first sight; it may not be intuitively evident, but may itself

be known only by inference. It may be the conclusion of another argument,

which, thrown into the syllogistic form, would stand thus:—Whatever forms

a compound with hydrogen, which yields a black precipitate with nitrate of

silver, is arsenic; the substance before me conforms to this condition;

therefore it is arsenic. To establish, therefore, the ultimate conclusion,

The substance before me is poisonous, requires a process, which, in order

to be syllogistically expressed, stands in need of two syllogisms; and we

have a Train of Reasoning.

When, however, we thus add syllogism to syllogism, we are really adding

induction to induction. Two separate inductions must have taken place to

render this chain of inference possible; inductions founded, probably, on

different sets of individual instances, but which converge in their

results, so that the instance which is the subject of inquiry comes within

the range of them both. The record of these inductions is contained in the

majors of the two syllogisms. First, we, or others for us, have examined

various objects which yielded under the given circumstances the given

precipitate, and found that they possessed the properties connoted by the

word arsenic; they were metallic, volatile, their vapour had a smell of

garlic, and so forth. Next, we, or others for us, have examined various

specimens which possessed this metallic and volatile character, whose

vapour had this smell, &c., and have invariably found that they were

poisonous. The first observation we judge that we may extend to all

substances whatever which yield the precipitate: the second, to all

metallic and volatile substances resembling those we examined; and

consequently, not to those only which are seen to be such, but to those

which are concluded to be such by the prior induction. The substance

before us is only seen to come within one of these inductions; but by

means of this one, it is brought within the other. We are still, as

before, concluding from particulars to particulars; but we are now

concluding from particulars observed, to other particulars which are not,

as in the simple case, _seen_ to resemble them in the material points, but

_inferred_ to do so, because resembling them in something else, which we

have been led by quite a different set of instances to consider as a mark

of the former resemblance.

This first example of a train of reasoning is still extremely simple, the

series consisting of only two syllogisms. The following is somewhat more

complicated:—No government, which earnestly seeks the good of its

subjects, is likely to be overthrown; some particular government earnestly

seeks the good of its subjects, therefore it is not likely to be

overthrown. The major premiss in this argument we shall suppose not to be

derived from considerations _à priori_, but to be a generalization from

history, which, whether correct or erroneous, must have been founded on

observation of governments concerning whose desire of the good of their

subjects there was no doubt. It has been found, or thought to be found,

that these were not likely to be overthrown, and it has been deemed that

those instances warranted an extension of the same predicate to any and

every government which resembles them in the attribute of desiring

earnestly the good of its subjects. But _does_ the government in question

thus resemble them? This may be debated _pro_ and _con_ by many arguments,

and must, in any case, be proved by another induction; for we cannot

directly observe the sentiments and desires of the persons who carry on

the government. To prove the minor, therefore, we require an argument in

this form: Every government which acts in a certain manner, desires the

good of its subjects; the supposed government acts in that particular

manner, therefore it desires the good of its subjects. But is it true that

the government acts in the manner supposed? This minor also may require

proof; still another induction, as thus:—What is asserted by intelligent

and disinterested witnesses, may be believed to be true; that the

government acts in this manner, is asserted by such witnesses, therefore

it may be believed to be true. The argument hence consists of three steps.

Having the evidence of our senses that the case of the government under

consideration resembles a number of former cases, in the circumstance of

having something asserted respecting it by intelligent and disinterested

witnesses, we infer, first, that, as in those former instances, so in this

instance, the assertion is true. Secondly, what was asserted of the

government being that it acts in a particular manner, and other

governments or persons having been observed to act in the same manner, the

government in question is brought into known resemblance with those other

governments or persons; and since they were known to desire the good of

the people, it is thereupon, by a second induction, inferred that the

particular government spoken of, desires the good of the people. This

brings that government into known resemblance with the other governments

which were thought likely to escape revolution, and thence, by a third

induction, it is predicted that this particular government is also likely

to escape. This is still reasoning from particulars to particulars, but we

now reason to the new instance from three distinct sets of former

instances: to one only of those sets of instances do we directly perceive

the new one to be similar; but from that similarity we inductively infer

that it has the attribute by which it is assimilated to the next set, and

brought within the corresponding induction; after which by a repetition of

the same operation we infer it to be similar to the third set, and hence a

third induction conducts us to the ultimate conclusion.

§ 3. Notwithstanding the superior complication of these examples, compared

with those by which in the preceding chapter we illustrated the general

theory of reasoning, every doctrine which we then laid down holds equally

true in these more intricate cases. The successive general propositions

are not steps in the reasoning, are not intermediate links in the chain of

inference, between the particulars observed and those to which we apply

the observation. If we had sufficiently capacious memories, and a

sufficient power of maintaining order among a huge mass of details, the

reasoning could go on without any general propositions; they are mere

formulæ for inferring particulars from particulars. The principle of

general reasoning is, (as before explained,) that if from observation of

certain known particulars, what was seen to be true of them can be

inferred to be true of any others, it may be inferred of all others which

are of a certain description. And in order that we may never fail to draw

this conclusion in a new case when it can be drawn correctly, and may

avoid drawing it when it cannot, we determine once for all what are the

distinguishing marks by which such cases may be recognised. The subsequent

process is merely that of identifying an object, and ascertaining it to

have those marks; whether we identify it by the very marks themselves, or

by others which we have ascertained (through another and a similar

process) to be marks of those marks. The real inference is always from

particulars to particulars, from the observed instances to an unobserved

one: but in drawing this inference, we conform to a formula which we have

adopted for our guidance in such operations, and which is a record of the

criteria by which we thought we had ascertained that we might distinguish

when the inference could, and when it could not, be drawn. The real

premisses are the individual observations, even though they may have been

forgotten, or, being the observations of others and not of ourselves, may,

to us, never have been known: but we have before us proof that we or

others once thought them sufficient for an induction, and we have marks to

show whether any new case is one of those to which, if then known, the

induction would have been deemed to extend. These marks we either

recognise at once, or by the aid of other marks, which by another previous

induction we collected to be marks of _them_. Even these marks of marks

may only be recognised through a third set of marks; and we may have a

train of reasoning, of any length, to bring a new case within the scope of

an induction grounded on particulars its similarity to which is only

ascertained in this indirect manner.

Thus, in the preceding example, the ultimate inductive inference was, that

a certain government was not likely to be overthrown: this inference was

drawn according to a formula in which desire of the public good was set

down as a mark of not being likely to be overthrown; a mark of this mark

was, acting in a particular manner; and a mark of acting in that manner

was, being asserted to do so by intelligent and disinterested witnesses:

this mark, the government under discussion was recognised by the senses as

possessing. Hence that government fell within the last induction, and by

it was brought within all the others. The perceived resemblance of the

case to one set of observed particular cases, brought it into known

resemblance with another set, and that with a third.

In the more complex branches of knowledge, the deductions seldom consist,

as in the examples hitherto exhibited, of a single chain, _a_ a mark of

_b_, _b_ of _c_, _c_ of _d_, therefore _a_ a mark of _d_. They consist (to

carry on the same metaphor) of several chains united at the extremity, as

thus: _a_ a mark of _d_, _b_ of _e_, _c_ of _f_, _d e f_ of _n_, therefore

_a b c_ a mark of _n_. Suppose, for example, the following combination of

circumstances: 1st, rays of light impinging on a reflecting surface; 2nd,

that surface parabolic; 3rd, those rays parallel to each other and to the

axis of the surface. It is to be proved that the concourse of these three

circumstances is a mark that the reflected rays will pass through the

focus of the parabolic surface. Now, each of the three circumstances is

singly a mark of something material to the case. Rays of light impinging

on a reflecting surface, are a mark that those rays will be reflected at

an angle equal to the angle of incidence. The parabolic form of the

surface is a mark that, from any point of it, a line drawn to the focus

and a line parallel to the axis will make equal angles with the surface.

And finally, the parallelism of the rays to the axis is a mark that their

angle of incidence coincides with one of these equal angles. The three

marks taken together are therefore a mark of all these three things

united. But the three united are evidently a mark that the angle of

reflexion must coincide with the other of the two equal angles, that

formed by a line drawn to the focus; and this again, by the fundamental

axiom concerning straight lines, is a mark that the reflected rays pass

through the focus. Most chains of physical deduction are of this more

complicated type; and even in mathematics such are abundant, as in all

propositions where the hypothesis includes numerous conditions: “_If_ a

circle be taken, and _if_ within that circle a point be taken, not the

centre, and _if_ straight lines be drawn from that point to the

circumference, then,” &c.

§ 4. The considerations now stated remove a serious difficulty from the

view we have taken of reasoning; which view might otherwise have seemed

not easily reconcilable with the fact that there are Deductive or

Ratiocinative Sciences. It might seem to follow, if all reasoning be

induction, that the difficulties of philosophical investigation must lie

in the inductions exclusively, and that when these were easy, and

susceptible of no doubt or hesitation, there could be no science, or, at

least, no difficulties in science. The existence, for example, of an

extensive Science of Mathematics, requiring the highest scientific genius

in those who contributed to its creation, and calling for a most continued

and vigorous exertion of intellect in order to appropriate it when

created, may seem hard to be accounted for on the foregoing theory. But

the considerations more recently adduced remove the mystery, by showing,

that even when the inductions themselves are obvious, there may be much

difficulty in finding whether the particular case which is the subject of

inquiry comes within them; and ample room for scientific ingenuity in so

combining various inductions, as, by means of one within which the case

evidently falls, to bring it within others in which it cannot be directly

seen to be included.

When the more obvious of the inductions which can be made in any science

from direct observations, have been made, and general formulas have been

framed, determining the limits within which these inductions are

applicable; as often as a new case can be at once seen to come within one

of the formulas, the induction is applied to the new case, and the

business is ended. But new cases are continually arising, which do not

obviously come within any formula whereby the question we want solved in

respect of them could be answered. Let us take an instance from geometry;

and as it is taken only for illustration, let the reader concede to us for

the present, what we shall endeavour to prove in the next chapter, that

the first principles of geometry are results of induction. Our example

shall be the fifth proposition of the first book of Euclid. The inquiry

is, Are the angles at the base of an isosceles triangle equal or unequal?

The first thing to be considered is, what inductions we have, from which

we can infer equality or inequality. For inferring equality we have the

following formulæ:—Things which being applied to each other coincide, are

equals. Things which are equal to the same thing are equals. A whole and

the sum of its parts are equals. The sums of equal things are equals. The

differences of equal things are equals. There are no other formulæ to

prove equality. For inferring inequality we have the following:—A whole

and its parts are unequals. The sums of equal things and unequal things

are unequals. The differences of equal things and unequal things are

unequals. In all, eight formulæ. The angles at the base of an isosceles

triangle do not obviously come within any of these. The formulæ specify

certain marks of equality and of inequality, but the angles cannot be

perceived intuitively to have any of those marks. We can, however, examine

whether they have properties which, in any other formulæ, are set down as

marks of those marks. On examination it appears that they have; and we

ultimately succeed in bringing them within this formula, “The differences

of equal things are equal.” Whence comes the difficulty in recognising

these angles as the differences of equal things? Because each of them is

the difference not of one pair only, but of innumerable pairs of angles;

and out of these we had to imagine and select two, which could either be

intuitively perceived to be equals, or possessed some of the marks of

equality set down in the various formulæ. By an exercise of ingenuity,

which, on the part of the first inventor, deserves to be regarded as

considerable, two pairs of angles were hit upon, which united these

requisites. First, it could be perceived intuitively that their

differences were the angles at the base; and, secondly; they possessed one

of the marks of equality, namely, coincidence when applied to one another.

This coincidence, however, was not perceived intuitively, but inferred, in

conformity to another formula.

For greater clearness, I subjoin an analysis of the demonstration. Euclid,

it will be remembered, demonstrates his fifth proposition by means of the

fourth. This it is not allowable for us to do, because we are undertaking

to trace deductive truths not to prior deductions, but to their original

inductive foundation. We must therefore use the premisses of the fourth

proposition instead of its conclusion, and prove the fifth directly from

first principles. To do so requires six formulas. (We presuppose an

equilateral triangle, whose vertices are A, D, E, with point B on the side

AD, and point C on the side AE, such that BC is parallel to DE. We must

begin as in Euclid, by prolonging the equal sides AB, AC, to equal

distances, and joining the extremities BE, DC.)

FIRST FORMULA. _The sums of equals are equal._

A D and A E are sums of equals by the supposition. Having that mark of

equality, they are concluded by this formula to be equal.

SECOND FORMULA. _Equal straight lines being applied to one another

coincide_.

A C, A B, are within this formula by supposition; A D, A E, have been

brought within it by the preceding step. Both these pairs of straight

lines have the property of equality; which, according to the second

formula, is a mark that, if applied to each other, they will coincide.

Coinciding altogether means coinciding in every part, and of course at

their extremities, D, E, and B, C.

THIRD FORMULA. _Straight lines, having their extremities coincident,

coincide_.

B E and C D have been brought within this formula by the preceding

induction; they will, therefore, coincide.

FOURTH FORMULA. _Angles, having their sides coincident, coincide_.

The third induction having shown that B E and C D coincide, and the second

that A B, A C, coincide, the angles A B E and A C D are thereby brought

within the fourth formula, and accordingly coincide.

FIFTH FORMULA. _Things which coincide are equal_.

The angles A B E and A C D are brought within this formula by the

induction immediately preceding. This train of reasoning being also

applicable, _mutatis mutandis_, to the angles E B C, D C B, these also are

brought within the fifth formula. And, finally,

SIXTH FORMULA. _The differences of equals are equal_.

The angle A B C being the difference of A B E, C B E, and the angle A C B

being the difference of A C D, D C B; which have been proved to be equals;

A B C and A C B are brought within the last formula by the whole of the

previous process.

The difficulty here encountered is chiefly that of figuring to ourselves

the two angles at the base of the triangle A B C, as remainders made by

cutting one pair of angles out of another, while each pair shall be

corresponding angles of triangles which have two sides and the intervening

angle equal. It is by this happy contrivance that so many different

inductions are brought to bear upon the same particular case. And this not

being at all an obvious idea, it may be seen from an example so near the

threshold of mathematics, how much scope there may well be for scientific

dexterity in the higher branches of that and other sciences, in order so

to combine a few simple inductions, as to bring within each of them

innumerable cases which are not obviously included in it; and how long,

and numerous, and complicated may be the processes necessary for bringing

the inductions together, even when each induction may itself be very easy

and simple. All the inductions involved in all geometry are comprised in

those simple ones, the formulæ of which are the Axioms, and a few of the

so-called Definitions. The remainder of the science is made up of the

processes employed for bringing unforeseen cases within these inductions;

or (in syllogistic language) for proving the minors necessary to complete

the syllogisms; the majors being the definitions and axioms. In those

definitions and axioms are laid down the whole of the marks, by an artful

combination of which it has been found possible to discover and prove all

that is proved in geometry. The marks being so few, and the inductions

which furnish them being so obvious and familiar; the connecting of

several of them together, which constitutes Deductions, or Trains of

Reasoning, forms the whole difficulty of the science, and, with a trifling

exception, its whole bulk; and hence Geometry is a Deductive Science.

§ 5. It will be seen hereafter that there are weighty scientific reasons

for giving to every science as much of the character of a Deductive

Science as possible; for endeavouring to construct the science from the

fewest and the simplest possible inductions, and to make these, by any

combinations however complicated, suffice for proving even such truths,

relating to complex cases, as could be proved, if we chose, by inductions

from specific experience. Every branch of natural philosophy was

originally experimental; each generalization rested on a special

induction, and was derived from its own distinct set of observations and

experiments. From being sciences of pure experiment, as the phrase is, or,

to speak more correctly, sciences in which the reasonings mostly consist

of no more than one step, and are expressed by single syllogisms, all

these sciences have become to some extent, and some of them in nearly the

whole of their extent, sciences of pure reasoning; whereby multitudes of

truths, already known by induction from as many different sets of

experiments, have come to be exhibited as deductions or corollaries from

inductive propositions of a simpler and more universal character. Thus

mechanics, hydrostatics, optics, acoustics, and thermology, have

successively been rendered mathematical; and astronomy was brought by

Newton within the laws of general mechanics. Why it is that the

substitution of this circuitous mode of proceeding for a process

apparently much easier and more natural, is held, and justly, to be the

greatest triumph of the investigation of nature, we are not, in this stage

of our inquiry, prepared to examine. But it is necessary to remark, that

although, by this progressive transformation, all sciences tend to become

more and more Deductive, they are not therefore the less Inductive; every

step in the Deduction is still an Induction. The opposition is not between

the terms Deductive and Inductive, but between Deductive and Experimental.

A science is experimental, in proportion as every new case, which presents

any peculiar features, stands in need of a new set of observations and

experiments, a fresh induction. It is Deductive, in proportion as it can

draw conclusions, respecting cases of a new kind, by processes which bring

those cases under old inductions; by ascertaining that cases which cannot

be observed to have the requisite marks, have, however, marks of those

marks.

We can now, therefore, perceive what is the generic distinction between

sciences which can be made Deductive, and those which must as yet remain

Experimental. The difference consists in our having been able, or not yet

able, to discover marks of marks. If by our various inductions we have

been able to proceed no further than to such propositions as these, _a_ a

mark of _b_, or _a_ and _b_ marks of one another, _c_ a mark of _d_, or

_c_ and _d_ marks of one another, without anything to connect _a_ or _b_

with _c_ or _d_; we have a science of detached and mutually independent

generalizations, such as these, that acids redden vegetable blues, and

that alkalies colour them green; from neither of which propositions could

we, directly or indirectly, infer the other: and a science, so far as it

is composed of such propositions, is purely experimental. Chemistry, in

the present state of our knowledge, has not yet thrown off this character.

There are other sciences, however, of which the propositions are of this

kind: _a_ a mark of _b_, _b_ a mark of _c_, _c_ of _d_, _d_ of _e_, &c. In

these sciences we can mount the ladder from _a_ to _e_ by a process of

ratiocination; we can conclude that _a_ is a mark of _e_, and that every

object which has the mark _a_ has the property _e_, although, perhaps, we

never were able to observe _a_ and _e_ together, and although even _d_,

our only direct mark of _e_, may be not perceptible in those objects, but

only inferrible. Or varying the first metaphor, we may be said to get from

_a_ to _e_ underground: the marks _b_, _c_, _d_, which indicate the route,

must all be possessed somewhere by the objects concerning which we are

inquiring; but they are below the surface: _a_ is the only mark that is

visible, and by it we are able to trace in succession all the rest.

§ 6. We can now understand how an experimental may transform itself into a

deductive science by the mere progress of experiment. In an experimental

science, the inductions, as we have said, lie detached, as, _a_ a mark of

_b_, _c_ a mark of _d_, _e_ a mark of _f_, and so on: now, a new set of

instances, and a consequent new induction, may at any time bridge over the

interval between two of these unconnected arches; _b_, for example, may be

ascertained to be a mark of _c_, which enables us thenceforth to prove

deductively that _a_ is a mark of _c_. Or, as sometimes happens, some

comprehensive induction may raise an arch high in the air, which bridges

over hosts of them at once: _b_, _d_, _f_, and all the rest, turning out

to be marks of some one thing, or of things between which a connexion has

already been traced. As when Newton discovered that the motions, whether

regular or apparently anomalous, of all the bodies of the solar system,

(each of which motions had been inferred by a separate logical operation,

from separate marks,) were all marks of moving round a common centre, with

a centripetal force varying directly as the mass, and inversely as the

square of the distance from that centre. This is the greatest example

which has yet occurred of the transformation, at one stroke, of a science

which was still to a great degree merely experimental, into a deductive

science.

Transformations of the same nature, but on a smaller scale, continually

take place in the less advanced branches of physical knowledge, without

enabling them to throw off the character of experimental sciences. Thus

with regard to the two unconnected propositions before cited, namely,

Acids redden vegetable blues, Alkalies make them green; it is remarked by

Liebig, that all blue colouring matters which are reddened by acids (as

well as, reciprocally, all red colouring matters which are rendered blue

by alkalies) contain nitrogen: and it is quite possible that this

circumstance may one day furnish a bond of connexion between the two

propositions in question, by showing that the antagonist action of acids

and alkalies in producing or destroying the colour blue, is the result of

some one, more general, law. Although this connecting of detached

generalizations is so much gain, it tends but little to give a deductive

character to any science as a whole; because the new courses of

observation and experiment, which thus enable us to connect together a few

general truths, usually make known to us a still greater number of

unconnected new ones. Hence chemistry, though similar extensions and

simplifications of its generalizations are continually taking place, is

still in the main an experimental science; and is likely so to continue,

unless some comprehensive induction should be hereafter arrived at, which,

like Newton’s, shall connect a vast number of the smaller known inductions

together, and change the whole method of the science at once. Chemistry

has already one great generalization, which, though relating to one of the

subordinate aspects of chemical phenomena, possesses within its limited

sphere this comprehensive character; the principle of Dalton, called the

atomic theory, or the doctrine of chemical equivalents: which by enabling

us to a certain extent to foresee the proportions in which two substances

will combine, before the experiment has been tried, constitutes

undoubtedly a source of new chemical truths obtainable by deduction, as

well as a connecting principle for all truths of the same description

previously obtained by experiment.

§ 7. The discoveries which change the method of a science from

experimental to deductive, mostly consist in establishing, either by

deduction or by direct experiment, that the varieties of a particular

phenomenon uniformly accompany the varieties of some other phenomenon

better known. Thus the science of sound, which previously stood in the

lowest rank of merely experimental science, became deductive when it was

proved by experiment that every variety of sound was consequent on, and

therefore a mark of, a distinct and definable variety of oscillatory

motion among the particles of the transmitting medium. When this was

ascertained, it followed that every relation of succession or coexistence

which obtained between phenomena of the more known class, obtained also

between the phenomena which corresponded to them in the other class. Every

sound, being a mark of a particular oscillatory motion, became a mark of

everything which, by the laws of dynamics, was known to be inferrible from

that motion; and everything which by those same laws was a mark of any

oscillatory motion among the particles of an elastic medium, became a mark

of the corresponding sound. And thus many truths, not before suspected,

concerning sound, become deducible from the known laws of the propagation

of motion through an elastic medium; while facts already empirically known

respecting sound, become an indication of corresponding properties of

vibrating bodies, previously undiscovered.

But the grand agent for transforming experimental into deductive sciences,

is the science of number. The properties of numbers, alone among all known

phenomena, are, in the most rigorous sense, properties of all things

whatever. All things are not coloured, or ponderable, or even extended;

but all things are numerable. And if we consider this science in its whole

extent, from common arithmetic up to the calculus of variations, the

truths already ascertained seem all but infinite, and admit of indefinite

extension.

These truths, though affirmable of all things whatever, of course apply to

them only in respect of their quantity. But if it comes to be discovered

that variations of quality in any class of phenomena, correspond regularly

to variations of quantity either in those same or in some other phenomena;

every formula of mathematics applicable to quantities which vary in that

particular manner, becomes a mark of a corresponding general truth

respecting the variations in quality which accompany them: and the science

of quantity being (as far as any science can be) altogether deductive, the

theory of that particular kind of qualities becomes, to this extent,

deductive likewise.

The most striking instance in point which history affords (though not an

example of an experimental science rendered deductive, but of an

unparalleled extension given to the deductive process in a science which

was deductive already,) is the revolution in geometry which originated

with Descartes, and was completed by Clairaut. These great mathematicians

pointed out the importance of the fact, that to every variety of position

in points, direction in lines, or form in curves or surfaces, (all of

which are Qualities,) there corresponds a peculiar relation of quantity

between either two or three rectilineal co-ordinates; insomuch that if the

law were known according to which those co-ordinates vary relatively to

one another, every other geometrical property of the line or surface in

question, whether relating to quantity or quality, would be capable of

being inferred. Hence it followed that every geometrical question could be

solved, if the corresponding algebraical one could; and geometry received

an accession (actual or potential) of new truths, corresponding to every

property of numbers which the progress of the calculus had brought, or

might in future bring, to light. In the same general manner, mechanics,

astronomy, and in a less degree, every branch of natural philosophy

commonly so called, have been made algebraical. The varieties of physical

phenomena with which those sciences are conversant, have been found to

answer to determinable varieties in the quantity of some circumstance or

other; or at least to varieties of form or position, for which

corresponding equations of quantity had already been, or were susceptible

of being, discovered by geometers.

In these various transformations, the propositions of the science of

number do but fulfil the function proper to all propositions forming a

train of reasoning, viz. that of enabling us to arrive in an indirect

method, by marks of marks, at such of the properties of objects as we

cannot directly ascertain (or not so conveniently) by experiment. We

travel from a given visible or tangible fact, through the truths of

numbers, to the fact sought. The given fact is a mark that a certain

relation subsists between the quantities of some of the elements

concerned; while the fact sought presupposes a certain relation between

the quantities of some other elements: now, if these last quantities are

dependent in some known manner upon the former, or _vice versa_, we can

argue from the numerical relation between the one set of quantities, to

determine that which subsists between the other set; the theorems of the

calculus affording the intermediate links. And thus one of the two

physical facts becomes a mark of the other, by being a mark of a mark of a

mark of it.

CHAPTER V. OF DEMONSTRATION, AND NECESSARY TRUTHS.

§ 1. If, as laid down in the two preceding chapters, the foundation of all

sciences, even deductive or demonstrative sciences, is Induction; if every

step in the ratiocinations even of geometry is an act of induction; and if

a train of reasoning is but bringing many inductions to bear upon the same

subject of inquiry, and drawing a case within one induction by means of

another; wherein lies the peculiar certainty always ascribed to the

sciences which are entirely, or almost entirely, deductive? Why are they

called the Exact Sciences? Why are mathematical certainty, and the

evidence of demonstration, common phrases to express the very highest

degree of assurance attainable by reason? Why are mathematics by almost

all philosophers, and (by many) even those branches of natural philosophy

which, through the medium of mathematics, have been converted into

deductive sciences, considered to be independent of the evidence of

experience and observation, and characterized as systems of Necessary

Truth?

The answer I conceive to be, that this character of necessity, ascribed to

the truths of mathematics, and even (with some reservations to be

hereafter made) the peculiar certainty attributed to them, is an illusion;

in order to sustain which, it is necessary to suppose that those truths

relate to, and express the properties of, purely imaginary objects. It is

acknowledged that the conclusions of geometry are deduced, partly at

least, from the so-called Definitions, and that those definitions are

assumed to be correct descriptions, as far as they go, of the objects with

which geometry is conversant. Now we have pointed out that, from a

definition as such, no proposition, unless it be one concerning the

meaning of a word, can ever follow; and that what apparently follows from

a definition, follows in reality from an implied assumption that there

exists a real thing conformable thereto. This assumption, in the case of

the definitions of geometry, is false: there exist no real things exactly

conformable to the definitions. There exist no points without magnitude;

no lines without breadth, nor perfectly straight; no circles with all

their radii exactly equal, nor squares with all their angles perfectly

right. It will perhaps be said that the assumption does not extend to the

actual, but only to the possible, existence of such things. I answer that,

according to any test we have of possibility, they are not even possible.

Their existence, so far as we can form any judgment, would seem to be

inconsistent with the physical constitution of our planet at least, if not

of the universe. To get rid of this difficulty, and at the same time to

save the credit of the supposed system of necessary truth, it is customary

to say that the points, lines, circles, and squares which are the subject

of geometry, exist in our conceptions merely, and are part of our minds;

which minds, by working on their own materials, construct an _à priori_

science, the evidence of which is purely mental, and has nothing whatever

to do with outward experience. By howsoever high authorities this doctrine

may have been sanctioned, it appears to me psychologically incorrect. The

points, lines, circles, and squares, which any one has in his mind, are (I

apprehend) simply copies of the points, lines, circles, and squares which

he has known in his experience. Our idea of a point, I apprehend to be

simply our idea of the _minimum visibile_, the smallest portion of surface

which we can see. A line, as defined by geometers, is wholly

inconceivable. We can reason about a line as if it had no breadth; because

we have a power, which is the foundation of all the control we can

exercise over the operations of our minds; the power, when a perception is

present to our senses, or a conception to our intellects, of _attending_

to a part only of that perception or conception, instead of the whole. But

we cannot _conceive_ a line without breadth; we can form no mental picture

of such a line: all the lines which we have in our minds are lines

possessing breadth. If any one doubts this, we may refer him to his own

experience. I much question if any one who fancies that he can conceive

what is called a mathematical line, thinks so from the evidence of his

consciousness: I suspect it is rather because he supposes that unless such

a conception were possible, mathematics could not exist as a science: a

supposition which there will be no difficulty in showing to be entirely

groundless.

Since, then, neither in nature, nor in the human mind, do there exist any

objects exactly corresponding to the definitions of geometry, while yet

that science cannot be supposed to be conversant about non-entities;

nothing remains but to consider geometry as conversant with such lines,

angles, and figures, as really exist; and the definitions, as they are

called, must be regarded as some of our first and most obvious

generalizations concerning those natural objects. The correctness of those

generalizations, _as_ generalizations, is without a flaw: the equality of

all the radii of a circle is true of all circles, so far as it is true of

any one: but it is not exactly true of any circle: it is only nearly true;

so nearly that no error of any importance in practice will be incurred by

feigning it to be exactly true. When we have occasion to extend these

inductions, or their consequences, to cases in which the error would be

appreciable—to lines of perceptible breadth or thickness, parallels which

deviate sensibly from equidistance, and the like—we correct our

conclusions, by combining with them a fresh set of propositions relating

to the aberration; just as we also take in propositions relating to the

physical or chemical properties of the material, if those properties

happen to introduce any modification into the result; which they easily

may, even with respect to figure and magnitude, as in the case, for

instance, of expansion by heat. So long, however, as there exists no

practical necessity for attending to any of the properties of the object

except its geometrical properties, or to any of the natural irregularities

in those, it is convenient to neglect the consideration of the other

properties and of the irregularities, and to reason as if these did not

exist: accordingly, we formally announce, in the definitions, that we

intend to proceed on this plan. But it is an error to suppose, because we

resolve to confine our attention to a certain number of the properties of

an object, that we therefore conceive, or have an idea of the object,

denuded of its other properties. We are thinking, all the time, of

precisely such objects as we have seen and touched, and with all the

properties which naturally belong to them; but for scientific convenience,

we feign them to be divested of all properties, except those which are

material to our purpose, and in regard to which we design to consider

them.

The peculiar accuracy, supposed to be characteristic of the first

principles of geometry, thus appears to be fictitious. The assertions on

which the reasonings of the science are founded, do not, any more than in

other sciences, exactly correspond with the fact; but we _suppose_ that

they do so, for the sake of tracing the consequences which follow from the

supposition. The opinion of Dugald Stewart respecting the foundations of

geometry, is, I conceive, substantially correct; that it is built on

hypotheses; that it owes to this alone the peculiar certainty supposed to

distinguish it; and that in any science whatever, by reasoning from a set

of hypotheses, we may obtain a body of conclusions as certain as those of

geometry, that is, as strictly in accordance with the hypotheses, and as

irresistibly compelling assent, _on condition_ that those hypotheses are

true.

When, therefore, it is affirmed that the conclusions of geometry are

necessary truths, the necessity consists in reality only in this, that

they necessarily follow from the suppositions from which they are deduced.

Those suppositions are so far from being necessary, that they are not even

true; they purposely depart, more or less widely, from the truth. The only

sense in which necessity can be ascribed to the conclusions of any

scientific investigation, is that of necessarily following from some

assumption, which, by the conditions of the inquiry, is not to be

questioned. In this relation, of course, the derivative truths of every

deductive science must stand to the inductions, or assumptions, on which

the science is founded, and which, whether true or untrue, certain or

doubtful in themselves, are always supposed certain for the purposes of

the particular science. And therefore the conclusions of all deductive

sciences were said by the ancients to be necessary propositions. We have

observed already that to be predicated necessarily was characteristic of

the predicable Proprium, and that a proprium was any property of a thing

which could be deduced from its essence, that is, from the properties

included in its definition.

§ 2. The important doctrine of Dugald Stewart, which I have endeavoured to

enforce, has been contested by Dr. Whewell, both in the dissertation

appended to his excellent _Mechanical Euclid_, and in his more recent

elaborate work on the _Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences_; in which

last he also replies to an article in the _Edinburgh Review_, (ascribed to

a writer of great scientific eminence,) in which Stewart’s opinion was

defended against his former strictures. The supposed refutation of Stewart

consists in proving against him (as has also been done in this work) that

the premisses of geometry are not definitions, but assumptions of the real

existence of things corresponding to those definitions. This, however, is

doing little for Dr. Whewell’s purpose; for it is these very assumptions

which are asserted to be hypotheses, and which he, if he denies that

geometry is founded on hypotheses, must show to be absolute truths. All he

does, however, is to observe, that they at any rate are not _arbitrary_

hypotheses; that we should not be at liberty to substitute other

hypotheses for them; that not only “a definition, to be admissible, must

necessarily refer to and agree with some conception which we can

distinctly frame in our thoughts,” but that the straight lines, for

instance, which we define, must be “those by which angles are contained,

those by which triangles are bounded, those of which parallelism may be

predicated, and the like.”(37) And this is true; but this has never been

contradicted. Those who say that the premisses of geometry are hypotheses,

are not bound to maintain them to be hypotheses which have no relation

whatever to fact. Since an hypothesis framed for the purpose of scientific

inquiry must relate to something which has real existence, (for there can

be no science respecting non-entities,) it follows that any hypothesis we

make respecting an object, to facilitate our study of it, must not involve

anything which is distinctly false, and repugnant to its real nature: we

must not ascribe to the thing any property which it has not; our liberty

extends only to suppressing some of those which it has, under the

indispensable obligation of restoring them whenever, and in as far as,

their presence or absence would make any material difference in the truth

of our conclusions. Of this nature, accordingly, are the first principles

involved in the definitions of geometry. In their positive part they are

observed facts; it is only in their negative part that they are

hypothetical. That the hypotheses should be of this particular character,

is however no further necessary, than inasmuch as no others could enable

us to deduce conclusions which, with due corrections, would be true of

real objects: and in fact, when our aim is only to illustrate truths, and

not to investigate them, we are not under any such restriction. We might

suppose an imaginary animal, and work out by deduction, from the known

laws of physiology, its natural history; or an imaginary commonwealth, and

from the elements composing it, might argue what would be its fate. And

the conclusions which we might thus draw from purely arbitrary hypotheses,

might form a highly useful intellectual exercise: but as they could only

teach us what _would_ be the properties of objects which do not really

exist, they would not constitute any addition to our knowledge of nature:

while on the contrary, if the hypothesis merely divests a real object of

some portion of its properties, without clothing it in false ones, the

conclusions will always express, under known liability to correction,

actual truth.

§ 3. But although Dr. Whewell has not shaken Stewart’s doctrine as to the

hypothetical character of that portion of the first principles of geometry

which are involved in the so-called definitions, he has, I conceive,

greatly the advantage of Stewart on another important point in the theory

of geometrical reasoning; the necessity of admitting, among those first

principles, axioms as well as definitions. Some of the axioms of Euclid

might, no doubt, be exhibited in the form of definitions, or might be

deduced, by reasoning, from propositions similar to what are so called.

Thus, if instead of the axiom, Magnitudes which can be made to coincide

are equal, we introduce a definition, “Equal magnitudes are those which

may be so applied to one another as to coincide;” the three axioms which

follow, (Magnitudes which are equal to the same are equal to one

another—If equals are added to equals the sums are equal—If equals are

taken from equals the remainders are equal,) may be proved by an imaginary

superposition, resembling that by which the fourth proposition of the

first book of Euclid is demonstrated. But although these and several

others may be struck out of the list of first principles, because, though

not requiring demonstration, they are susceptible of it; there will be

found in the list of axioms two or three fundamental truths, not capable

of being demonstrated: among which must be reckoned the proposition that

two straight lines cannot inclose a space, (or its equivalent, Straight

lines which coincide in two points coincide altogether,) and some property

of parallel lines, other than that which constitutes their definition: the

most suitable, perhaps, being that selected by Professor Playfair: “Two

straight lines which intersect each other cannot both of them be parallel

to a third straight line.”(38)

The axioms, as well those which are indemonstrable as those which admit of

being demonstrated, differ from that other class of fundamental principles

which are involved in the definitions, in this, that they are true without

any mixture of hypothesis. That things which are equal to the same thing

are equal to one another, is as true of the lines and figures in nature,

as it would be of the imaginary ones assumed in the definitions. In this

respect, however, mathematics are only on a par with most other sciences.

In almost all sciences there are some general propositions which are

exactly true, while the greater part are only more or less distant

approximations to the truth. Thus in mechanics, the first law of motion

(the continuance of a movement once impressed, until stopped or slackened

by some resisting force) is true without qualification or error. The

rotation of the earth in twenty-four hours, of the same length as in our

time, has gone on since the first accurate observations, without the

increase or diminution of one second in all that period. These are

inductions which require no fiction to make them be received as accurately

true: but along with them there are others, as for instance the

propositions respecting the figure of the earth, which are but

approximations to the truth; and in order to use them for the further

advancement of our knowledge, we must feign that they are exactly true,

though they really want something of being so.

§ 4. It remains to inquire, what is the ground of our belief in

axioms—what is the evidence on which they rest? I answer, they are

experimental truths; generalizations from observation. The proposition,

Two straight lines cannot inclose a space—or in other words, Two straight

lines which have once met, do not meet again, but continue to diverge—is

an induction from the evidence of our senses.

This opinion runs counter to a scientific prejudice of long standing and

great strength, and there is probably no one proposition enunciated in

this work for which a more unfavourable reception is to be expected. It

is, however, no new opinion; and even if it were so, would be entitled to

be judged, not by its novelty, but by the strength of the arguments by

which it can be supported. I consider it very fortunate that so eminent a

champion of the contrary opinion as Dr. Whewell, has recently found

occasion for a most elaborate treatment of the whole theory of axioms, in

attempting to construct the philosophy of the mathematical and physical

sciences on the basis of the doctrine against which I now contend. Whoever

is anxious that a discussion should go to the bottom of the subject, must

rejoice to see the opposite side of the question worthily represented. If

what is said by Dr. Whewell, in support of an opinion which he has made

the foundation of a systematic work, can be shown not to be conclusive,

enough will have been done without going further to seek stronger

arguments and a more powerful adversary.

It is not necessary to show that the truths which we call axioms are

originally _suggested_ by observation, and that we should never have known

that two straight lines cannot inclose a space if we had never seen a

straight line: thus much being admitted by Dr. Whewell, and by all, in

recent times, who have taken his view of the subject. But they contend,

that it is not experience which _proves_ the axiom; but that its truth is

perceived _à priori_, by the constitution of the mind itself, from the

first moment when the meaning of the proposition is apprehended; and

without any necessity for verifying it by repeated trials, as is requisite

in the case of truths really ascertained by observation.

They cannot, however, but allow that the truth of the axiom, Two straight

lines cannot inclose a space, even if evident independently of experience,

is also evident from experience. Whether the axiom _needs_ confirmation or

not, it _receives_ confirmation in almost every instant of our lives;

since we cannot look at any two straight lines which intersect one

another, without seeing that from that point they continue to diverge more

and more. Experimental proof crowds in upon us in such endless profusion,

and without one instance in which there can be even a suspicion of an

exception to the rule, that we should soon have a stronger ground for

believing the axiom, even as an experimental truth, than we have for

almost any of the general truths which we confessedly learn from the

evidence of our senses. Independently of _à priori_ evidence, we should

certainly believe it with an intensity of conviction far greater than we

accord to any ordinary physical truth: and this too at a time of life much

earlier than that from which we date almost any part of our acquired

knowledge, and much too early to admit of our retaining any recollection

of the history of our intellectual operations at that period. Where then

is the necessity for assuming that our recognition of these truths has a

different origin from the rest of our knowledge, when its existence is

perfectly accounted for by supposing its origin to be the same? when the

causes which produce belief in all other instances, exist in this

instance, and in a degree of strength as much superior to what exists in

other cases, as the intensity of the belief itself is superior? The burden

of proof lies on the advocates of the contrary opinion: it is for them to

point out some fact, inconsistent with the supposition that this part of

our knowledge of nature is derived from the same sources as every other

part.

This, for instance, they would be able to do, if they could prove

chronologically that we had the conviction (at least practically) so early

in infancy as to be anterior to those impressions on the senses, upon

which, on the other theory, the conviction is founded. This, however,

cannot be proved: the point being too far back to be within the reach of

memory, and too obscure for external observation. The advocates of the _à

priori_ theory are obliged to have recourse to other arguments. These are

reducible to two, which I shall endeavour to state as clearly and as

forcibly as possible.

§ 5. In the first place it is said, that if our assent to the proposition

that two straight lines cannot inclose a space, were derived from the

senses, we could only be convinced of its truth by actual trial, that is,

by seeing or feeling the straight lines; whereas in fact it is seen to be

true by merely thinking of them. That a stone thrown into water goes to

the bottom, may be perceived by our senses, but mere thinking of a stone

thrown into the water would never have led us to that conclusion: not so,

however, with the axioms relating to straight lines: if I could be made to

conceive what a straight line is, without having seen one, I should at

once recognise that two such lines cannot inclose a space. Intuition is

“imaginary looking;”(39) but experience must be real looking: if we see a

property of straight lines to be true by merely fancying ourselves to be

looking at them, the ground of our belief cannot be the senses, or

experience; it must be something mental.

To this argument it might be added in the case of this particular axiom,

(for the assertion would not be true of all axioms,) that the evidence of

it from actual ocular inspection, is not only unnecessary, but

unattainable. What says the axiom? That two straight lines _cannot_

inclose a space; that after having once intersected, if they are prolonged

to infinity they do not meet, but continue to diverge from one another.

How can this, in any single case, be proved by actual observation? We may

follow the lines to any distance we please; but we cannot follow them to

infinity: for aught our senses can testify, they may, immediately beyond

the farthest point to which we have traced them, begin to approach, and at

last meet. Unless, therefore, we had some other proof of the impossibility

than observation affords us, we should have no ground for believing the

axiom at all.

To these arguments, which I trust I cannot be accused of understating, a

satisfactory answer will, I conceive, be found, if we advert to one of the

characteristic properties of geometrical forms—their capacity of being

painted in the imagination with a distinctness equal to reality: in other

words, the exact resemblance of our ideas of form to the sensations which

suggest them. This, in the first place, enables us to make (at least with

a little practice) mental pictures of all possible combinations of lines

and angles, which resemble the realities quite as well as any which we

could make on paper; and in the next place, makes those pictures just as

fit subjects of geometrical experimentation as the realities themselves;

inasmuch as pictures, if sufficiently accurate, exhibit of course all the

properties which would be manifested by the realities at one given

instant, and on simple inspection: and in geometry we are concerned only

with such properties, and not with that which pictures could not exhibit,

the mutual action of bodies one upon another. The foundations of geometry

would therefore be laid in direct experience, even if the experiments

(which in this case consist merely in attentive contemplation) were

practised solely upon what we call our ideas, that is, upon the diagrams

in our minds, and not upon outward objects. For in all systems of

experimentation we take some objects to serve as representatives of all

which resemble them; and in the present case the conditions which qualify

a real object to be the representative of its class, are completely

fulfilled by an object existing only in our fancy. Without denying,

therefore, the possibility of satisfying ourselves that two straight lines

cannot inclose a space, by merely thinking of straight lines without

actually looking at them; I contend, that we do not believe this truth on

the ground of the imaginary intuition simply, but because we know that the

imaginary lines exactly resemble real ones, and that we may conclude from

them to real ones with quite as much certainty as we could conclude from

one real line to another. The conclusion, therefore, is still an induction

from observation. And we should not be authorized to substitute

observation of the image in our mind, for observation of the reality, if

we had not learnt by long-continued experience that the properties of the

reality are faithfully represented in the image; just as we should be

scientifically warranted in describing an animal which we had never seen,

from a picture made of it with a daguerreotype; but not until we had

learnt by ample experience, that observation of such a picture is

precisely equivalent to observation of the original.

These considerations also remove the objection arising from the

impossibility of ocularly following the lines in their prolongation to

infinity, for though, in order actually to see that two given lines never

meet, it would be necessary to follow them to infinity; yet without doing

so we may know that if they ever do meet, or if, after diverging from one

another, they begin again to approach, this must take place not at an

infinite, but at a finite distance. Supposing, therefore, such to be the

case, we can transport ourselves thither in imagination, and can frame a

mental image of the appearance which one or both of the lines must present

at that point, which we may rely on as being precisely similar to the

reality. Now, whether we fix our contemplation upon this imaginary

picture, or call to mind the generalizations we have had occasion to make

from former ocular observation, we learn by the evidence of experience,

that a line which, after diverging from another straight line, begins to

approach to it, produces the impression on our senses which we describe by

the expression, “a bent line,” not by the expression, “a straight

line.”(40)

§ 6. The first of the two arguments in support of the theory that axioms

are _à priori_ truths, having, I think, been sufficiently answered; I

proceed to the second, which is usually the most relied on. Axioms (it is

asserted) are conceived by us not only as true, but as universally and

necessarily true. Now, experience cannot possibly give to any proposition

this character. I may have seen snow a hundred times, and may have seen

that it was white, but this cannot give me entire assurance even that all

snow is white; much less that snow _must_ be white. “However many

instances we may have observed of the truth of a proposition, there is

nothing to assure us that the next case shall not be an exception to the

rule. If it be strictly true that every ruminant animal yet known has

cloven hoofs, we still cannot be sure that some creature will not

hereafter be discovered which has the first of these attributes, without

having the other.... Experience must always consist of a limited number of

observations; and, however numerous these may be, they can show nothing

with regard to the infinite number of cases in which the experiment has

not been made.” Besides, axioms are not only universal, they are also

necessary. Now “experience cannot offer the smallest ground for the

necessity of a proposition. She can observe and record what has happened;

but she cannot find, in any case, or in any accumulation of cases, any

reason for what _must_ happen. She may see objects side by side; but she

cannot see a reason why they must ever be side by side. She finds certain

events to occur in succession; but the succession supplies, in its

occurrence, no reason for its recurrence. She contemplates external

objects; but she cannot detect any internal bond, which indissolubly

connects the future with the past, the possible with the real. To learn a

proposition by experience, and to see it to be necessarily true, are two

altogether different processes of thought.”(41) And Dr. Whewell adds, “If

any one does not clearly comprehend this distinction of necessary and

contingent truths, he will not be able to go along with us in our

researches into the foundations of human knowledge; nor, indeed, to pursue

with success any speculation on the subject.”(42)

In the following passage, we are told what the distinction is, the

non-recognition of which incurs this denunciation. “Necessary truths are

those in which we not only learn that the proposition _is_ true, but see

that it _must be_ true; in which the negation of the truth is not only

false, but impossible; in which we cannot, even by an effort of

imagination, or in a supposition, conceive the reverse of that which is

asserted. That there are such truths cannot be doubted. We may take, for

example, all relations of number. Three and Two, added together, make

Five. We cannot conceive it to be otherwise. We cannot, by any freak of

thought, imagine Three and Two to make Seven.”(43)

Although Dr. Whewell has naturally and properly employed a variety of

phrases to bring his meaning more forcibly home, he will, I presume, allow

that they are all equivalent; and that what he means by a necessary truth,

would be sufficiently defined, a proposition the negation of which is not

only false but inconceivable. I am unable to find in any of his

expressions, turn them what way you will, a meaning beyond this, and I do

not believe he would contend that they mean anything more.

This, therefore, is the principle asserted: that propositions, the

negation of which is inconceivable, or in other words, which we cannot

figure to ourselves as being false, must rest on evidence of a higher and

more cogent description than any which experience can afford. And we have

next to consider whether there is any ground for this assertion.

Now I cannot but wonder that so much stress should be laid on the

circumstance of inconceivableness, when there is such ample experience to

show, that our capacity or incapacity of conceiving a thing has very

little to do with the possibility of the thing in itself; but is in truth

very much an affair of accident, and depends on the past history and

habits of our own minds. There is no more generally acknowledged fact in

human nature, than the extreme difficulty at first felt in conceiving

anything as possible, which is in contradiction to long established and

familiar experience; or even to old familiar habits of thought. And this

difficulty is a necessary result of the fundamental laws of the human

mind. When we have often seen and thought of two things together, and have

never in any one instance either seen or thought of them separately, there

is by the primary law of association an increasing difficulty, which may

in the end become insuperable, of conceiving the two things apart. This is

most of all conspicuous in uneducated persons, who are in general utterly

unable to separate any two ideas which have once become firmly associated

in their minds; and if persons of cultivated intellect have any advantage

on the point, it is only because, having seen and heard and read more, and

being more accustomed to exercise their imagination, they have experienced

their sensations and thoughts in more varied combinations, and have been

prevented from forming many of these inseparable associations. But this

advantage has necessarily its limits. The most practised intellect is not

exempt from the universal laws of our conceptive faculty. If daily habit

presents to any one for a long period two facts in combination, and if he

is not led during that period either by accident or by his voluntary

mental operations to think of them apart, he will probably in time become

incapable of doing so even by the strongest effort; and the supposition

that the two facts can be separated in nature, will at last present itself

to his mind with all the characters of an inconceivable phenomenon.(44)

There are remarkable instances of this in the history of science:

instances in which the most instructed men rejected as impossible, because

inconceivable, things which their posterity, by earlier practice and

longer perseverance in the attempt, found it quite easy to conceive, and

which everybody now knows to be true. There was a time when men of the

most cultivated intellects, and the most emancipated from the dominion of

early prejudice, could not credit the existence of antipodes; were unable

to conceive, in opposition to old association, the force of gravity acting

upwards instead of downwards. The Cartesians long rejected the Newtonian

doctrine of the gravitation of all bodies towards one another, on the

faith of a general proposition, the reverse of which seemed to them to be

inconceivable—the proposition that a body cannot act where it is not. All

the cumbrous machinery of imaginary vortices, assumed without the smallest

particle of evidence, appeared to these philosophers a more rational mode

of explaining the heavenly motions, than one which involved what seemed to

them so great an absurdity.(45) And they no doubt found it as impossible

to conceive that a body should act upon the earth, at the distance of the

sun or moon, as we find it to conceive an end to space or time, or two

straight lines inclosing a space. Newton himself had not been able to

realize the conception, or we should not have had his hypothesis of a

subtle ether, the occult cause of gravitation; and his writings prove,

that although he deemed the particular nature of the intermediate agency a

matter of conjecture, the necessity of _some_ such agency appeared to him

indubitable. It would seem that even now the majority of scientific men

have not completely got over this very difficulty; for though they have at

last learnt to conceive the sun _attracting_ the earth without any

intervening fluid, they cannot yet conceive the sun _illuminating_ the

earth without some such medium.

If, then, it be so natural to the human mind, even in a high state of

culture, to be incapable of conceiving, and on that ground to believe

impossible, what is afterwards not only found to be conceivable but proved

to be true; what wonder if in cases where the association is still older,

more confirmed, and more familiar, and in which nothing ever occurs to

shake our conviction, or even suggest to us any conception at variance

with the association, the acquired incapacity should continue, and be

mistaken for a natural incapacity? It is true, our experience of the

varieties in nature enables us, within certain limits, to conceive other

varieties analogous to them. We can conceive the sun or moon falling; for

although we never saw them fall, nor ever perhaps imagined them falling,

we have seen so many other things fall, that we have innumerable familiar

analogies to assist the conception; which, after all, we should probably

have some difficulty in framing, were we not well accustomed to see the

sun and moon move, (or appear to move,) so that we are only called upon to

conceive a slight change in the direction of motion, a circumstance

familiar to our experience. But when experience affords no model on which

to shape the new conception, how is it possible for us to form it? How,

for example, can we imagine an end to space or time? We never saw any

object without something beyond it, nor experienced any feeling without

something following it. When, therefore, we attempt to conceive the last

point of space, we have the idea irresistibly raised of other points

beyond it. When we try to imagine the last instant of time, we cannot help

conceiving another instant after it. Nor is there any necessity to assume,

as is done by a modern school of metaphysicians, a peculiar fundamental

law of the mind to account for the feeling of infinity inherent in our

conceptions of space and time; that apparent infinity is sufficiently

accounted for by simpler and universally acknowledged laws.

Now, in the case of a geometrical axiom, such, for example, as that two

straight lines cannot inclose a space,—a truth which is testified to us by

our very earliest impressions of the external world,—how is it possible

(whether those external impressions be or be not the ground of our belief)

that the reverse of the proposition _could_ be otherwise than

inconceivable to us? What analogy have we, what similar order of facts in

any other branch of our experience, to facilitate to us the conception of

two straight lines inclosing a space? Nor is even this all. I have already

called attention to the peculiar property of our impressions of form, that

the ideas or mental images exactly resemble their prototypes, and

adequately represent them for the purposes of scientific observation. From

this, and from the intuitive character of the observation, which in this

case reduces itself to simple inspection, we cannot so much as call up in

our imagination two straight lines, in order to attempt to conceive them

inclosing a space, without by that very act repeating the scientific

experiment which establishes the contrary. Will it really be contended

that the inconceivableness of the thing, in such circumstances, proves

anything against the experimental origin of the conviction? Is it not

clear that in whichever mode our belief in the proposition may have

originated, the impossibility of our conceiving the negative of it must,

on either hypothesis, be the same? As, then, Dr. Whewell exhorts those who

have any difficulty in recognising the distinction held by him between

necessary and contingent truths, to study geometry,—a condition which I

can assure him I have conscientiously fulfilled,—I, in return, with equal

confidence, exhort those who agree with him, to study the elementary laws

of association; being convinced that nothing more is requisite than a

moderate familiarity with those laws, to dispel the illusion which

ascribes a peculiar necessity to our earliest inductions from experience,

and measures the possibility of things in themselves, by the human

capacity of conceiving them.

I hope to be pardoned for adding, that Dr. Whewell himself has both

confirmed by his testimony the effect of habitual association in giving to

an experimental truth the appearance of a necessary one, and afforded a

striking instance of that remarkable law in his own person. In his

_Philosophy of the Inductive Sciences_ he continually asserts, that

propositions which not only are not self-evident, but which we know to

have been discovered gradually, and by great efforts of genius and

patience, have, when once established, appeared so self-evident that, but

for historical proof, it would have been impossible to conceive that they

had not been recognised from the first by all persons in a sound state of

their faculties. “We now despise those who, in the Copernican controversy,

could not conceive the apparent motion of the sun on the heliocentric

hypothesis; or those who, in opposition to Galileo, thought that a uniform

force might be that which generated a velocity proportional to the space;

or those who held there was something absurd in Newton’s doctrine of the

different refrangibility of differently coloured rays; or those who

imagined that when elements combine, their sensible qualities must be

manifest in the compound; or those who were reluctant to give up the

distinction of vegetables into herbs, shrubs, and trees. We cannot help

thinking that men must have been singularly dull of comprehension to find

a difficulty in admitting what is to us so plain and simple. We have a

latent persuasion that we in their place should have been wiser and more

clearsighted; that we should have taken the right side, and given our

assent at once to the truth. Yet in reality such a persuasion is a mere

delusion. The persons who, in such instances as the above, were on the

losing side, were very far in most cases from being persons more

prejudiced, or stupid, or narrow-minded, than the greater part of mankind

now are; and the cause for which they fought was far from being a

manifestly bad one, till it had been so decided by the result of the

war.... So complete has been the victory of truth in most of these

instances, that at present we can hardly imagine the struggle to have been

necessary. _The very essence of these triumphs is, that they lead us to

regard the views we reject as not only false but inconceivable._”(46)

This last proposition is precisely what I contend for; and I ask no more,

in order to overthrow the whole theory of its author on the nature of the

evidence of axioms. For what is that theory? That the truth of axioms

cannot have been learnt from experience, because their falsity is

inconceivable. But Dr. Whewell himself says, that we are continually led

by the natural progress of thought, to regard as inconceivable what our

forefathers not only conceived but believed, nay even (he might have

added) were unable to conceive the contrary of. He cannot intend to

justify this mode of thought: he cannot mean to say, that we can be

_right_ in regarding as inconceivable what others have conceived, and as

self-evident what to others did not appear evident at all. After so

complete an admission that inconceivableness is an accidental thing, not

inherent in the phenomenon itself, but dependent on the mental history of

the person who tries to conceive it, how can he ever call upon us to

reject a proposition as impossible on no other ground than its

inconceivableness? Yet he not only does so, but has unintentionally

afforded some of the most remarkable examples which can be cited of the

very illusion which he has himself so clearly pointed out. I select as

specimens, his remarks on the evidence of the three laws of motion, and of

the atomic theory.

With respect to the laws of motion, Dr. Whewell says: “No one can doubt

that, in historical fact, these laws were collected from experience. That

such is the case, is no matter of conjecture. We know the time, the

persons, the circumstances, belonging to each step of each discovery.”(47)

After this testimony, to adduce evidence of the fact would be superfluous.

And not only were these laws by no means intuitively evident, but some of

them were originally paradoxes. The first law was especially so. That a

body, once in motion, would continue for ever to move in the same

direction with undiminished velocity unless acted upon by some new force,

was a proposition which mankind found for a long time the greatest

difficulty in crediting. It stood opposed to apparent experience of the

most familiar kind, which taught that it was the nature of motion to abate

gradually, and at last terminate of itself. Yet when once the contrary

doctrine was firmly established, mathematicians, as Dr. Whewell observes,

speedily began to believe that laws, thus contradictory to first

appearances, and which, even after full proof had been obtained, it had

required generations to render familiar to the minds of the scientific

world, were under “a demonstrable necessity, compelling them to be such as

they are and no other;” and he himself, though not venturing “absolutely

to pronounce” that _all_ these laws “can be rigorously traced to an

absolute necessity in the nature of things,”(48) does actually think in

that manner of the law just mentioned; of which he says: “Though the

discovery of the first law of motion was made, historically speaking, by

means of experiment, we have now attained a point of view in which we see

that it might have been certainly known to be true, independently of

experience.”(49) Can there be a more striking exemplification than is here

afforded, of the effect of association which we have described?

Philosophers, for generations, have the most extraordinary difficulty in

putting certain ideas together; they at last succeed in doing so; and

after a sufficient repetition of the process, they first fancy a natural

bond between the ideas, then experience a growing difficulty, which at

last, by the continuation of the same progress, becomes an impossibility,

of severing them from one another. If such be the progress of an

experimental conviction of which the date is of yesterday, and which is in

opposition to first appearances, how must it fare with those which are

conformable to appearances familiar from the first dawn of intelligence,

and of the conclusiveness of which, from the earliest records of human

thought, no sceptic has suggested even a momentary doubt?

The other instance which I shall quote is a truly astonishing one, and may

be called the _reductio ad absurdum_ of the theory of inconceivableness.

Speaking of the laws of chemical composition, Dr. Whewell says:(50) “That

they could never have been clearly understood, and therefore never firmly

established, without laborious and exact experiments, is certain; but yet

we may venture to say, that being once known, they possess an evidence

beyond that of mere experiment. _For how, in fact, can we conceive

combinations, otherwise than as definite in kind and quality?_ If we were

to suppose each element ready to combine with any other indifferently, and

indifferently in any quantity, we should have a world in which all would

be confusion and indefiniteness. There would be no fixed kinds of bodies;

salts, and stones, and ores, would approach to and graduate into each

other by insensible degrees. Instead of this, we know that the world

consists of bodies distinguishable from each other by definite

differences, capable of being classified and named, and of having general

propositions asserted concerning them. And as _we cannot conceive a world

in which this should not be the case_, it would appear that we cannot

conceive a state of things in which the laws of the combination of

elements should not be of that definite and measured kind which we have

above asserted.”(51)

That a philosopher of Dr. Whewell’s eminence should gravely assert that we

cannot conceive a world in which the simple elements would combine in

other than definite proportions; that by dint of meditating on a

scientific truth, the original discoverer of which was still living, he

should have rendered the association in his own mind between the idea of

combination and that of constant proportions so familiar and intimate as

to be unable to conceive the one fact without the other; is so signal an

instance of the mental law for which I am contending, that one word more

in illustration must be superfluous.(52)

CHAPTER VI. THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED.

§ 1. In the examination which formed the subject of the last chapter, into

the nature of the evidence of those deductive sciences which are commonly

represented to be systems of necessary truth, we have been led to the

following conclusions. The results of those sciences are indeed necessary,

in the sense of necessarily following from certain first principles,

commonly called axioms and definitions; of being certainly true if those

axioms and definitions are so. But their claim to the character of

necessity in any sense beyond this, as implying an evidence independent of

and superior to observation and experience, must depend on the previous

establishment of such a claim in favour of the definitions and axioms

themselves. With regard to axioms, we found that, considered as

experimental truths, they rest on superabundant and obvious evidence. We

inquired, whether, since this is the case, it be necessary to suppose any

other evidence of those truths than experimental evidence, any other

origin for our belief of them than an experimental origin. We decided,

that the burden of proof lies with those who maintain the affirmative, and

we examined, at considerable length, such arguments as they have produced.

The examination having led to the rejection of those arguments, we have

thought ourselves warranted in concluding that axioms are but a class, the

highest class, of inductions from experience; the simplest and easiest

cases of generalization from the facts furnished to us by our senses or by

our internal consciousness.

While the axioms of demonstrative sciences thus appeared to be

experimental truths, the definitions, as they are incorrectly called, in

those sciences, were found by us to be generalizations from experience

which are not even, accurately speaking, truths; being propositions in

which, while we assert of some kind of object, some property or properties

which observation shows to belong to it, we at the same time deny that it

possesses any other properties, although in truth other properties do in

every individual instance accompany, and in almost all instances modify,

the property thus exclusively predicated. The denial, therefore, is a mere

fiction, or supposition, made for the purpose of excluding the

consideration of those modifying circumstances, when their influence is of

too trifling amount to be worth considering, or adjourning it, when

important, to a more convenient moment.

From these considerations it would appear that Deductive or Demonstrative

Sciences are all, without exception, Inductive Sciences; that their

evidence is that of experience; but that they are also, in virtue of the

peculiar character of one indispensable portion of the general formulas

according to which their inductions are made, Hypothetical Sciences. Their

conclusions are only true on certain suppositions, which are, or ought to

be, approximations to the truth, but are seldom, if ever, exactly true;

and to this hypothetical character is to be ascribed the peculiar

certainty, which is supposed to be inherent in demonstration.

What we have now asserted, however, cannot be received as universally true

of Deductive or Demonstrative Sciences, until verified by being applied to

the most remarkable of all those sciences, that of Numbers; the theory of

the Calculus; Arithmetic and Algebra. It is harder to believe of the

doctrines of this science than of any other, either that they are not

truths _à priori_, but experimental truths, or that their peculiar

certainty is owing to their being not absolute but only conditional

truths. This, therefore, is a case which merits examination apart; and the

more so, because on this subject we have a double set of doctrines to

contend with; that of the _à priori_ philosophers on one side; and on the

other, a theory the most opposite to theirs, which was at one time very

generally received, and is still far from being altogether exploded among

metaphysicians.

§ 2. This theory attempts to solve the difficulty apparently inherent in

the case, by representing the propositions of the science of numbers as

merely verbal, and its processes as simple transformations of language,

substitutions of one expression for another. The proposition, Two and one

are equal to three, according to these writers, is not a truth, is not the

assertion of a really existing fact, but a definition of the word three; a

statement that mankind have agreed to use the name three as a sign exactly

equivalent to two and one; to call by the former name whatever is called

by the other more clumsy phrase. According to this doctrine, the longest

process in algebra is but a succession of changes in terminology, by which

equivalent expressions are substituted one for another; a series of

translations of the same fact, from one into another language; though how,

after such a series of translations, the fact itself comes out changed,

(as when we demonstrate a new geometrical theorem by algebra,) they have

not explained; and it is a difficulty which is fatal to their theory.

It must be acknowledged that there are peculiarities in the processes of

arithmetic and algebra which render the theory in question very plausible,

and have not unnaturally made those sciences the stronghold of Nominalism.

The doctrine that we can discover facts, detect the hidden processes of

nature, by an artful manipulation of language, is so contrary to common

sense, that a person must have made some advances in philosophy to believe

it; men fly to so paradoxical a belief to avoid, as they think, some even

greater difficulty, which the vulgar do not see. What has led many to

believe that reasoning is a mere verbal process, is, that no other theory

seemed reconcileable with the nature of the Science of Numbers. For we do

not carry any ideas along with us when we use the symbols of arithmetic or

of algebra. In a geometrical demonstration we have a mental diagram, if

not one on paper; AB, AC, are present to our imagination as lines,

intersecting other lines, forming an angle with one another, and the like;

but not so _a_ and _b_. These may represent lines or any other magnitudes,

but those magnitudes are never thought of; nothing is realized in our

imagination but _a_ and _b_. The ideas which, on the particular occasion,

they happen to represent, are banished from the mind during every

intermediate part of the process, between the beginning, when the

premisses are translated from things into signs, and the end, when the

conclusion is translated back from signs into things. Nothing, then, being

in the reasoner’s mind but the symbols, what can seem more inadmissible

than to contend that the reasoning process has to do with anything more?

We seem to have come to one of Bacon’s Prerogative Instances; an

_experimentum crucis_ on the nature of reasoning itself.

Nevertheless, it will appear on consideration, that this apparently so

decisive instance is no instance at all; that there is in every step of an

arithmetical or algebraical calculation a real induction, a real inference

of facts from facts; and that what disguises the induction is simply its

comprehensive nature, and the consequent extreme generality of the

language. All numbers must be numbers of something: there are no such

things as numbers in the abstract. _Ten_ must mean ten bodies, or ten

sounds, or ten beatings of the pulse. But though numbers must be numbers

of something, they may be numbers of anything. Propositions, therefore,

concerning numbers, have the remarkable peculiarity that they are

propositions concerning all things whatever; all objects, all existences

of every kind, known to our experience. All things possess quantity;

consist of parts which can be numbered; and in that character possess all

the properties which are called properties of numbers. That half of four

is two, must be true whatever the word four represents, whether four men,

four miles, or four pounds weight. We need only conceive a thing divided

into four equal parts, (and all things may be conceived as so divided,) to

be able to predicate of it every property of the number four, that is,

every arithmetical proposition in which the number four stands on one side

of the equation. Algebra extends the generalization still farther: every

number represents that particular number of all things without

distinction, but every algebraical symbol does more, it represents all

numbers without distinction. As soon as we conceive a thing divided into

equal parts, without knowing into what number of parts, we may call it _a_

or _x_, and apply to it, without danger of error, every algebraical

formula in the books. The proposition, 2(_a_ + _b_) = 2_a_ + 2_b_, is a

truth coextensive with all nature. Since then algebraical truths are true

of all things whatever, and not, like those of geometry, true of lines

only or angles only, it is no wonder that the symbols should not excite in

our minds ideas of any things in particular. When we demonstrate the

forty-seventh proposition of Euclid, it is not necessary that the words

should raise in us an image of all right-angled triangles, but only of

some one right-angled triangle: so in algebra we need not, under the

symbol _a_, picture to ourselves all things whatever, but only some one

thing; why not, then, the letter itself? The mere written characters, _a_,

_b_, _x_, _y_, _z_, serve as well for representatives of Things in

general, as any more complex and apparently more concrete conception. That

we are conscious of them however in their character of things, and not of

mere signs, is evident from the fact that our whole process of reasoning

is carried on by predicating of them the properties of things. In

resolving an algebraic equation, by what rules do we proceed? By applying

at each step to _a_, _b_, and _x_ the proposition that equals added to

equals make equals; that equals taken from equals leave equals; and other

propositions founded on these two. These are not properties of language,

or of signs as such, but of magnitudes, which is as much as to say, of all

things. The inferences, therefore, which are successively drawn, are

inferences concerning things, not symbols; although as any Things whatever

will serve the turn, there is no necessity for keeping the idea of the

Thing at all distinct, and consequently the process of thought may, in

this case, be allowed without danger to do what all processes of thought,

when they have been performed often, will do if permitted, namely, to

become entirely mechanical. Hence the general language of algebra comes to

be used familiarly without exciting ideas, as all other general language

is prone to do from mere habit, though in no other case than this can it

be done with complete safety. But when we look back to see from whence the

probative force of the process is derived, we find that at every single

step, unless we suppose ourselves to be thinking and talking of the

things, and not the mere symbols, the evidence fails.

There is another circumstance, which, still more than that which we have

now mentioned, gives plausibility to the notion that the propositions of

arithmetic and algebra are merely verbal. This is, that when considered as

propositions respecting Things, they all have the appearance of being

identical propositions. The assertion, Two and one are equal to three,

considered as an assertion respecting objects, as for instance “Two

pebbles and one pebble are equal to three pebbles,” does not affirm

equality between two collections of pebbles, but absolute identity. It

affirms that if we put one pebble to two pebbles, those very pebbles are

three. The objects, therefore, being the very same, and the mere assertion

that “objects are themselves” being insignificant, it seems but natural to

consider the proposition, Two and one are equal to three, as asserting

mere identity of signification between the two names.

This, however, though it looks so plausible, will not bear examination.

The expression “two pebbles and one pebble,” and the expression, “three

pebbles,” stand indeed for the same aggregation of objects, but they by no

means stand for the same physical fact. They are names of the same

objects, but of those objects in two different states: though they

_de_note the same things, their _con_notation is different. Three pebbles

in two separate parcels, and three pebbles in one parcel, do not make the

same impression on our senses; and the assertion that the very same

pebbles may by an alteration of place and arrangement be made to produce

either the one set of sensations or the other, though a very familiar

proposition, is not an identical one. It is a truth known to us by early

and constant experience: an inductive truth; and such truths are the

foundation of the science of Number. The fundamental truths of that

science all rest on the evidence of sense; they are proved by showing to

our eyes and our fingers that any given number of objects, ten balls for

example, may by separation and re-arrangement exhibit to our senses all

the different sets of numbers the sum of which is equal to ten. All the

improved methods of teaching arithmetic to children proceed on a knowledge

of this fact. All who wish to carry the child’s _mind_ along with them in

learning arithmetic; all who wish to teach numbers, and not mere

ciphers—now teach it through the evidence of the senses, in the manner we

have described.

We may, if we please, call the proposition “Three is two and one,” a

definition of the number three, and assert that arithmetic, as it has been

asserted that geometry, is a science founded on definitions. But they are

definitions in the geometrical sense, not the logical; asserting not the

meaning of a term only, but along with it an observed matter of fact. The

proposition, “A circle is a figure bounded by a line which has all its

points equally distant from a point within it,” is called the definition

of a circle; but the proposition from which so many consequences follow,

and which is really a first principle in geometry, is, that figures

answering to this description exist. And thus we may call, “Three is two

and one,” a definition of three; but the calculations which depend on that

proposition do not follow from the definition itself, but from an

arithmetical theorem presupposed in it, namely, that collections of

objects exist, which while they impress the senses thus, [Symbol: three

circles, two above one], may be separated into two parts, thus, [Symbol:

two circles, a space, and a third circle]. This proposition being granted,

we term all such parcels Threes, after which the enunciation of the

above-mentioned physical fact will serve also for a definition of the word

Three.

The Science of Number is thus no exception to the conclusion we previously

arrived at, that the processes even of deductive sciences are altogether

inductive, and that their first principles are generalizations from

experience. It remains to be examined whether this science resembles

geometry in the further circumstance, that some of its inductions are not

exactly true; and that the peculiar certainty ascribed to it, on account

of which its propositions are called Necessary Truths, is fictitious and

hypothetical, being true in no other sense than that those propositions

necessarily follow from the hypothesis of the truth of premisses which are

avowedly mere approximations to truth.

§ 3. The inductions of arithmetic are of two sorts: first, those which we

have just expounded, such as One and one are two, Two and one are three,

&c., which may be called the definitions of the various numbers, in the

improper or geometrical sense of the word Definition; and secondly, the

two following axioms: The sums of equals are equal, The differences of

equals are equal. These two are sufficient; for the corresponding

propositions respecting unequals may be proved from these, by a _reductio

ad absurdum_.

These axioms, and likewise the so-called definitions, are, as already

shown, results of induction; true of all objects whatever, and, as it may

seem, exactly true, without the hypothetical assumption of unqualified

truth where an approximation to it is all that exists. The conclusions,

therefore, it will naturally be inferred, are exactly true, and the

science of number is an exception to other demonstrative sciences in this,

that the absolute certainty which is predicable of its demonstrations is

independent of all hypothesis.

On more accurate investigation, however, it will be found that, even in

this case, there is one hypothetical element in the ratiocination. In all

propositions concerning numbers, a condition is implied, without which

none of them would be true; and that condition is an assumption which may

be false. The condition is, that 1 = 1; that all the numbers are numbers

of the same or of equal units. Let this be doubtful, and not one of the

propositions of arithmetic will hold true. How can we know that one pound

and one pound make two pounds, if one of the pounds may be troy, and the

other avoirdupois? They may not make two pounds of either, or of any

weight. How can we know that a forty-horse power is always equal to

itself, unless we assume that all horses are of equal strength? It is

certain that 1 is always equal in _number_ to 1; and where the mere number

of objects, or of the parts of an object, without supposing them to be

equivalent in any other respect, is all that is material, the conclusions

of arithmetic, so far as they go to that alone, are true without mixture

of hypothesis. There are a few such cases; as, for instance, an inquiry

into the amount of the population of any country. It is indifferent to

that inquiry whether they are grown people or children, strong or weak,

tall or short; the only thing we want to ascertain is their number. But

whenever, from equality or inequality of number, equality or inequality in

any other respect is to be inferred, arithmetic carried into such

inquiries becomes as hypothetical a science as geometry. All units must be

assumed to be equal in that other respect; and this is never practically

true, for one actual pound weight is not exactly equal to another, nor one

mile’s length to another; a nicer balance, or more accurate measuring

instruments, would always detect some difference.

What is commonly called mathematical certainty, therefore, which comprises

the twofold conception of unconditional truth and perfect accuracy, is not

an attribute of all mathematical truths, but of those only which relate to

pure Number, as distinguished from Quantity in the more enlarged sense;

and only so long as we abstain from supposing that the numbers are a

precise index to actual quantities. The certainty usually ascribed to the

conclusions of geometry, and even to those of mechanics, is nothing

whatever but certainty of inference. We can have full assurance of

particular results under particular suppositions, but we cannot have the

same assurance that these suppositions are accurately true, nor that they

include all the data which may exercise an influence over the result in

any given instance.

§ 4. It appears, therefore, that the method of all Deductive Sciences is

hypothetical. They proceed by tracing the consequences of certain

assumptions; leaving for separate consideration whether the assumptions

are true or not, and if not exactly true, whether they are a sufficiently

near approximation to the truth. The reason is obvious. Since it is only

in questions of pure number that the assumptions are exactly true, and

even there, only so long as no conclusions except purely numerical ones

are to be founded on them; it must, in all other cases of deductive

investigation, form a part of the inquiry, to determine how much the

assumptions want of being exactly true in the case in hand. This is

generally a matter of observation, to be repeated in every fresh case; or

if it has to be settled by argument instead of observation, may require in

every different case different evidence, and present every degree of

difficulty from the lowest to the highest. But the other part of the

process—namely, to determine what else may be concluded if we find, and in

proportion as we find, the assumptions to be true—may be performed once

for all, and the results held ready to be employed as the occasions turn

up for use. We thus do all beforehand that can be so done, and leave the

least possible work to be performed when cases arise and press for a

decision. This inquiry into the inferences which can be drawn from

assumptions, is what properly constitutes Demonstrative Science.

It is of course quite as practicable to arrive at new conclusions from

facts assumed, as from facts observed; from fictitious, as from real,

inductions. Deduction, as we have seen, consists of a series of inferences

in this form—_a_ is a mark of _b_, _b_ of _c_, _c_ of _d_, therefore _a_

is a mark of _d_, which last may be a truth inaccessible to direct

observation. In like manner it is allowable to say, _Suppose_ that _a_

were a mark of _b_, _b_ of _c_, and _c_ of _d_, _a_ would be a mark of

_d_, which last conclusion was not thought of by those who laid down the

premisses. A system of propositions as complicated as geometry might be

deduced from assumptions which are false; as was done by Ptolemy,

Descartes, and others, in their attempts to explain synthetically the

phenomena of the solar system on the supposition that the apparent motions

of the heavenly bodies were the real motions, or were produced in some way

more or less different from the true one. Sometimes the same thing is

knowingly done, for the purpose of showing the falsity of the assumption;

which is called a _reductio ad absurdum_. In such cases, the reasoning is

as follows: _a_ is a mark of _b_, and _b_ of _c_; now if _c_ were also a

mark of _d_, _a_ would be a mark of _d_; but _d_ is known to be a mark of

the absence of _a_; consequently _a_ would be a mark of its own absence,

which is a contradiction; therefore _c_ is not a mark of _d_.

§ 5. It has even been held by some writers, that all ratiocination rests

in the last resort on a _reductio ad absurdum_; since the way to enforce

assent to it, in case of obscurity, would be to show that if the

conclusion be denied we must deny some one at least of the premisses,

which, as they are all supposed true, would be a contradiction. And in

accordance with this, many have thought that the peculiar nature of the

evidence of ratiocination consisted in the impossibility of admitting the

premisses and rejecting the conclusion without a contradiction in terms.

This theory, however is inadmissible as an explanation of the grounds on

which ratiocination itself rests. If any one denies the conclusion

notwithstanding his admission of the premisses, he is not involved in any

direct and express contradiction until he is compelled to deny some

premiss; and he can only be forced to do this by a _reductio ad absurdum_,

that is, by another ratiocination: now, if he denies the validity of the

reasoning process itself, he can no more be forced to assent to the second

syllogism than to the first. In truth, therefore, no one is ever forced to

a contradiction in terms: he can only be forced to a contradiction (or

rather an infringement) of the fundamental maxim of ratiocination, namely,

that whatever has a mark, has what it is a mark of; or, (in the case of

universal propositions,) that whatever is a mark of anything, is a mark of

whatever else that thing is a mark of. For in the case of every correct

argument, as soon as thrown into the syllogistic form, it is evident

without the aid of any other syllogism, that he who, admitting the

premisses, fails to draw the conclusion, does not conform to the above

axiom.

Without attaching exaggerated importance to the distinction now drawn, I

think it enables us to characterize in a more accurate manner than is

usually done, the nature of demonstrative evidence and of logical

necessity. That is necessary, from which to withhold assent would be to

violate the above axiom. And since the axiom can only be violated by

assenting to premisses and rejecting a legitimate conclusion from them,

nothing is necessary, except the connexion between a conclusion and

premisses; of which doctrine, the whole of this and the preceding chapter

are submitted as the proof.

We have now proceeded as far in the theory of Deduction as we can advance

in the present stage of our inquiry. Any further insight into the subject

requires that the foundation shall have been laid of the philosophic

theory of Induction itself; in which theory that of deduction, as a mode

of induction, which we have now shown it to be, will assume spontaneously

the place which belongs to it, and will receive its share of whatever

light may be thrown upon the great intellectual operation of which it

forms so important a part.

We here, therefore, close the Second Book. The theory of Induction, in the

most comprehensive sense of the term, will form the subject of the Third.

BOOK III. OF INDUCTION.

“According to the doctrine now stated, the highest, or rather the

only proper object of physics, is to ascertain those established

conjunctions of successive events, which constitute the order of

the universe; to record the phenomena which it exhibits to our

observations, or which it discloses to our experiments; and to

refer these phenomena to their general laws.”—D. STEWART,

_Elements of the Philosophy of the Human Mind_, vol. ii. chap. iv.

sect. 1.

CHAPTER I. PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON INDUCTION IN GENERAL.

§ 1. The portion of the present inquiry upon which we are now about to

enter, may be considered as the principal, both from its surpassing in

intricacy all the other branches, and because it relates to a process

which has been shown in the preceding Book to be that in which the

investigation of nature essentially consists. We have found that all

Inference, consequently all Proof, and all discovery of truths not

self-evident, consists of inductions, and the interpretation of

inductions: that all our knowledge, not intuitive, comes to us exclusively

from that source. What Induction is, therefore, and what conditions render

it legitimate, cannot but be deemed the main question of the science of

logic—the question which includes all others. It is, however, one which

professed writers on logic have almost entirely passed over. The

generalities of the subject have not been altogether neglected by

metaphysicians; but, for want of sufficient acquaintance with the

processes by which science has actually succeeded in establishing general

truths, their analysis of the inductive operation, even when

unexceptionable as to correctness, has not been specific enough to be made

the foundation of practical rules, which might be for induction itself

what the rules of the syllogism are for the interpretation of induction:

while those by whom physical science has been carried to its present state

of improvement—and who, to arrive at a complete theory of the process,

needed only to generalize, and adapt to all varieties of problems, the

methods which they themselves employed in their habitual pursuits—never

until very lately made any serious attempt to philosophize on the subject,

nor regarded the mode in which they arrived at their conclusions as

deserving of study, independently of the conclusions themselves.

§ 2. For the purposes of the present inquiry, Induction may be defined,

the operation of discovering and proving general propositions. It is true

that (as already shown) the process of indirectly ascertaining individual

facts, is as truly inductive as that by which we establish general truths.

But it is not a different kind of induction; it is another form of the

very same process: since, on the one hand, generals are but collections of

particulars, definite in kind but indefinite in number; and on the other

hand, whenever the evidence which we derive from observation of known

cases justifies us in drawing an inference respecting even one unknown

case, we should on the same evidence be justified in drawing a similar

inference with respect to a whole class of cases. The inference either

does not hold at all, or it holds in all cases of a certain description;

in all cases which, in certain definable respects, resemble those we have

observed.

If these remarks are just; if the principles and rules of inference are

the same whether we infer general propositions or individual facts; it

follows that a complete logic of the sciences would be also a complete

logic of practical business and common life. Since there is no case of

legitimate inference from experience, in which the conclusion may not

legitimately be a general proposition; an analysis of the process by which

general truths are arrived at, is virtually an analysis of all induction

whatever. Whether we are inquiring into a scientific principle or into an

individual fact, and whether we proceed by experiment or by ratiocination,

every step in the train of inferences is essentially inductive, and the

legitimacy of the induction depends in both cases on the same conditions.

True it is that in the case of the practical inquirer, who is endeavouring

to ascertain facts not for the purposes of science but for those of

business, such for instance as the advocate or the judge, the chief

difficulty is one in which the principles of induction will afford him no

assistance. It lies not in _making_ his inductions but in the _selection_

of them; in choosing from among all general propositions ascertained to be

true, those which furnish marks by which he may trace whether the given

subject possesses or not the predicate in question. In arguing a doubtful

question of fact before a jury, the general propositions or principles to

which the advocate appeals are mostly, in themselves, sufficiently trite,

and assented to as soon as stated: his skill lies in bringing his case

under those propositions or principles; in calling to mind such of the

known or received maxims of probability as admit of application to the

case in hand, and selecting from among them those best adapted to his

object. Success is here dependent on natural or acquired sagacity, aided

by knowledge of the particular subject, and of subjects allied with it.

Invention, though it can be cultivated, cannot be reduced to rule; there

is no science which will enable a man to bethink himself of that which

will suit his purpose.

But when he _has_ thought of something, science can tell him whether that

which he has thought of will suit his purpose or not. The inquirer or

arguer must be guided by his own knowledge and sagacity in the choice of

the inductions out of which he will construct his argument. But the

validity of the argument when constructed, depends on principles and must

be tried by tests which are the same for all descriptions of inquiries,

whether the result be to give A an estate, or to enrich science with a new

general truth. In the one case and in the other, the senses, or testimony,

must decide on the individual facts; the rules of the syllogism will

determine whether, those facts being supposed correct, the case really

falls within the formulæ of the different inductions under which it has

been successively brought; and finally, the legitimacy of the inductions

themselves must be decided by other rules, and these it is now our purpose

to investigate. If this third part of the operation be, in many of the

questions of practical life, not the most, but the least arduous portion

of it, we have seen that this is also the case in some great departments

of the field of science; in all those which are principally deductive, and

most of all in mathematics; where the inductions themselves are few in

number, and so obvious and elementary that they seem to stand in no need

of the evidence of experience, while to combine them so as to prove a

given theorem or solve a problem, may call for the utmost powers of

invention and contrivance with which our species is gifted.

If the identity of the logical processes which prove particular facts and

those which establish general scientific truths, required any additional

confirmation, it would be sufficient to consider that in many branches of

science, single facts have to be proved, as well as principles; facts as

completely individual as any that are debated in a court of justice; but

which are proved in the same manner as the other truths of the science,

and without disturbing in any degree the homogeneity of its method. A

remarkable example of this is afforded by astronomy. The individual facts

on which that science grounds its most important deductions, such facts as

the magnitudes of the bodies of the solar system, their distances from one

another, the figure of the earth, and its rotation, are scarcely any of

them accessible to our means of direct observation: they are proved

indirectly, by the aid of inductions founded on other facts which we can

more easily reach. For example, the distance of the moon from the earth

was determined by a very circuitous process. The share which direct

observation had in the work consisted in ascertaining, at one and the same

instant, the zenith distances of the moon, as seen from two points very

remote from one another on the earth’s surface. The ascertainment of these

angular distances ascertained their supplements; and since the angle at

the earth’s centre subtended by the distance between the two places of

observation was deducible by spherical trigonometry from the latitude and

longitude of those places, the angle at the moon subtended by the same

line became the fourth angle of a quadrilateral of which the other three

angles were known. The four angles being thus ascertained, and two sides

of the quadrilateral being radii of the earth; the two remaining sides and

the diagonal, or in other words, the moon’s distance from the two places

of observation and from the centre of the earth, could be ascertained, at

least in terms of the earth’s radius, from elementary theorems of

geometry. At each step in this demonstration we take in a new induction,

represented, in the aggregate of its results, by a general proposition.

Not only is the process by which an individual astronomical fact was thus

ascertained, exactly similar to those by which the same science

establishes its general truths, but also (as we have shown to be the case

in all legitimate reasoning) a general proposition might have been

concluded instead of a single fact. In strictness, indeed, the result of

the reasoning _is_ a general proposition; a theorem respecting the

distance, not of the moon in particular, but of any inaccessible object;

showing in what relation that distance stands to certain other quantities.

And although the moon is almost the only heavenly body the distance of

which from the earth can really be thus ascertained, this is merely owing

to the accidental circumstances of the other heavenly bodies, which render

them incapable of affording such data as the application of the theorem

requires; for the theorem itself is as true of them as it is of the

moon.(53)

We shall fall into no error, then, if in treating of Induction, we limit

our attention to the establishment of general propositions. The principles

and rules of Induction, as directed to this end, are the principles and

rules of all Induction; and the logic of Science is the universal Logic,

applicable to all inquiries in which man can engage.

A System of Logic, Ratiocinative and Inductive (Vol. 1 of 2) · 第 1 / 13 章